Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File number 1-12254

 

 

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Maryland   52-1833074

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1500, Bethesda, Maryland 20814-6522

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (301) 986-6200

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

  New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares each representing 1/100 th of a share of 8% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, Par Value, $0.01 Per Share

  New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: N/A

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act    Yes   ¨     No   x .

Indicate by check mark whether registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x      No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in the definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.      ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer” and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨     Accelerated filer   x     Non-accelerated filer   ¨     Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x .

The number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of February 25, 2008 was 17,776,000.

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the closing price of the registrant’s Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2007 was $438,182,000.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Registrant incorporates by reference into Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K portions of registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A. The definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page Numbers
    PART I     

Item 1.

  Business    4

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors    15

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments    25

Item 2.

  Properties    25

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings    31

Item 4.

  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    31
  PART II   

Item 5.

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    31

Item 6.

  Selected Financial Data    33

Item 7.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition And Results of Operations    35

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    55

Item 8.

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    55

Item 9.

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    55

Item 9A.

  Controls and Procedures    55

Item 9B.

  Other Information    57
  PART III   

Item 10.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    58

Item 11.

  Executive Compensation    58

Item 12.

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management And Related Stockholder Matters    58

Item 13.

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    58

Item 14.

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services    58
  PART IV   

Item 15.

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    59
  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE   

Schedule III.

  Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation    F-32

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained herein constitute forward-looking statements as such term is defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. Our future results, financial condition and business may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. You can find many of these statements by looking for words such as “plans,” “intends,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “believes” or similar expressions in this Form 10-K. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties. Many of the factors that will determine these items are beyond our ability to control or predict. For further discussion of these factors, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K or the date of any document incorporated by reference. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Form 10-K.

 

Item 1. Business

General

Saul Centers, Inc. (“Saul Centers”) was incorporated under the Maryland General Corporation Law on June 10, 1993. Saul Centers operates as a real estate investment trust (a “REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Saul Centers generally will not be subject to federal income tax, provided it annually distributes at least 90% of its REIT taxable income to its stockholders and meets certain organizational and other requirements. Saul Centers has made and intends to continue to make regular quarterly distributions to its stockholders. Saul Centers, together with its wholly owned subsidiaries and the limited partnerships of which Saul Centers or one of its subsidiaries is the sole general partner, are referred to collectively as the “Company”. B. Francis Saul II serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Saul Centers.

The Company’s principal business activity is the ownership, management and development of income-producing properties. The Company’s long-term objectives are to increase cash flow from operations and to maximize capital appreciation of its real estate.

Saul Centers was formed to continue and expand the shopping center business previously owned and conducted by the B.F. Saul Real Estate Investment Trust, the B.F. Saul Company, Chevy Chase Bank, F.S.B. and certain other affiliated entities, each of which is controlled by B. Francis Saul II and his family members (collectively, “The Saul Organization”). On August 26, 1993, members of The Saul Organization transferred to Saul Holdings Limited Partnership, a newly formed Maryland limited partnership (the “Operating Partnership”), and two newly formed subsidiary limited partnerships (the “Subsidiary Partnerships”, and collectively with the Operating Partnership, the “Partnerships”), shopping center and office properties, and the management functions related to the transferred properties. Since its formation, the Company has developed and purchased additional properties.

 

4


Table of Contents

The following table lists the properties acquired and/or developed by the Company since December 31, 2004. All of the following properties are operating shopping centers (“Shopping Centers”).

 

Name of Property

  

Location

   Square
Footage
   Date of
Acquisition/
Development

Acquisitions

        

Palm Springs Center

   Altamonte Springs, FL    126,000    2005

Jamestown Place

   Altamonte Springs, FL    96,000    2005

Seabreeze Plaza

   Palm Harbor, FL    147,000    2005

Smallwood Village Center

   Waldorf, MD    198,000    2006

Hunt Club Corners

   Apopka, FL    101,000    2006

Orchard Park

   Dunwoody, GA    88,000    2007

Developments

        

Kentlands Place

   Gaithersburg, MD    41,000    2005

Broadlands Village Phase III

   Ashburn, VA    22,000    2006

Lansdowne Town Center

   Leesburg, VA    188,000    2006/7

Ashland Square Phase I

   Manassas, VA    4,000    2007

As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s properties (the “Current Portfolio Properties”) consisted of 43 operating shopping center properties (the “Shopping Centers”), five predominantly office operating properties (the “Office Properties”) and five (non-operating) development properties. Shopping Centers and Office Properties represent reportable business segments for financial reporting purposes. Revenue, net income, total assets and other financial information of each reportable segment are described in Note 16 to the financial statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The Company established Saul QRS, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Saul Centers, to facilitate the placement of collateralized mortgage debt. Saul QRS, Inc. was created to succeed to the interest of Saul Centers as the sole general partner of Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership. The remaining limited partnership interests in Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership and Saul Subsidiary II Limited Partnership are held by the Operating Partnership as the sole limited partner. Through this structure, the Company owns 100% of the Current Portfolio Properties.

 

5


Table of Contents

The following diagram depicts the Company’s organizational and equity ownership structure, as of December 31, 2007.

LOGO

Management of the Current Portfolio Properties

The Partnerships manage the Current Portfolio Properties and will manage any subsequently acquired properties. The management of the properties includes performing property management, leasing, design, renovation, development and accounting duties for each property. The Partnerships provide each property with a fully integrated property management capability, with approximately 60 employees and with an extensive and mature network of relationships with tenants and potential tenants as well as with members of the brokerage and property owners’ communities. The Company currently does not, and does not intend to, retain third party managers or provide management services to third parties.

The Company augments its property management capabilities by sharing with The Saul Organization certain ancillary functions, at cost, such as computer and payroll services, benefits administration and in-house legal services. The Company also shares insurance administration expenses on a pro rata basis with The Saul Organization. Management believes that these arrangements result in lower costs than could be obtained by contracting with third parties. These arrangements permit the Company to capture greater economies of scale in purchasing from third party vendors than would otherwise be available to the Company alone and to capture internal economies of scale by avoiding payments representing profits with respect to functions provided internally. The terms of all sharing arrangements with The Saul Organization, including payments related thereto, are specified in a written agreement and are reviewed annually by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

The Company’s corporate headquarters lease commenced in March 2002 and is a sublease of office space from The Saul Organization at the Company’s share of the cost. A discussion of the lease terms are provided in Note 7, Long Term Lease Obligations, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

6


Table of Contents

Principal Offices

The principal offices of the Company are located at 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1500, Bethesda, Maryland 20814-6522, and the Company’s telephone number is (301) 986-6200. The Company’s internet web address is www.saulcenters.com . Information contained on the Company’s internet website is not part of this report. The Company makes available free of charge on its internet website its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Commission. Alternatively, you may access these reports at the Commission’s internet website: www.sec.gov.

Policies with Respect to Certain Activities

The following is a discussion of the Company’s operating strategy and certain of its investment, financing and other policies. These strategies and policies have been determined by the Board of Directors and, in general, may be amended or revised from time to time by the Board of Directors without a vote of the Company’s stockholders.

Operating Strategies

The Company’s primary operating strategy is to focus on its community and neighborhood shopping center business and to operate its properties to achieve both cash flow growth and capital appreciation. Community and neighborhood shopping centers typically provide reliable cash flow and steady long-term growth potential. Management intends to actively manage its property portfolio by engaging in strategic leasing activities, tenant selection, lease negotiation and shopping center expansion and reconfiguration. The Company seeks to optimize tenant mix by selecting tenants for its shopping centers that provide a broad spectrum of goods and services, consistent with the role of community and neighborhood shopping centers as the source for day-to-day necessities. Management believes that such a synergistic tenanting approach results in increased cash flow from existing tenants by providing the Shopping Centers with consistent traffic and a desirable mix of shoppers, resulting in increased sales and, therefore, increased cash flows.

Management believes there is potential for growth in cash flow as existing leases for space in the Shopping Centers expire and are renewed, or newly available or vacant space is leased. The Company intends to renegotiate leases where possible and seek new tenants for available space in order to maximize this potential for increased cash flow. As leases expire, management expects to revise rental rates, lease terms and conditions, relocate existing tenants, reconfigure tenant spaces and introduce new tenants with the goal of increasing cash flow. In those circumstances in which leases are not otherwise expiring, management selectively attempts to increase cash flow through a variety of means, or in connection with renovations or relocations, recapturing leases with below market rents and re-leasing at market rates, as well as replacing financially troubled tenants. When possible, management also will seek to include scheduled increases in base rent, as well as percentage rental provisions, in its leases.

Certain Shopping Centers contain undeveloped parcels within the centers which are suitable for development as free-standing retail facilities, such as restaurants, banks or auto centers. Management will continue to seek desirable tenants for facilities to be developed on these sites and to develop and lease these sites in a manner that complements the Shopping Centers in which they are located.

The Company will also seek growth opportunities in its Washington, DC metropolitan area office portfolio, primarily through development and redevelopment. Management also intends to negotiate lease renewals or to re-lease available space in the Office Properties, while considering the strategic balance of optimizing short-term cash flow and long-term asset value.

 

7


Table of Contents

It is management’s intention to hold properties for long-term investment and to place strong emphasis on regular maintenance, periodic renovation and capital improvement. Management believes that such characteristics as cleanliness, lighting and security are particularly important in community and neighborhood shopping centers, which are frequently visited by shoppers during hours outside of the normal work-day. Management believes that the Shopping Centers and Office Properties generally are attractive and well maintained. The Shopping Centers and Office Properties will undergo expansion, renovation, reconfiguration and modernization from time to time when management believes that such action is warranted by opportunities or changes in the competitive environment of a property. Several of the Shopping Centers have been renovated recently. During 2007 and 2006, the Company was involved in redevelopment or expansions of five of its operating properties and developed two new shopping centers, Lansdowne Town Center and Ashland Square Phase I. The Company will continue its practice of expanding existing properties by undertaking new construction on outparcels suitable for development as free standing retail or office facilities.

Investment in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate

The Company’s redevelopment and renovation objective is to selectively and opportunistically redevelop and renovate its properties, by replacing leases with below market rents with strong, traffic-generating anchor stores such as supermarkets and drug stores, as well as other desirable local, regional and national tenants. The Company’s strategy remains focused on continuing the operating performance and internal growth of its existing Shopping Centers, while enhancing this growth with selective retail redevelopments and renovations.

Management believes that attractive acquisition and development opportunities for investment in existing and new shopping center properties will continue to be available. Management believes that the Company will be well situated to take advantage of these opportunities because of its access to capital markets, as evidenced by; (1) the Company’s three year extension of its $150 million Revolving Credit Facility in December 2007, recent years’ long-term fixed-rate mortgage financing activity and successful $100 million preferred stock offering in November 2003, (2) the Company’s ability to acquire properties or undeveloped land, either for cash or securities (including Operating Partnership interests in tax advantaged transactions), and (3) because of management’s experience in seeking out, identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions. In addition, management believes its shopping center expertise should permit it to optimize the performance of shopping centers once they have been acquired.

Management also believes that opportunities exist for investment in new office properties. It is management’s view that several of the office sub-markets in which the Company operates have very attractive supply/demand characteristics. The Company will continue to evaluate new office development and redevelopment as an integral part of its overall business plan.

In evaluating a particular redevelopment, renovation, acquisition, or development, management will consider a variety of factors, including (i) the location and accessibility of the property; (ii) the geographic area (with an emphasis on the Washington, DC/Baltimore metropolitan area and the southeastern region of the United States) and demographic characteristics of the community, as well as the local real estate market, including potential for growth and potential regulatory impediments to development; (iii) the size of the property; (iv) the purchase price; (v) the non-financial terms of the proposed acquisition; (vi) the availability of funds or other consideration for the proposed acquisition and the cost thereof; (vii) the “fit” of the property with the Company’s existing portfolio; (viii) the potential for, and current extent of, any environmental problems; (ix) the current and historical occupancy rates of the property or any comparable or competing properties in the same market; (x) the quality of construction and design and the current physical condition of the property; (xi) the financial and other characteristics of existing tenants and the terms of existing leases; and (xii) the potential for capital appreciation.

Although it is management’s present intention to concentrate future acquisition and development activities on community and neighborhood shopping centers and office properties in the Washington, DC/Baltimore metropolitan area and the southeastern region of the United States, the Company may, in the future, also acquire other types of real estate in other areas of the country as opportunities present themselves. While the Company may diversify in terms of property locations, size and market, the Company does not set any limit on the amount or percentage of Company assets that may be invested in any one property or any one geographic area.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Company intends to engage in such future investment or development activities in a manner that is consistent with the maintenance of its status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes and that will not make the Company an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Equity investments in acquired properties may be subject to existing mortgage financings and other indebtedness or to new indebtedness which may be incurred in connection with acquiring or refinancing these investments.

Investments in Real Estate Mortgages

While the Company’s current portfolio of, and its business objectives emphasize, equity investments in commercial and neighborhood shopping centers and office properties, the Company may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, invest in mortgages, participating or convertible mortgages, deeds of trust and other types of real estate interests consistent with its qualification as a REIT. However, the Company does not presently have nor intend to invest in real estate mortgages.

Investments in Securities of or Interests in Persons Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Other Issues

Subject to the tests necessary for REIT qualification, the Company may invest in securities of other REITs, other entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other issuers, including for the purpose of exercising control over such entities. However, the Company does not presently have any investment in securities of other REITs.

Dispositions

The Company does not currently intend to dispose of any of its properties, although the Company reserves the right to do so if, based upon management’s periodic review of the Company’s portfolio, the Board of Directors determines that such action would be in the best interest of the Company’s stockholders. Any decision to dispose of a property will be made by the Board of Directors.

Capital Policies

The Company has established a debt capitalization policy relative to asset value, which is computed by reference to the aggregate annualized cash flow from the properties in the Company’s portfolio rather than relative to book value. The Company has used a measure tied to cash flow because it believes that the book value of its portfolio properties, which is the depreciated historical cost of the properties, does not accurately reflect the ability to borrow. Asset value, however, is somewhat more variable than book value, and may not at all times reflect the fair market value of the underlying properties. As a general policy, the Company intends to maintain a ratio of its total debt to total asset value of 50% or less and to actively manage the Company’s leverage and debt expense on an ongoing basis in order to maintain prudent coverage of fixed charges. Given the Company’s current debt level, it is management’s belief that the ratio of the Company’s debt to total asset value is below 50% as of December 31, 2007.

The organizational documents of the Company do not limit the absolute amount or percentage of indebtedness that it may incur. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, reevaluate the Company’s debt capitalization policy in light of current economic conditions, relative costs of capital, market values of the Company property portfolio, opportunities for acquisition, development or expansion, and such other factors as the Board of Directors then deems relevant. The Board of Directors may modify the Company’s debt capitalization policy based on such a reevaluation without shareholder approval and consequently, may increase or decrease the Company’s debt to total asset ratio above or below 50% or may waive the policy for certain periods of time. The Company selectively continues to refinance or renegotiate the terms of its outstanding debt in order to achieve longer maturities, and obtain generally more favorable loan terms, whenever management determines the financing environment is favorable.

 

9


Table of Contents

The Company intends to finance future acquisitions and developments and to make debt repayments by utilizing the sources of capital then deemed to be most advantageous. Such sources may include undistributed operating cash flow, secured or unsecured bank and institutional borrowings, proceeds from the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan, proceeds from the sale of properties and private and public offerings of debt or equity securities. Borrowings may be at the Operating Partnership or Subsidiary Partnerships’ level and securities offerings may include (subject to certain limitations) the issuance of Operating Partnership interests convertible into common stock or other equity securities.

Other Policies

The Company has authority to offer equity or debt securities in exchange for property and to repurchase or otherwise acquire its common stock or other securities in the open market or otherwise, and may engage in such activities in the future. The Company expects, but is not obligated, to issue common stock to holders of units of the Operating Partnership upon exercise of their redemption rights. The Company has not engaged in trading, underwriting or agency distribution or sale of securities of other issues other than the Operating Partnership and does not intend to do so. The Company has not made any loans to third parties, although the Company may in the future make loans to third parties. In addition, the Company has the policies relating to related party transactions discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

Competition

As an owner of, or investor in, community and neighborhood shopping centers and office properties, the Company is subject to competition from an indeterminate number of companies in connection with the acquisition, development, ownership and leasing of similar properties. These investors include investors with access to significant capital, such as domestic and foreign corporations and financial institutions, publicly traded and privately held REITs, private institutional investment funds, investment banking firms, life insurance companies and pension funds.

With respect to acquisitions and developments, this competition may reduce properties available for acquisition or development or increase prices for raw land or developed properties of the type in which the Company invests. The Company faces competition in providing leases to prospective tenants and in re-letting space to current tenants upon expiration of their respective leases. If the Company’s tenants decide not to renew or extend their leases upon expiration, the Company may not be able to re-let the space. Even if the tenants do renew or the Company can re-let the space, the terms of renewal or re-letting, including the cost of required renovations, may be less favorable than current lease terms or than expectations for the space. This risk may be magnified if the properties owned by our competitors have lower occupancy rates than the Company’s properties. As a result, these competitors may be willing to make space available at lower prices than the space in the Current Portfolio Properties.

Management believes that success in the competition for ownership and leasing property is dependent in part upon the geographic location of the property, the tenant mix, the performance of property managers, the amount of new construction in the area and the maintenance and appearance of the property. Additional competitive factors impacting the Company’s properties include the ease of access to the properties, the adequacy of related facilities such as parking, and the demographic characteristics in the markets in which the properties compete. Overall economic circumstances and trends and new properties in the vicinity of each of the Current Portfolio Properties are also competitive factors.

Finally, retailers at our Shopping Centers face increasing competition from outlet stores, discount shopping clubs and other forms of marketing of goods, such as direct mail, internet marketing and telemarketing. This competition may reduce percentage rents payable to us and may contribute to lease defaults or insolvency of tenants.

 

10


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters

The Current Portfolio Properties are subject to various laws and regulations relating to environmental and pollution controls. The impact upon the Company of the application of such laws and regulations either prospectively or retrospectively is not expected to have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s property operations. As a matter of policy, the Company requires an environmental study be performed with respect to a property that may be subject to possible environmental hazards prior to its acquisition to ascertain that there are no material environmental hazards associated with such property.

Employees

As of February 25, 2008, the Company employed approximately 60 persons, including six leasing officers. None of the Company’s employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Management believes that its relationship with employees is good.

Recent Developments

A significant contributor to the Company’s recent growth in its shopping center portfolio has been its land acquisitions and subsequent development, redevelopment of existing centers and operating property acquisition activities. Redevelopment activities reposition the Company’s centers to be competitive in the current retailing environment. These redevelopments typically include an update of the facade, site improvements and reconfiguring tenant spaces to accommodate tenant size requirements and merchandising evolution. During the period December 31, 2004 though February 2008, the Company acquired four land parcels located in the Washington, DC metropolitan area, developed neighborhood shopping centers on four of the parcels and acquired six operating grocery-anchored neighborhood shopping center properties. In summary, since year end 2004, the Company’s leasable area has grown by approximately 11% (0.8 million square feet), from 7.2 million square feet to over 8.0 million square feet.

2007 / 2006 / 2005 Acquisitions, Developments and Redevelopments

Olde Forte Village

The Company redeveloped in 2005, Olde Forte Village, a neighborhood shopping center located in Fort Washington, Maryland. The center, acquired in 2003, is anchored by the then newly constructed 58,000 square foot Safeway supermarket, which relocated from a smaller store within the center. The center then contained approximately 50,000 square feet of vacant space, consisting primarily of the former Safeway space. The reconfigured shopping center totals 143,000 square feet of leasable space. The Company’s total redevelopment costs, including the initial property acquisition cost, were approximately $22 million. The center was 95% leased at December 31, 2007.

Broadlands Village

The Company purchased 24 acres of undeveloped land in the Broadlands section of the Dulles Technology Corridor of Loudoun County, Virginia in April 2002. Broadlands is a 1,500 acre planned community consisting of 3,500 residences, approximately half of which are constructed and currently occupied. In October 2003, the Company completed construction of the first phase of the Broadlands Village shopping center. The 58,000 square foot Safeway supermarket opened in October 2003 with a pad building and many in-line small shops also opening in the fourth quarter of 2003. Construction of a 30,000 square foot second phase was substantially completed in 2004. The Company’s total development costs of both phases, including the land acquisition, were approximately $22 million. During the second quarter of 2006, the Company substantially completed construction of a third phase of this development, totaling approximately 22,000 square feet of shop space and two pad site locations. Development costs for this phase totaled approximately $7.5 million. The center was 98% leased and fully operational at December 31, 2007.

 

11


Table of Contents

The Glen

In February 2005, the Company commenced construction of a 22,000 square foot expansion building to provide additional restaurants and small shop service space at The Glen shopping center in Prince William County, Virginia. Construction of the expansion building was substantially completed in the fall of 2005, and development costs were approximately $4.1 million. The resulting 134,000 square foot Safeway anchored center was 96% leased at December 31, 2007.

Kentlands Place

In January 2004, the Company purchased 3.4 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to its 114,000 square foot Kentlands Square shopping center in Gaithersburg, Maryland. The Company substantially completed construction of a 40,600 square foot retail/office property, comprised of 23,800 square feet of in-line retail space and 16,800 square feet of professional office suites, in early 2005. Development costs, including the land acquisition, were approximately $8.5 million. The property was 100% leased at December 31, 2007 and includes significant retail tenants Bonefish Grill and Elizabeth Arden’s Red Door Salon.

Briggs Chaney MarketPlace

In April 2004, the Company acquired Briggs Chaney MarketPlace in Silver Spring, Maryland. Briggs Chaney MarketPlace is a 194,000 square foot neighborhood shopping center on Route 29 in Montgomery County, Maryland. The center, constructed in 1983, was 99% leased at December 31, 2007 and is anchored by a 45,000 square foot Safeway supermarket and a 28,000 square foot Ross Dress For Less. The property was acquired for $27.3 million. During 2005, the Company completed interior construction to reconfigure a portion of space vacant at acquisition, totaling approximately 11,000 square feet of leasable area, and completed construction of a façade renovation of the shopping center. Redevelopment costs totaled approximately $1.9 million.

Ashland Square

On December 15, 2004, the Company acquired a 19.3 acre parcel of land in Manassas, Prince William County, Virginia for a purchase price of $6.3 million. The Company has plans to develop the parcel into a grocery-anchored neighborhood shopping center. The Company received site plan approval during the third quarter of 2006 to develop approximately 125,000 square feet of retail space. A site plan for an additional 35,000 square feet of commercial space is under review by Prince William County. During the third quarter of 2006, the Company commenced site work consisting primarily of clearing, grading and site utility construction. A lease has been executed with Chevy Chase Bank, F.S.B. which built a branch on a pad site. The bank branch opened for business October 2007. The balance of the center is being marketed to grocers and other retail businesses, with a development timetable yet to be finalized.

Palm Springs Center

On March 3, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of the 126,000 square foot Albertson’s anchored Palm Springs Center located in Altamonte Springs, Florida (metropolitan Orlando). The center was 97% leased at December 31, 2007 and was acquired for a purchase price of $17.5 million.

New Market

On March 3, 2005, the Company acquired a 7.1 acre parcel of land located in New Market, Maryland for a purchase price of $500,000. On September 8, 2005, the Company acquired a 28.4 acre contiguous parcel for a purchase price of $1.5 million. Together, these parcels will accommodate a neighborhood shopping center development in excess of 120,000 square feet of leasable space. The Company had contracted to purchase one additional parcel with the intent to assemble additional acreage for further retail development near this I-70 interchange, east of Frederick, Maryland. During December 2007, the Company abandoned the acquisition of this final parcel and wrote-off to general and administrative expense all costs related to this parcel.

Lansdowne Town Center

During the first quarter of 2005, the Company received approval of a zoning submission to Loudoun County which allowed the development of a neighborhood shopping center named Lansdowne Town Center, within

 

12


Table of Contents

the Lansdowne Community in northern Virginia. On March 29, 2005, the Company finalized the acquisition of an additional 4.5 acres of land to bring the total acreage of the development parcel to 23.4 acres (including the 18.9 acres acquired in 2002). The additional purchase price was approximately $1.0 million. In late 2006, the Company substantially completed construction of an approximately 189,000 square foot retail center. A lease was executed with Harris Teeter for a 55,000 square foot grocery store, which opened in November 2006. Project costs, upon completion of final tenant improvements, are expected to total approximately $41.5 million. As of December 31, 2007, the project was fully operational and 99% leased, however rent is not expected to commence for approximately 16,000 square feet of second floor office space until spring of 2008, when tenant improvements are expected to be substantially complete.

Jamestown Place

On November 17, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of the 96,000 square foot Publix-anchored Jamestown Place located in Altamonte Springs, Florida (metropolitan Orlando). The center was 95% leased at December 31, 2007 and was acquired for a purchase price of $14.8 million.

Seabreeze Plaza

On November 30, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of the 147,000 square foot Publix-anchored Seabreeze Plaza located in Palm Harbor, Florida (metropolitan Tampa). The center was 90% leased at December 31, 2007 and was acquired for a purchase price of $25.9 million subject to the assumption of a $13.6 million mortgage loan.

Smallwood Village Center

On January 27, 2006, the Company acquired the 198,000 square foot Smallwood Village Center, located on 25 acres within the St. Charles planned community of Waldorf, Maryland. The center was acquired for a purchase price of $17.5 million subject to the assumption of an $11.3 million mortgage loan, and was 73% leased at December 31, 2007. The Company is obtaining final permits for a capital improvement project to improve access to the center, reconfigure portions of the center and upgrade the center’s façade. Construction is expected to commence during the spring of 2008.

Ravenwood

In January 2006, the Company commenced construction of a 7,380 square foot shop space expansion to the Giant anchored Ravenwood shopping center, located in Towson, Maryland. Construction was substantially completed in June 2006. All of the new space is leased and operational at December 31, 2007. Development costs totaled approximately $2.2 million.

Lexington Center

On September 29, 2005, the Company announced the resolution of a land use dispute at Lexington Mall, allowing increased flexibility in future development rights for its property. The Company and the land owner of the adjacent 16 acre site, have resolved a dispute arising from a reciprocal easement agreement governing land use between the two owners. The parties have executed a new land use agreement which grants each other the flexibility to improve its property. The Company also reached an agreement with Dillard’s to terminate its lease, without consideration exchanged by either party. The mall is vacant and the Company has prepared conceptual designs for the shopping center’s development and marketing to prospective retailers.

Hunt Club Corners

On June 1, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of the 101,500 square foot Publix-anchored Hunt Club Corners shopping center located in Apopka, Florida (metropolitan Orlando). The center was 99% leased at December 31, 2007 and was acquired for a purchase price of $11.1 million.

 

13


Table of Contents

Ashburn Village-Phase V

The Company completed construction during the fourth quarter of 2006 of a 10,000 square foot shop space expansion to the Ashburn Village shopping center located in Loudoun County, Virginia. The space was 100% leased and operational at December 31, 2007. Development costs totaled approximately $2.2 million.

Clarendon Center

The Company owns an assemblage of land parcels (including its Clarendon and Clarendon Station operating properties) totaling approximately 1.5 acres adjacent to the Clarendon Metro Station in Arlington, Virginia. In June 2006, the Company obtained zoning approvals for a mixed-use development project to include up to approximately 45,000 square feet of retail space, 170,000 square feet of office space and 244 residential units. The Company has substantially completed construction documents. An existing vacant building located on a portion of the land is being demolished to prepare this portion of the site for development. A development timetable has not yet been completed.

Westview Village

In November 2007, the Company purchased a 10.4 acre site in the Westview development on Buckeystown Pike (MD Route 85) in Frederick, Maryland. The purchase price was $5.0 million. Construction documents have been completed and site permits have been received for development of approximately 105,000 square feet of commercial space, including 60,000 square feet of retail shop space, 15,000 square feet of retail pads and 30,000 square feet of professional office space. The Company is currently marketing the space and has executed leases for 9,606 square feet of the retail space. The Company commenced site work construction in early 2008 and anticipates total construction and development costs, including land, to be approximately $26.0 million. Substantial completion of the building shell is scheduled for late 2008.

Great Eastern Plaza Land Parcel

On June 6, 2007, the Company acquired 8.0 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to its Great Eastern Plaza shopping center in District Heights, Maryland, for a purchase price of $1.3 million. The Company is analyzing options to expand the existing shopping center onto this parcel at some future date.

Orchard Park

On July 19, 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of the 88,000 square foot Kroger-anchored Orchard Park shopping center located in Dunwoody, GA. The center is 93% leased as of December 31, 2007 and was acquired for a purchase price of $17.0 million.

Northrock

In January 2008, the Company acquired approximately 15.4 acres of undeveloped land in Warrenton, Virginia. The site is located in the City of Warrenton at the southwest corner of the U.S. Route 29/211 and Fletcher Drive intersection. The Company has commenced site work construction for Northrock Shopping Center, a neighborhood shopping center totaling approximately 103,000 square feet of leasable area. The Harris Teeter supermarket chain has executed a lease for a 52,700 square foot grocery store to anchor the center. The land purchase price was $12.5 million, and the Company anticipates total construction and development costs, including land, to be approximately $27.5 million. Construction substantial completion is anticipated for mid 2009.

 

14


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

RISK FACTORS

Carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto. If any of the events or developments described below were actually to occur, the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

In this section, unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Saul Centers, Inc., and its subsidiaries, including the Operating Partnership.

Revenue from our properties may be reduced or limited if the retail operations of our tenants are not successful.

Revenue from our properties depends primarily on the ability of our tenants to pay the full amount of rent due under their leases on a timely basis. Some of our leases provide for the payment, in addition to base rent, of additional rent above the base amount according to a specified percentage of the gross sales generated by the tenants. The amount of rent we receive from our tenants generally will depend in part on the success of our tenants’ retail operations, making us vulnerable to general economic downturns and other conditions affecting the retail industry. Any reduction in our tenants’ ability to pay base rent or percentage rent may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to increase our net income depends on the success and continued presence of our shopping center “anchor” tenants and other significant tenants.

Our net income could be adversely affected in the event of a downturn in the business, or the bankruptcy or insolvency, of any anchor store or anchor tenant. Our largest shopping center anchor tenant is Giant Food, which accounted for 4.5% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. The closing of one or more anchor stores prior to the expiration of the lease of that store or the termination of a lease by one or more of a property’s anchor tenants could adversely affect that property and result in lease terminations by, or reductions in rent from, other tenants whose leases may permit termination or rent reduction in those circumstances or whose own operations may suffer as a result. This could reduce our net income.

We may experience difficulty or delay in renewing leases or re-leasing space.

We derive most of our revenue directly or indirectly from rent received from our tenants. We are subject to the risks that, upon expiration, leases for space in our properties may not be renewed, the space may not be re-leased, or the terms of renewal or re-lease, including the cost of required renovations or concessions to tenants, may be less favorable than current lease terms. As a result, our results of operations and our net income could be reduced.

We have substantial relationships with members of The Saul Organization whose interests could conflict with the interests of other stockholders.

Influence of Officers, Directors and Significant Stockholders.

Three of our executive officers, Mr. Saul II, his son and our President, B. Francis Saul III, and Thomas H. McCormick, our Senior Vice President and General Counsel, are members of The Saul Organization, and persons associated with The Saul Organization constitute four of the 12 members of our Board of Directors. In addition, as of December 31, 2007, Mr. Saul II beneficially owned, for purposes of SEC reporting, 7,825,000 shares of our common stock representing 44.6% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock. Mr. Saul II also beneficially owned, as of December 31, 2007, 5,416,000 units of the Operating Partnership. In general, these units are convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. The ownership limitation set forth in our articles of incorporation is 39.9% in value of our issued and outstanding equity securities (which includes both common and preferred stock). As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Saul II and members of The Saul Organization owned common stock representing approximately 33.7% in value of all our issued and outstanding equity securities. Members of the Saul Organization are permitted under our articles of incorporation to convert Operating Partnership units into shares of common stock or acquire additional shares of common stock until The Saul Organization’s actual ownership of common stock reaches 39.9% in value of our equity securities.

As a result of these relationships, members of The Saul Organization will be in a position to exercise significant influence over our affairs, which influence might not be consistent with the interests of some, or a majority, of our stockholders. Except as discussed below, we do not have any written policies or procedures for the review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons.

 

15


Table of Contents

Management Time.

Our Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice President-Chief Accounting Officer and Senior Vice President and General Counsel are also officers of various members of The Saul Organization. Although we believe that these officers spend sufficient management time to meet their responsibilities as our officers, the amount of management time devoted to us will depend on our specific circumstances at any given point in time. As a result, in a given period, these officers may spend less than a majority of their management time on our matters. Over extended periods of time, we believe that our Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President and General Counsel will spend less than a majority of their management time on Company matters, while our President and Vice President-Chief Accounting Officer may or may not spend less than a majority of their time on our matters.

Exclusivity and Right of First Refusal Agreements.

We will acquire, develop, own and manage shopping center properties and will own and manage other commercial properties, and, subject to certain exclusivity agreements and rights of first refusal to which we are a party, The Saul Organization will continue to develop, acquire, own and manage commercial properties and own land suitable for development as, among other things, shopping centers and other commercial properties. Therefore, conflicts could develop in the allocation of acquisition and development opportunities with respect to commercial properties other than shopping centers and with respect to development sites, as well as potential tenants and other matters, between us and The Saul Organization. The agreement relating to exclusivity and the right of first refusal between us and The Saul Organization (other than Chevy Chase Bank, F.S.B.) generally requires The Saul Organization to conduct its shopping center business exclusively through us and to grant us a right of first refusal to purchase commercial properties and development sites in certain market areas that become available to The Saul Organization. The Saul Organization has granted the right of first refusal to us, acting through our independent directors, in order to minimize potential conflicts with respect to commercial properties and development sites. We and The Saul Organization have entered into this agreement in order to minimize conflicts with respect to shopping centers and certain of our commercial properties.

Shared Services.

We share with The Saul Organization certain ancillary functions, such as computer and payroll services, benefits administration and in-house legal services. The terms of all sharing arrangements, including payments related thereto, are reviewed periodically by our Audit Committee, which is comprised solely of independent directors. Included in our general and administrative expenses or capitalized to specific development projects, for the year ended December 31, 2007, are charges totaling $4,890,000, related to such shared services, which included rental payments for the Company’s headquarters lease, which were billed by The Saul Organization. Although we believe that the amounts allocated to us for such shared services represent a fair allocation between us and The Saul Organization, we have not obtained a third party appraisal of the value of these services.

Related Party Rents.

Chevy Chase Bank leases space in 18 of the properties owned by us. The total rental income from Chevy Chase Bank for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $2,946,000, representing approximately 2.0% of our total revenue for such period. Although we believe that these leases have comparable terms to leases we have entered into with third-party tenants, the terms of these leases were not set as a result of arm’s-length negotiation. In addition, because Chevy Chase Bank is a member of The Saul Organization, we may be less inclined to take an action or the timing of any action could be influenced if there is a default. The terms of any lease with Chevy Chase Bank are approved in advance by our Audit Committee, which is comprised solely of independent directors.

In addition, the lease for our corporate headquarters, which commenced in March 2002, is with a member of The Saul Organization. The Company’s corporate headquarters lease is leased by a member of The Saul Organization. The 10-year lease provides for base rent escalated at 3% per year, with payment of a pro-rata share of operating expenses over a base year amount. The Company and The Saul Organization entered into a Shared Services Agreement whereby each party pays an allocation of total rental payments on a percentage proportionate to the number of employees employed by each party. The Company’s rent payment for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $796,000. Although the Company believes that this lease has comparable terms to what would have been obtained from a third party landlord, it did not seek bid proposals from any independent third parties when entering into its new corporate headquarters lease.

 

16


Table of Contents

Conflicts Based on Individual Tax Considerations.

The tax basis of members of The Saul Organization in our portfolio properties which were contributed to certain partnerships at the time of our initial public offering in 1993 was substantially less than the fair market value thereof at the time of their contribution. In the event of our disposition of such properties, a disproportionately large share of the gain for federal income tax purposes would be allocated to members of The Saul Organization. In addition, future reductions of the level of our debt, or future releases of the guarantees or indemnities with respect thereto by members of The Saul Organization, would cause members of The Saul Organization to be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to have received constructive distributions. Depending on the overall level of debt and other factors, these distributions could be in excess of The Saul Organization’s bases in their Partnership units, in which case such excess constructive distributions would be taxable.

Consequently, it is in the interests of The Saul Organization that we continue to hold the contributed portfolio properties, that a portion of our debt remains outstanding or is refinanced and that The Saul Organization guarantees and indemnities remain in place, in order to defer the taxable gain to members of The Saul Organization. Therefore, The Saul Organization may seek to cause us to retain the contributed portfolio properties, and to refrain from reducing our debt or releasing The Saul Organization guarantees and indemnities, even when such action may not be in the interests of some, or a majority, of our stockholders. In order to minimize these conflicts, decisions as to sales of the portfolio properties, or any refinancing, repayment or release of guarantees and indemnities with respect to our debt, will be made by the independent directors.

Ability to Block Certain Actions.

Under applicable law and the limited partnership agreement of the Operating Partnership, consent of the limited partners is required to permit certain actions, including the sale of all or substantially all of the Operating Partnership’s assets. Therefore, members of The Saul Organization, through their status as limited partners in the Operating Partnership, could prevent the taking of any such actions, even if they were in the interests of some, or a majority, of our stockholders.

The amount of debt we have and the restrictions imposed by that debt could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

As of December 31, 2007, we had approximately $532.7 million of debt outstanding, $524.7 million of which was long-term fixed rate debt and was secured by 35 of our properties. The remaining $8.0 million of outstanding debt was borrowed under the revolving credit facility.

We currently have a general policy of limiting our borrowings to 50 percent of asset value, i.e., the value of our portfolio, as determined by our Board of Directors by reference to the aggregate annualized cash flow from our portfolio. Our organizational documents contain no limitation on the amount or percentage of indebtedness which we may incur. Therefore, the Board of Directors could alter or eliminate the current limitation on borrowing at any time. If our debt capitalization policy were changed, we could increase our leverage, resulting in an increase in debt service that could adversely affect our operating cash flow and our ability to make expected distributions to stockholders, and in an increased risk of default on our obligations.

We have established our debt capitalization policy relative to asset value, which is computed by reference to the aggregate annualized cash flow from the properties in our portfolio rather than relative to book value. We have used a measure tied to cash flow because we believe that the book value of our portfolio properties, which is the depreciated historical cost of the properties, does not accurately reflect our ability to borrow. Asset value, however, is somewhat more variable than book value, and may not at all times reflect the fair market value of the underlying properties.

The amount of our debt outstanding from time to time could have important consequences to our stockholders. For example, it could:

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for operations, property acquisitions and other appropriate business opportunities that may arise in the future;

 

   

limit our ability to obtain any additional financing we may need in the future for working capital, debt refinancing, capital expenditures, acquisitions, development or other general corporate purposes;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

make it difficult to satisfy our debt service requirements;

 

   

limit our ability to make distributions on our outstanding common and preferred stock;

 

   

require us to dedicate increased amounts of our cash flow from operations to payments on our variable rate, unhedged debt if interest rates rise;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the factors that affect the profitability of our business, which may place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors with less debt or debt with less restrictive terms; and

 

   

limit our ability to obtain any additional financing we may need in the future for working capital, debt refinancing, capital expenditures, acquisitions, development or other general corporate purposes.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness will depend primarily on our future performance, which to a certain extent is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors described in this section. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from our business in the future to service our debt or meet our other cash needs, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of our existing debt, sell assets or obtain additional financing to meet our debt obligations and other cash needs. Our ability to refinance, sell assets or obtain additional financing may not be possible on terms that we would find acceptable.

We are obligated to comply with financial and other covenants in our debt that could restrict our operating activities, and the failure to comply could result in defaults that accelerate the payment under our debt.

Our secured debt generally contains customary covenants, including, among others, provisions:

 

   

relating to the maintenance of the property securing the debt;

 

   

restricting our ability to assign or further encumber the properties securing the debt; and

 

   

restricting our ability to enter into certain new leases or to amend or modify certain existing leases without obtaining consent of the lenders.

Our unsecured debt generally contains various restrictive covenants. The covenants in our unsecured debt include, among others, provisions restricting our ability to:

 

   

incur additional unsecured debt;

 

   

guarantee additional debt;

 

   

make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments, including distribution payments on our outstanding stock;

 

   

create certain liens;

 

   

increase our overall secured and unsecured borrowing beyond certain levels; and

 

   

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

Our ability to meet some of the covenants in our debt, including covenants related to the condition of the property or payment of real estate taxes, may be dependent on the performance by our tenants under their leases. In addition, our line of credit requires us and our subsidiaries to satisfy financial covenants. The material financial covenants require us, on a consolidated basis, to:

 

   

limit the amount of debt so as to maintain a gross asset value, as defined in the loan agreement, in excess of liabilities of at least $600 million plus 90% of our future net equity proceeds;

 

   

limit the amount of debt as a percentage of gross asset value, as defined in the loan agreement, to less than 60% (leverage ratio);

 

   

limit the amount of debt so that interest coverage will exceed 2.5 to 1 on a trailing 12-full calendar month basis;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

limit the amount of debt so that interest, scheduled principal amortization and preferred dividend coverage exceeds 1.6 to 1; and

 

   

limit the amount of variable rate debt and debt with initial loan terms of less than five years to no more than 40% of total debt.

As of December 31, 2007, we were in compliance with all such covenants. If we were to breach any of our debt covenants and did not cure the breach within any applicable cure period, our lenders could require us to repay the debt immediately, and, if the debt is secured, could immediately begin proceedings to take possession of the property securing the loan. Some of our debt arrangements are cross-defaulted, which means that the lenders under those debt arrangements can put us in default and require immediate repayment of their debt if we breach and fail to cure a covenant under certain of our other debt obligations. As a result, any default under our debt covenants could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, our results of operations, our ability to meet our obligations and the market value of our shares.

Our development activities are inherently risky.

The ground-up development of improvements on real property, as opposed to the renovation and redevelopment of existing improvements, presents substantial risks. In addition to the risks associated with real estate investment in general as described elsewhere, the risks associated with our remaining development activities include:

 

   

significant time lag between commencement and completion subjects us to greater risks due to fluctuation in the general economy;

 

   

failure or inability to obtain construction or permanent financing on favorable terms;

 

   

expenditure of money and time on projects that may never be completed;

 

   

inability to achieve projected rental rates or anticipated pace of lease-up;

 

   

higher-than-estimated construction costs, including labor and material costs; and

 

   

possible delay in completion of the project because of a number of factors, including weather, labor disruptions, construction delays or delays in receipt of zoning or other regulatory approvals, or acts of God (such as fires, earthquakes or floods).

Redevelopments and acquisitions may fail to perform as expected.

Our investment strategy includes the redevelopment and acquisition of community and neighborhood shopping centers that are anchored by supermarkets, drugstores or high volume, value-oriented retailers that provide consumer necessities. The redevelopment and acquisition of properties entails risks that include the following, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to meet our obligations:

 

   

our estimate of the costs to improve, reposition or redevelop a property may prove to be too low, and, as a result, the property may fail to achieve the returns we have projected, either temporarily or for a longer time;

 

   

we may not be able to identify suitable properties to acquire or may be unable to complete the acquisition of the properties we identify;

 

   

we may not be able to integrate new developments or acquisitions into our existing operations successfully;

 

   

properties we redevelop or acquire may fail to achieve the occupancy or rental rates we project at the time we make the decision to invest, which may result in the properties’ failure to achieve the returns we projected;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

our pre-acquisition evaluation of the physical condition of each new investment may not detect certain defects or identify necessary repairs until after the property is acquired, which could significantly increase our total acquisition costs; and

 

   

our investigation of a property or building prior to our acquisition, and any representations we may receive from the seller, may fail to reveal various liabilities, which could reduce the cash flow from the property or increase our acquisition cost.

Our ability to grow will be limited if we cannot obtain additional capital.

Our growth strategy includes the redevelopment of properties we already own and the acquisition of additional properties. Because we are required to distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our taxable income each year to continue to qualify as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for federal income tax purposes, in addition to our undistributed operating cash flow, we rely upon the availability of debt or equity capital to fund our growth, which financing may or may not be available on favorable terms or at all. The debt could include mortgage loans from third parties or the sale of debt securities. Equity capital could include our common stock or preferred stock. Additional financing, refinancing or other capital may not be available in the amounts we desire or on favorable terms. Our access to debt or equity capital depends on a number of factors, including the general state of the capital markets, the market’s perception of our growth potential, our ability to pay dividends, and our current and potential future earnings. Depending on the outcome of these factors, we could experience delay or difficulty in implementing our growth strategy on satisfactory terms, or be unable to implement this strategy.

Our performance and value are subject to general risks associated with the real estate industry.

Our economic performance and the value of our real estate assets, and, consequently, the value of our investments, are subject to the risk that if our properties do not generate revenue sufficient to meet our operating expenses, including debt service and capital expenditures, our cash flow and ability to pay distributions to our stockholders will be adversely affected. As a real estate company, we are susceptible to the following real estate industry risks:

 

   

economic downturns in the areas where our properties are located;

 

   

adverse changes in local real estate market conditions, such as oversupply or reduction in demand;

 

   

changes in tenant preferences that reduce the attractiveness of our properties to tenants;

 

   

zoning or regulatory restrictions;

 

   

decreases in market rental rates;

 

   

weather conditions that may increase energy costs and other operating expenses;

 

   

costs associated with the need to periodically repair, renovate and re-lease space; and

 

   

increases in the cost of adequate maintenance, insurance and other operating costs, including real estate taxes, associated with one or more properties, which may occur even when circumstances such as market factors and competition cause a reduction in revenue from one or more properties, although real estate taxes typically do not increase upon a reduction in such revenue.

Many real estate costs are fixed, even if income from our properties decreases.

Our financial results depend primarily on leasing space in our properties to tenants on terms favorable to us. Costs associated with real estate investment, such as real estate taxes and maintenance costs, generally are not reduced even when a property is not fully occupied, rental rates decrease, or other circumstances cause a reduction in income from the investment. As a result, cash flow from the operations of our properties may be reduced if a tenant does not pay its rent or we are unable to rent our properties on favorable terms. Under those circumstances, we might not be able to enforce our rights as landlord without delays, and may incur substantial legal costs. Additionally, new properties that we may acquire or develop may not produce any significant revenue immediately, and the cash flow from existing operations may be insufficient to pay the operating expenses and debt service associated with that property until the property is fully leased.

 

20


Table of Contents

Competition may limit our ability to purchase new properties and generate sufficient income from tenants.

Numerous commercial developers and real estate companies compete with us in seeking tenants for properties and properties for acquisition. This competition may:

 

   

reduce properties available for acquisition;

 

   

increase the cost of properties available for acquisition;

 

   

reduce rents payable to us;

 

   

interfere with our ability to attract and retain tenants;

 

   

lead to increased vacancy rates at our properties; and

 

   

adversely affect our ability to minimize expenses of operation.

Retailers at our shopping center properties also face increasing competition from outlet stores, discount shopping clubs, and other forms of marketing of goods, such as direct mail, internet marketing and telemarketing. This competition may reduce percentage rents payable to us and may contribute to lease defaults and insolvency of tenants. If we are unable to continue to attract appropriate retail tenants to our properties, or to purchase new properties in our geographic markets, it could materially affect our ability to generate net income, service our debt and make distributions to our stockholders.

We may be unable to sell properties when appropriate because real estate investments are illiquid.

Real estate investments generally cannot be sold quickly. In addition, there are some limitations under federal income tax laws applicable to real estate and to REITs in particular that may limit our ability to sell our assets. We may not be able to alter our portfolio promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. Our inability to respond quickly to adverse changes in the performance of our investments could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our obligations and make distributions to our stockholders.

Our insurance coverage on our properties may be inadequate.

We carry comprehensive insurance on all of our properties, including insurance for liability, fire, flood, terrorism and rental loss. These policies contain coverage limitations. We believe this coverage is of the type and amount customarily obtained for or by an owner of real property assets. We intend to obtain similar insurance coverage on subsequently acquired properties.

As a consequence of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks and other significant losses incurred by the insurance industry, the availability of insurance coverage has decreased and the prices for insurance have increased. As a result, we may be unable to renew or duplicate our current insurance coverage in adequate amounts or at reasonable prices. In addition, insurance companies may no longer offer coverage against certain types of losses, such as losses due to terrorist acts and toxic mold, or, if offered, the expense of obtaining these types of insurance may not be justified. We therefore may cease to have insurance coverage against certain types of losses and/or there may be decreases in the limits of insurance available. If an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of our insured limits occurs, we could lose all or a portion of the capital we have invested in a property, as well as the anticipated future revenue from the property, but still remain obligated for any mortgage debt or other financial obligations related to the property. Material losses in excess of insurance proceeds may occur in the future. Also, due to inflation, changes in codes and ordinances, environmental considerations and other factors, it may not be feasible to use insurance proceeds to replace a building after it has been damaged or destroyed. Events such as these could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to meet our obligations, including distributions to our stockholders.

Environmental laws and regulations could reduce the value or profitability of our properties.

All real property and the operations conducted on real property are subject to federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations relating to hazardous materials, environmental protection and human health and safety. Under various federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, we and our tenants may be required to investigate and clean up certain hazardous or toxic substances released on or in properties we own or operate, and also may be required to pay other costs relating to hazardous or toxic substances. This liability may be imposed without regard to whether we or our tenants knew about the release of these types of substances or were responsible

 

21


Table of Contents

for their release. The presence of contamination or the failure to properly remediate contamination at any of our properties may adversely affect our ability to sell or lease those properties or to borrow using those properties as collateral. The costs or liabilities could exceed the value of the affected real estate. We are not aware of any environmental condition with respect to any of our properties that management believes would have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or results of operations taken as a whole. The uses of any of our properties prior to our acquisition of the property and the building materials used at the property are among the property-specific factors that will affect how the environmental laws are applied to our properties. If we are subject to any material environmental liabilities, the liabilities could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to meet our obligations.

We cannot predict what other environmental legislation or regulations will be enacted in the future, how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted or what environmental conditions may be found to exist on the properties in the future. Compliance with existing and new laws and regulations may require us or our tenants to spend funds to remedy environmental problems. Our tenants, like many of their competitors, have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs associated with complying with these laws and regulations, which will adversely affect their potential profitability. Generally, our tenants must comply with environmental laws and meet remediation requirements. Our leases typically impose obligations on our tenants to indemnify us from any compliance costs we may incur as a result of the environmental conditions on the property caused by the tenant. If a tenant fails to or cannot comply, we could be forced to pay these costs. If not addressed, environmental conditions could impair our ability to sell or re-lease the affected properties in the future or result in lower sales prices or rent payments.

The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 could require us to take remedial steps with respect to newly acquired properties.

The properties, as commercial facilities, are required to comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. Investigation of a property may reveal non-compliance with this Act. The requirements of the Act, or of other federal, state or local laws, also may change in the future and restrict further renovations of our properties with respect to access for disabled persons. Future compliance with the Act may require expensive changes to the properties.

The revenue generated by our tenants could be negatively affected by various federal, state and local laws to which they are subject.

We and our tenants are subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations, such as local licensing requirements, consumer protection laws and state and local fire, life-safety and similar requirements that affect the use of the properties. The leases typically require that each tenant comply with all regulations. Failure to comply could result in fines by governmental authorities, awards of damages to private litigants, or restrictions on the ability to conduct business on such properties. Non-compliance of this sort could reduce our revenue from a tenant, could require us to pay penalties or fines relating to any non-compliance, and could adversely affect our ability to sell or lease a property.

Failure to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes would cause us to be taxed as a corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for payment of distributions.

We believe that we are organized and qualified as a REIT, and currently intend to operate in a manner that will allow us to continue to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes under the Code. However, the IRS could successfully assert that we are not qualified as such. In addition, we may not remain qualified as a REIT in the future. Qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex Code provisions. The complexity of these provisions and of the applicable income tax regulations that have been issued under the Code by the United States Department of Treasury is greater in the case of a REIT that holds its assets in partnership form. Certain facts and circumstances not entirely within our control may affect our ability to qualify as a REIT. For example, in order to qualify as a REIT, at least 95% of our gross income in any year must be derived from qualifying rents and other income. Satisfying this requirement could be difficult, for example, if defaults by tenants were to reduce the amount of income from qualifying rents. Also, we must make annual distributions to stockholders of at least 90% of our net taxable income (excluding capital gains). In addition, new legislation, new regulations, new administrative interpretations or new court decisions may significantly change the tax laws with respect to qualification as a REIT or the federal income tax consequences of such qualification.

 

22


Table of Contents

If we fail to qualify as a REIT:

 

   

we would not be allowed a deduction for dividend distributions to stockholders in computing taxable income;

 

   

we would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates;

 

   

we could be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax;

 

   

unless we are entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we could not elect to be taxed as a REIT for four taxable years following the year during which we were disqualified;

 

   

we could be required to pay significant income taxes, which would substantially reduce the funds available for investment and for distribution to our stockholders for each year in which we failed to qualify; and

 

   

we would no longer be required by law to make any distributions to our stockholders.

We believe that the Operating Partnership is treated as a partnership, and not as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were to challenge successfully the status of the Operating Partnership as a partnership for federal income tax purposes:

 

   

the Operating Partnership would be taxed as a corporation;

 

   

we would cease to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes; and

 

   

the amount of cash available for distribution to our stockholders would be substantially reduced.

We may be required to incur additional debt to qualify as a REIT.

As a REIT, we must make annual distributions to stockholders of at least 90% of our REIT taxable income. We are subject to income tax on amounts of undistributed REIT taxable income and net capital gain. In addition, we would be subject to a 4% excise tax if we fail to distribute sufficient income to meet a minimum distribution test based on our ordinary income, capital gain and aggregate undistributed income from prior years.

We intend to make distributions to stockholders to comply with the Code’s distribution provisions and to avoid federal income and excise tax. We may need to borrow funds to meet our distribution requirements because:

 

   

our income may not be matched by our related expenses at the time the income is considered received for purposes of determining taxable income; and

 

   

non-deductible capital expenditures or debt service requirements may reduce available cash but not taxable income.

In these circumstances, we might have to borrow funds on unfavorable terms and even if our management believes the market conditions make borrowing financially unattractive.

The structure of our leases may jeopardize our ability to qualify as a REIT.

If the IRS were to challenge successfully the characterization of one or more of our leases of properties as leases for federal income tax purposes, the Operating Partnership would not be treated as the owner of the related property or properties for federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Operating Partnership would lose tax depreciation and cost recovery deductions with respect to one or more of our properties, which in turn could cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT. Although we will use our best efforts to structure any leasing transaction for properties acquired in the future so the lease will be characterized as a lease and the Operating Partnership will be treated as the owner of the property for federal income tax purposes, we will not seek an advance ruling from the IRS and do not intend to seek an opinion of counsel that the Operating Partnership will be treated as the owner of any leased properties for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the IRS could successfully assert that future leases will not be treated as leases for federal income tax purposes, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

To maintain our status as a REIT, we limit the amount of shares any one stockholder can own.

The Code imposes certain limitations on the ownership of the stock of a REIT. For example, not more than 50% in value of our outstanding shares of capital stock may be owned, actually or constructively, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code). To protect our REIT status, our articles of incorporation restrict beneficial and constructive ownership (defined by reference to various Code provisions) to no more than 2.5% in value of our issued and outstanding equity securities by any single stockholder with the exception of members of The Saul Organization, who are restricted to beneficial and constructive ownership of no more than 39.9% in value of our issued and outstanding equity securities.

The constructive ownership rules are complex. Shares of our capital stock owned, actually or constructively, by a group of related individuals and/or entities may be treated as constructively owned by one of those individuals or entities. As a result, the acquisition of less than 2.5% or 39.9% in value of our issued and outstanding equity securities, by an individual or entity could cause that individual or entity (or another) to own constructively more than 2.5% or 39.9% in value of the outstanding stock. If that happened, either the transfer or ownership would be void or the shares would be transferred to a charitable trust and then sold to someone who can own those shares without violating the respective ownership limit.

As of December 31, 2007, Mr. Saul II and members of The Saul Organization owned common stock representing approximately 33.7% in value of all our issued and outstanding equity securities. In addition, members of The Saul Organization beneficially owned Operating Partnership units that are, in general, convertible into our common stock on a one-for-one basis. Members of the Saul Organization are permitted under our articles of incorporation to convert Operating Partnership units into shares of common stock or acquire additional shares of common stock until The Saul Organization’s actual ownership of common stock reaches 39.9% in value of our equity securities.

The Board of Directors may waive these restrictions on a case-by-case basis. The Board has authorized the Company to grant waivers to look-through entities, such as mutual funds, in which shares of equity stock owned by the entity are treated as owned proportionally by individuals who are the beneficial owners of the entity. Even though these entities may own stock in excess of the 2.5% ownership limit, no individual beneficially or constructively would own more than 2.5%. In addition, in September 1999, our Board of Directors agreed to waive the ownership limit with respect to Wells Fargo Bank National Association and U.S. Bank National Association, the pledgees of certain shares of our common stock and units issued by the Operating Partnership and held by members of The Saul Organization.

The ownership restrictions may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of our control that might involve a premium price for our equity stock or otherwise be in the stockholders’ best interest.

The lower tax rate on dividends of regular corporations may cause investors to prefer to hold stock of regular corporations instead of-REITs.

On May 28, 2003, the President signed into law the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 (which we will refer to as the Act). Under the Act, the maximum tax rate on the long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers is 15% (applicable to sales occurring from May 7, 2003 through December 31, 2008). The Act also reduced the tax rate on “qualified dividend income” to the maximum capital gains rate. Because, as a REIT, we are not generally subject to tax on the portion of our REIT taxable income or capital gains distributed to our stockholders, our distributions are not generally eligible for this new tax rate on dividends. As a result, our ordinary REIT dividends generally continue to be taxed at the higher tax rates applicable to ordinary income. Without further legislation, the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains will revert to 20% in 2009, and dividends will again be subject to tax at ordinary rates.

We cannot assure you we will continue to pay dividends at historical rates.

Our ability to continue to pay dividends on our common stock at historical rates or to increase our common stock dividend rate will depend on a number of factors, including, among others, the following:

 

   

our financial condition and results of future operations;

 

   

the performance of lease terms by tenants;

 

   

the terms of our loan covenants; and

 

   

our ability to acquire, finance, develop or redevelop and lease additional properties at attractive rates.

 

24


Table of Contents

If we do not maintain or increase the dividend rate on our common stock, it could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and other securities. Payment of dividends on our common stock may be subject to payment in full of the dividends on any preferred stock or depositary shares and payment of interest on any debt securities we may offer.

Certain tax and anti-takeover provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws may inhibit a change of our control.

Certain provisions contained in our articles of incorporation and bylaws and the Maryland General Corporation Law may discourage a third party from making a tender offer or acquisition proposal to us. If this were to happen, it could delay, deter or prevent a change in control or the removal of existing management. These provisions also may delay or prevent the stockholders from receiving a premium for their stock over then-prevailing market prices. These provisions include:

 

   

the REIT ownership limit described above;

 

   

authorization of the issuance of our preferred stock with powers, preferences or rights to be determined by the Board of Directors;

 

   

a staggered, fixed-size Board of Directors consisting of three classes of directors;

 

   

special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the president, by a majority of the directors or by stockholders possessing no less than 25% of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting;

 

   

the Board of Directors, without a stockholder vote, can classify or reclassify unissued shares of preferred stock;

 

   

a member of the Board of Directors may be removed only for cause upon the affirmative vote of 75% of the Board of Directors or 75% of the then-outstanding capital stock;

 

   

advance notice requirements for proposals to be presented at stockholder meetings; and

 

   

the terms of our articles of incorporation regarding business combinations and control share acquisitions.

We may amend or revise our business policies without your approval.

Our Board of Directors may amend or revise our operating policies without stockholder approval. Our investment, financing and borrowing policies and policies with respect to all other activities, such as growth, debt, capitalization and operations, are determined by the Board of Directors or those committees or officers to whom the Board of Directors has delegated that authority. The Board of Directors may amend or revise these policies at any time and from time to time at its discretion. A change in these policies could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, and the market price of our securities.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

We have received no written comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission staff regarding our periodic or current reports in the 180 days preceding December 31, 2007 that remain unresolved.

 

Item 2. Properties

Overview

The Company is the owner and operator of a real estate portfolio composed of 48 operating properties totaling approximately 8,009,000 square feet of gross leasable area (“GLA”) and five development parcels as of December 31, 2007. The properties are located primarily in the Washington, DC/Baltimore, Maryland metropolitan area. The portfolio is composed of 43 neighborhood and community Shopping Centers, and five predominantly

 

25


Table of Contents

Office Properties totaling approximately 6,803,000 and 1,206,000 square feet of GLA, respectively. A majority of the Shopping Centers are anchored by several major tenants. Twenty-nine of the Shopping Centers were anchored by a grocery store and offer primarily day-to-day necessities and services. No single property accounted for more than 7.1% of the total gross leasable area. Only two retail tenants, Giant Food (4.5%), a tenant at nine Shopping Centers and Safeway (3.0%), a tenant at seven Shopping Centers and one office tenant, the United States Government (2.7%), a tenant at six properties, individually accounted for more than 2.5% of the Company’s total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007.

The Company’s Current Portfolio Properties primarily consists of seasoned properties that have been owned and managed by The Saul Organization for 20 years or more. The Company expects to hold its properties as long-term investments, and it has no maximum period for retention of any investment. It plans to selectively acquire additional income-producing properties and to expand, renovate, and improve its properties when circumstances warrant. See “Item 1. Business—Operating Strategies” and “Business—Capital Policies.”

The Shopping Centers

Community and neighborhood shopping centers typically are anchored by one or more supermarkets, discount department stores or drug stores. These anchors offer day-to-day necessities rather than apparel and luxury goods and, therefore, generate consistent local traffic. By contrast, regional malls generally are larger and typically are anchored by one or more full-service department stores.

In general, the Shopping Centers are seasoned community and neighborhood shopping centers located in well established, highly developed, densely populated, middle and upper income areas. The 2007 average estimated population within a one and three-mile radius of the Shopping Centers is approximately 16,000 and 100,000, respectively. The 2007 average household income within the one and three-mile radius of the Shopping Centers is approximately $96,800 and $98,100, respectively, compared to a national average of $73,100. Because the Shopping Centers generally are located in highly developed areas, management believes that there is little likelihood that significant numbers of competing centers will be developed in the future.

The Shopping Center properties range in size from 4,000 to 569,000 square feet of GLA, with six in excess of 300,000 square feet, and an average of approximately 158,000 square feet. A majority of the Shopping Centers are anchored by several major tenants and other tenants offering primarily day-to-day necessities and services. Twenty-nine of the 43 Shopping Centers are anchored by a grocery store.

The Office Properties

Four of the five Office Properties are located in the Washington, DC metropolitan area and contain an aggregate GLA of approximately 1,009,000 square feet, comprised of 922,000 and 87,000 square feet of office and retail space, respectively. The fifth Office Property is located in Tulsa, Oklahoma and contains GLA of 197,000 square feet. The Office Properties represent three distinct styles of facilities, are located in differing commercial environments with distinctive demographic characteristics, and are geographically removed from one another. As a consequence, management believes that the Washington, DC area office properties compete for tenants in different commercial and geographic sub-markets of the metropolitan Washington, DC market and do not compete with one another.

Management believes that the Washington, DC office market is one of the strongest and most stable leasing markets in the nation, with relatively low vacancy rates in comparison to other major metropolitan areas. Management believes that the long-term stability of this market is attributable to the status of Washington, DC as the nation’s capital and to the presence of the Federal government, international agencies, and an expanding private sector job market. 601 Pennsylvania Avenue is a nine-story, 227,000 square foot Class A office building (with a small amount of street level retail space) built in 1986 and located in a prime location in downtown Washington, DC. Van Ness Square is a six-story, 156,000 square foot office/retail building which was redeveloped in 1990. Van

 

26


Table of Contents

Ness Square is located in a highly developed commercial area of Northwest Washington, DC which offers extensive retail and restaurant amenities. Washington Square at Old Town is a 235,000 square foot Class A mixed-use office/retail complex completed in 2000 and located on a two-acre site along Alexandria’s main street, North Washington Street, in historic Old Town Alexandria, Virginia. Avenel Business Park is a 391,000 square foot research park located in the suburban Maryland, I-270 biotech corridor. The business park consists of twelve one-story buildings built in six phases, completed in 1981, 1985, 1989, 1998, 1999 and 2000.

Crosstown Business Center is a 197,000 square foot flex office/warehouse property located in Tulsa, Oklahoma. The property is located in close proximity to Tulsa’s international airport and major roadways and has attracted tenants requiring light industrial and distribution facilities.

The following table sets forth, at the dates indicated, certain information regarding the Current Portfolio Properties:

 

26


Table of Contents

Saul Centers, Inc.

Schedule of Current Portfolio Properties

December 31, 2007

 

Property

  

Location

   Leasable
Area
(Square
Feet)
   Year
Developed
or Acquired
(Renovated)
  Land
Area
(Acres)
  

 

Percentage Leased

   

Anchor/ Significant Tenants

              Dec-07     Dec-06    

Shopping Centers

                 

Ashland Square Phase I

   Manassas, VA    3,650    2007   2.0    100 %   N / A    

Ashburn Village

   Ashburn, VA    221,687    1994/00/01/02/06   26.4    95 %   99 %   Giant Food, Ruby Tuesday, Hallmark Cards, Starbucks

Beacon Center

   Alexandria, VA    356,115    1972
(1993/99/07)
  32.3    100 %   100 %   Lowe’s, Giant Food, Office Depot, Outback Steakhouse, Marshalls, Hancock Fabrics, Party Depot, Panera Bread, TGI Fridays, Starbucks

Belvedere

   Baltimore, MD    54,941    1972   4.8    36 %   41 %   Family Dollar

Boca Valley Plaza

   Boca Raton, FL    121,269    2004   12.7    96 %   97 %   Publix, Wachovia Bank

Boulevard

   Fairfax, VA    56,350    1994 (1999)   5.0    100 %   100 %   Panera Bread, Party City, Petco

Briggs Chaney MarketPlace

   Silver Spring, MD    194,347    2004   18.2    99 %   100 %   Safeway, Ross Dress For Less, Chuck E Cheese, Family Dollar

Broadlands Village I, II & III

   Ashburn, VA    159,734    2003/4/6   24.0    98 %   100 %   Safeway, The Original Steakhouse and Sports Theatre, Bonefish Grill, Starbucks

Clarendon/Clarendon Station

   Arlington, VA    11,808    1973/1996   0.6    61 %   70 %  

Countryside

   Sterling, VA    141,696    2004   16.0    97 %   96 %   Safeway, CVS Pharmacy, Starbucks

Cruse MarketPlace

   Cumming, GA    78,686    2004   10.6    97 %   97 %   Publix

Flagship Center

   Rockville, MD    21,500    1972, 1989   0.5    100 %   100 %  

French Market

   Oklahoma City, OK    244,724    1974 (1984/98)   13.8    94 %   93 %   Burlington Coat Factory, Bed Bath & Beyond, Staples, Famous Footwear, Lakeshore Learning Center, Alfred Angelo, Dollar Tree

Germantown

   Germantown, MD    27,241    1992   2.7    84 %   92 %  

Giant

   Baltimore, MD    70,040    1972 (1990)   5.0    100 %   100 %   Giant Food

The Glen

   Lake Ridge, VA    134,317    1994 (2005)   14.7    96 %   98 %   Safeway Marketplace, The Original Steakhouse and Sports Theatre, Panera Bread

Great Eastern

   District Heights, MD    254,448    1972 (1995)   31.9    99 %   100 %   Giant Food, Pep Boys, Big Lots, Capital Sports Complex

Hampshire Langley

   Takoma Park, MD    131,700    1972 (1979)   9.9    100 %   100 %   Safeway, Radio Shack, Starbucks

Hunt Club Corners

   Apopka, FL    101,522    2006   13.1    99 %   94 %   Publix, Walgreens, Radio Shack

Jamestown Place

   Altamonte Springs, FL    96,372    2005   10.9    95 %   100 %   Publix, Carrabas Italian Grill

Kentlands Square

   Gaithersburg, MD    114,381    2002   11.5    100 %   100 %   Lowe’s, Chipotle

Kentlands Place

   Gaithersburg, MD    40,648    2005   3.4    100 %   100 %   Elizabeth Arden’s Red Door Salon, Bonefish Grill

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

Saul Centers, Inc.

Schedule of Current Portfolio Properties

December 31, 2007

 

Property

  

Location

   Leasable
Area
(Square
Feet)
   Year
Developed
or Acquired
(Renovated)
  Land
Area
(Acres)
  

 

Percentage Leased

   

Anchor / Significant Tenants

              Dec-07     Dec-06    

Shopping Centers (continued)

                 

Lansdowne Town Center

   Leesburg, VA    189,414    2006   23.4    99 %(A)   N/A     Harris Teeter, CVS Pharmacy, Panera Bread, Not Your Average Joes, Starbucks

Leesburg Pike

   Baileys Crossroads, VA    97,752    1966
(1982/95)
  9.4    100 %   100 %   CVS Pharmacy, Party Depot, FedEx Kinko’s, Radio Shack, Verizon Wireless

Lexington Pads

   Lexington, KY    13,646    1974   4.1    100 %   100 %   Applebees

Lumberton Plaza

   Lumberton, NJ    193,044    1975
(1992/96)
  23.3    98 %   98 %   SuperFresh, Rite Aid, Virtua Health Center, Radio Shack, Family Dollar

Shops at Monocacy

   Frederick, MD    109,144    2004   13.0    100 %   100 %   Giant Food, Panera Bread, Starbucks

Olde Forte Village

   Ft. Washington, MD    143,062    2003   16.0    95 %   93 %   Safeway, Radio Shack

Olney

   Olney, MD    53,765    1975
(1990)
  3.7    100 %   97 %   Rite Aid

Orchard Park

   Dunwoody, GA    87,782    2007   10.5    93 %   N/A     Kroger, Starbucks

Palm Springs Center

   Altamonte Springs, FL    126,446    2005   12.0    97 %   100 %   Albertson’s, Office Depot, Mimi’s Cafe, Toojay’s Deli

Ravenwood

   Baltimore, MD    93,328    1972
(2006)
  8.0    100 %   100 %   Giant Food, Hollywood Video, Starbucks

Seabreeze Plaza

   Palm Harbor, FL    146,673    2005   18.4    90 %   100 %   Publix, Palm Harbor Health Food, World Gym

Seven Corners

   Falls Church, VA    568,831    1973
(1994-7/07)
  31.6    100 %   100 %   The Home Depot, Shoppers Food & Pharmacy, Michaels Arts & Crafts, Barnes & Noble, Ross Dress For Less, G Street Fabrics, Off-Broadway Shoes, The Room Store, Dress Barn, Starbucks, Dogfishhead Ale House

Shops at Fairfax

   Fairfax, VA    68,743    1975
(1993/99)
  6.7    100 %   100 %   Super H Mart

Smallwood Village Center

   Waldorf, MD    197,861    2006   25.1    73 %   84 %   Safeway, CVS

Southdale

   Glen Burnie, MD    484,115    1972
(1986)
  39.6    100 %   100 %   Giant Food, The Home Depot, Circuit City, Michaels Arts & Crafts, Marshalls, PetSmart, Value City Furniture, Athletic Warehouse, Starbucks

Southside Plaza

   Richmond, VA    373,651    1972   32.8    93 %   96 %   Farmers Foods, Maxway, Citi Trends, City of Richmond

South Dekalb Plaza

   Atlanta, GA    163,418    1976   14.6    83 %   95 %   Maxway, Consolidated Stores

Thruway

   Winston-Salem, NC    355,116    1972
(1997)
  30.5    97 %   93 %   Harris Teeter, Borders Books, Bed Bath & Beyond, Stein Mart, Rite Aid, JoS. A Banks, Bonefish Grill, Chico’s, Ann Taylor Loft, Coldwater Creek, Kinkos/FedEx, New Balance, Aveda Salon, Christies Hallmark, Rite Aid

Village Center

   Centreville, VA    143,109    1990   17.2    99 %   97 %   Giant Food, Tuesday Morning

West Park

   Oklahoma City, OK    76,610    1975   11.2    19 %   19 %   Family Dollar

White Oak

   Silver Spring, MD    480,156    1972
(1993)
  28.5    100 %   100 %   Giant Food, Sears, Rite Aid
                             
   Total Shopping Centers    6,802,842      649.6    95.3 %   96.1 %  
                             

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

Saul Centers, Inc.

Schedule of Current Portfolio Properties

December 31, 2007

 

Property

  

Location

   Leasable
Area
(Square
Feet)
   Year
Developed
or Acquired
(Renovated)
  Land
Area
(Acres)
  

 

Percentage Leased

   

Anchor / Significant Tenants

              Dec-07     Dec-06    

Office Properties

                 

Avenel Business Park

   Gaithersburg, MD    390,579    1981-2000   37.1    93 %   99 %   General Services Administration, VIRxSYS, Broadsoft, Quanta Systems, SeraCare Life Sciences, Panacos Pharmaceutical

Crosstown Business Center

   Tulsa, OK    197,135    1975
(2000)
  22.4    88 %   88 %   Compass Group, Roxtec, Keystone Automotive, Gofit, Freedom Express

601 Pennsylvania Ave.

   Washington, DC    226,604    1973
(1986)
  1.0    100 %   100 %   National Gallery of Art, American Assn. of Health Plans, Credit Union National Assn., Southern Company, HQ Global, Freedom Forum, Pharmaceutical Care Management Assn., Capital Grille

Van Ness Square

   Washington, DC    156,493    1973
(1990)
  1.2    97 %   97 %   Team Video Intl, Office Depot, Pier 1

Washington Square

   Alexandria, VA    235,042    1975
(2000)
  2.0    99 %   100 %   Vanderweil Engineering, Agentrics, EarthTech, Thales, Cooper Carry, Bank of America, Trader Joe’s, Fed Ex/Kinko’s, Talbot’s
                             
   Total Office Properties    1,205,853      63.7    95.2 %   97.3 %  
                             
   Total Portfolio    8,008,695      713.3    95.3 %   96.3 %  
                             

Development Parcels

                 

Clarendon Center

   Arlington, VA    2002   1.3    Obtained zoning approvals from Arlington County, June 2006. South block building demolition expected to be  completed February 2008. A development timetable has not been determined.

Westview Village

   Frederick, MD    2007   10.4    Land purchased November 2007. Site work construction commenced in early 2008.

Ashland Square Phase II

   Manassas, VA    2004   17.3    Marketing to grocers and other retail businesses, with a development timetable  yet to be finalized.

Lexington Center

   Lexington, KY    1974   26.0    The former mall is now vacant and the Company has prepared conceptual designs for a shopping center development and is marketing the site to prospective retailers.

New Market

   New Market, MD    2005   35.5    Parcel will accommodate retail development in excess of 120,000 SF near I-70, east of Frederick, Maryland. A  development timetable has not been determined.
                   
   Total Development Properties      90.5   
                   

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents
Item 3. Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in litigation, including litigation arising out of the collection of rents, the enforcement or defense of the priority of its security interests, and the continued development and marketing of certain of its real estate properties. In the opinion of management, litigation that is currently pending should not have a material adverse impact on the financial condition or future operations of the Company.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None.

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Shares of Saul Centers common stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BFS”. The composite high and low closing sale prices for the shares of common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange for each quarter of 2007 and 2006 were as follows:

 

       Share Price

Period

   High    Low

October 1, 2007 – December 31, 2007

   $ 62.58    $ 50.56

July 1, 2007 – September 30, 2007

   $ 51.50    $ 42.32

April 1, 2007 – June 30, 2007

   $ 56.31    $ 43.95

January 1, 2007 – March 31, 2007

   $ 60.37    $ 52.15

October 1, 2006 – December 31, 2006

   $ 56.99    $ 44.99

July 1, 2006 – September 30, 2006

   $ 45.55    $ 38.37

April 1, 2006 – June 30, 2006

   $ 42.35    $ 35.67

January 1, 2006 – March 31, 2006

   $ 43.96    $ 36.04

On February 25, 2008, the closing price was $48.32 per share.

Holders

The approximate number of holders of record of the common stock was 330 as of February 25, 2008.

 

31


Table of Contents

Dividends and Distributions

Under the Code, REIT’s are subject to numerous organizational and operating requirements, including the requirement to distribute at least 90% of REIT taxable income. The Company distributed amounts greater than the required amount in 2007 and 2006. Distributions by the Company to common stockholders and holders of limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership were $40,613,000 in 2007 and $37,611,000 in 2006. Distributions to preferred stockholders were $8,000,000 in both 2007 and 2006. See Notes to Financial Statements, No. 14, “Distributions.” The Company may or may not elect to distribute in excess of 90% of REIT taxable income in future years.

The Company’s estimate of cash flow available for distributions is believed to be based on reasonable assumptions and represents a reasonable basis for setting distributions. However, the actual results of operations of the Company will be affected by a variety of factors, including actual rental revenue, operating expenses of the Company, interest expense, general economic conditions, federal, state and local taxes (if any), unanticipated capital expenditures, the adequacy of reserves and preferred dividends. While the Company intends to continue paying regular quarterly distributions, any future payments will be determined solely by the Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including cash flow of the Company, its financial condition and capital requirements, the annual distribution requirements required to maintain its status as a REIT under the Code, and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. We are obligated to pay regular quarterly distributions to holders of depositary shares of Series A preferred stock at the rate of $2.00 per annum per depositary share, prior to distributions on the common stock.

The Company paid four quarterly distributions totaling $1.77, $1.68 and $1.60, per common share during each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The annual distribution amounts paid by the Company exceed the distribution amounts required for tax purposes. Distributions to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes generally will be taxable to a stockholder as ordinary dividend income. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a nontaxable reduction of the stockholder’s basis in such stockholder’s shares, to the extent thereof, and thereafter as taxable gain. Distributions that are treated as a reduction of the stockholder’s basis in its shares will have the effect of deferring taxation until the sale of the stockholder’s shares. The Company has determined that 100% of the total $1.77 per common share dividend paid in 2007 represents currently taxable dividend income to the stockholders. The Company has determined that 86.0% of the total $1.68 per common share dividend paid in 2006 represents currently taxable dividend income to the stockholders, while the balance of 14.0% is considered return of capital. The Company has determined that for the $1.60 per common share dividend paid in 2005, 95.0% was taxable dividend income and 5.0% was considered return of capital. No assurance can be given regarding what portion, if any, of distributions in 2008 or subsequent years will constitute a return of capital for federal income tax purposes. All of the preferred stock dividends paid are considered ordinary dividend income.

 

32


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

Rules promulgated under the Exchange Act require the Company to present a graph comparing the cumulative total stockholder return on its Common Stock with the cumulative total stockholder return of (i) a broad equity market index, and (ii) a published industry index or peer group. The graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of the Company’s Common Stock, based on the market price of the Common Stock and assuming reinvestment of dividends, with the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trust Equity Index (“NAREIT Equity”), the S&P 500 Index (“S&P 500”) and the Russell 2000 Index (“Russell 2000”). The graph assumes the investment of $100 on January 1, 2003.

LOGO

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The selected financial data of the Company contained herein has been derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The data should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. The historical selected financial data have been derived from audited financial statements for all periods.

 

33


Table of Contents

Saul Centers, Inc.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  

Operating Data:

          

Total revenue

   $ 150,585     $ 137,978     $ 127,015     $ 112,842     $ 97,884  

Operating expenses

     105,203       97,505       89,990       79,135       70,738  
                                        

Operating income

     45,382       40,473       37,025       33,707       27,146  

Non-operating income (loss)

          

Gain on property disposition

     139       —         —         572       182  
                                        

Income before minority interests

     45,521       40,473       37,025       34,279       27,328  

Minority interests

     (8,818 )     (7,793 )     (7,798 )     (8,105 )     (8,086 )
                                        

Net income

     36,703       32,680       29,227       26,174       19,242  

Preferred dividends

     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (1,244 )
                                        

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 28,703     $ 24,680     $ 21,227     $ 18,174     $ 17,998  
                                        

Per Share Data (diluted):

          

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 1.62     $ 1.43     $ 1.27     $ 1.12     $ 1.15  
                                        

Basic and Diluted Shares Outstanding

          

Weighted average common shares—basic

     17,589       17,075       16,663       16,154       15,591  

Effect of dilutive options

     180       158       107       57       17  
                                        

Weighted average common shares—diluted

     17,769       17,233       16,770       16,211       15,608  

Weighted average convertible limited partnership units

     5,416       5,395       5,233       5,194       5,182  
                                        

Weighted average common shares and fully converted limited partnership units—diluted

     23,185       22,628       22,003       21,405       20,790  
                                        

Dividends Paid:

          

Cash dividends to common stockholders (1)

   $ 31,026     $ 28,579     $ 26,542     $ 25,061     $ 24,171  
                                        

Cash dividends per share

   $ 1.77     $ 1.68     $ 1.60     $ 1.56     $ 1.56  
                                        

Balance Sheet Data:

          

Real Estate Investments

         (net of accumulated depreciation)

   $ 657,258     $ 627,651     $ 567,417     $ 501,388     $ 387,292  

Total assets

     727,443       700,537       631,469       583,396       471,616  

Total debt, including accrued interest

     535,319       525,125       484,902       455,925       359,051  

Preferred stock

     100,000       100,000       100,000       100,000       100,000  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     148,779       132,091       111,414       100,964       92,643  

Other Data

          

Cash flow provided by ( used in ):

          

Operating activities

   $ 71,197     $ 62,174     $ 58,674     $ 50,686     $ 37,716  

Investing activities

   $ (52,036 )   $ (65,699 )   $ (73,805 )   $ (113,467 )   $ (49,121 )

Financing activities

   $ (21,457 )   $ 3,579     $ (10,423 )   $ 51,098     $ 55,340  

Funds from operations (2)

          

Net income

   $ 36,703     $ 32,680     $ 29,227     $ 26,174     $ 19,242  

Minority Interests

     8,818       7,793       7,798       8,105       8,086  

Real estate depreciation and amortization

     26,464       25,648       24,197       21,324       17,838  

Gain on property disposition

     (139 )     —         —         (572 )     (182 )
                                        

Funds from operations

     71,846       66,121       61,222       55,031       44,984  

Preferred dividends

     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (1,244 )
                                        

Funds from operations available to common shareholders

   $ 63,846     $ 58,121     $ 53,222     $ 47,031     $ 43,740  
                                        

 

(1) For the years 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003, shareholders reinvested $18,725, $14,842, $15,330, $13,774 and $13,349, in newly issued common stock by operation of the Company's dividend reinvestment plan, respectively.
(2) Funds From Operations (FFO) is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a definition of FFO, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Funds From Operations.”

 

34


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) begins with the Company’s primary business strategy to give the reader an overview of the goals of the Company’s business. This is followed by a discussion of the critical accounting policies that the Company believes are important to understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in the Company’s reported financial results. The next section, beginning on page 38, discusses the Company’s results of operations for the past two years. Beginning on page 42, the Company provides an analysis of its liquidity and capital resources, including discussions of its cash flows, debt arrangements, sources of capital and financial commitments. Finally, on page 50, the Company discusses funds from operations, or FFO, which is a relative non-GAAP financial measure of performance of an equity REIT used by the REIT industry.

The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing in Item 8 of this report. Historical results set forth in Selected Financial Information, the Financial Statements and Supplemental Data included in Item 6 and Item 8 and this section should not be taken as indicative of the Company’s future operations.

Overview

The Company’s principal business activity is the ownership, management and development of income-producing properties. The Company’s long-term objectives are to increase cash flow from operations and to maximize capital appreciation of its real estate.

The Company’s primary operating strategy is to focus on its community and neighborhood shopping center business and to operate its properties to achieve both cash flow growth and capital appreciation. Management believes there is potential for growth in cash flow as existing leases for space in the Shopping Centers expire and are renewed, or newly available or vacant space is leased. The Company intends to renegotiate leases where possible and seek new tenants for available space in order to maximize this potential for increased cash flow. As leases expire, management expects to revise rental rates, lease terms and conditions, relocate existing tenants, reconfigure tenant spaces and introduce new tenants with the goal of increasing cash flow. In those circumstances in which leases are not otherwise expiring, management selectively attempts to increase cash flow through a variety of means, or in connection with renovations or relocations, recapturing leases with below market rents and re-leasing at market rates, as well as replacing financially troubled tenants. When possible, management also will seek to include scheduled increases in base rent, as well as percentage rental provisions, in its leases.

The Company’s redevelopment and renovation objective is to selectively and opportunistically redevelop and renovate its properties, by replacing leases with below market rents with strong, traffic-generating anchor stores such as supermarkets and drug stores, as well as other desirable local, regional and national tenants. The Company’s strategy remains focused on continuing the operating performance and internal growth of its existing Shopping Centers, while enhancing this growth with selective retail redevelopments and renovations.

Management believes that attractive acquisition and development opportunities for investment in existing and new shopping center properties will continue to be available from time to time. Management believes that the Company’s capital structure will enable it to take advantage of these opportunities as they arise. In addition, management believes its shopping center expertise should permit it to optimize the performance of shopping centers once they have been acquired.

Management also believes that opportunities may arise for investment in new office properties. It is management’s view that several of the office sub-markets in which the Company operates have attractive supply/demand characteristics. The Company will continue to evaluate new office development and redevelopment as an integral part of its overall business plan.

 

35


Table of Contents

Although it is management’s present intention to concentrate future acquisition and development activities on community and neighborhood shopping centers and office properties in the Washington, DC/Baltimore metropolitan area and the southeastern region of the United States, the Company may, in the future, also acquire other types of real estate in other areas of the country as opportunities present themselves. While the Company may diversify in terms of property locations, size and market, the Company does not set any limit on the amount or percentage of Company assets that may be invested in any one property or any one geographic area. In addition to investing in properties in the Washington, DC/Baltimore metropolitan area, from 2004 through 2007, the Company also acquired five grocery-anchored neighborhood shopping centers in Florida, totaling 592,000 square feet and two grocery-anchored neighborhood shopping centers in Georgia totaling 167,000 square feet.

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company’s accounting policies are in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to use judgment in the application of accounting policies, including making estimates and assumptions. These judgments affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the Company’s financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. If judgment or interpretation of the facts and circumstances relating to various transactions had been different, it is possible that different accounting policies would have been applied resulting in a different presentation of the financial statements. Below is a discussion of accounting policies which the Company considers critical in that they may require judgment in their application or require estimates about matters which are inherently uncertain. Additional discussion of accounting policies which the Company considers significant, including further discussion of the critical accounting policies described below, can be found in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Real Estate Investments

Real estate investment properties are stated at historic cost basis less depreciation. Management believes that these assets have generally appreciated in value and, accordingly, the aggregate current value exceeds their aggregate net book value and also exceeds the value of the Company’s liabilities as reported in these financial statements. Because these financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP, they do not report the current value of the Company’s real estate assets. The purchase price of real estate assets acquired is allocated between land, building and in-place acquired leases based on the relative fair values of the components at the date of acquisition. Buildings are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 35 to 50 years. Intangibles associated with acquired in-place leases are amortized over the remaining base lease terms.

If there is an event or change in circumstance that indicates an impairment in the value of a real estate investment property, the Company assesses an impairment in value by making a comparison of the current and projected operating cash flows of the property over its remaining useful life, on an undiscounted basis, to the carrying amount or projected carrying amount of that property. If such carrying amount is greater than the estimated projected cash flows, the Company would recognize an impairment loss equivalent to an amount required to adjust the carrying amount to its estimated fair market value.

When incurred, the Company capitalizes the cost of improvements that extend the useful life of property and equipment and all repair and maintenance expenditures are expensed. In addition, we capitalize leasehold improvements when certain criteria are met, including when we supervise construction and will own the improvement.

Interest, real estate taxes and other carrying costs are capitalized on projects under construction. Once construction is substantially complete and the assets are placed in service, rental income, direct operating expenses, and depreciation associated with such properties are included in current operations.

 

36


Table of Contents

In the initial rental operations of development projects, a project is considered substantially complete and available for occupancy upon completion of tenant improvements, but no later than one year from the cessation of major construction activity. Substantially completed portions of a project are accounted for as separate projects. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method and estimated useful lives of 35 to 50 years for base buildings and up to 20 years for certain other improvements. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the related leases using the straight-line method.

Lease Acquisition Costs

Certain initial direct costs incurred by the Company in negotiating and consummating successful leases are capitalized and amortized over the initial base term of the leases. Capitalized leasing costs consist of commissions paid to third party leasing agents as well as internal direct costs such as employee compensation and payroll related fringe benefits directly related to time spent performing leasing related activities. Such activities include evaluating prospective tenants’ financial condition, evaluating and recording guarantees, collateral and other security arrangements, negotiating lease terms, preparing lease documents and closing transactions.

Revenue Recognition

Rental and interest income is accrued as earned except when doubt exists as to collectibility, in which case the accrual is discontinued. Recognition of rental income commences when control of the space has been given to the tenant. When rental payments due under leases vary from a straight-line basis because of free rent periods or scheduled rent increases, income is recognized on a straight-line basis throughout the initial term of the lease. Expense recoveries represent a portion of property operating expenses billed to tenants, including common area maintenance, real estate taxes and other recoverable costs. Expense recoveries are recognized in the period when the expenses are incurred. Rental income based on a tenant’s revenue, known as percentage rent, is accrued when a tenant reports sales that exceed a specified breakpoint.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts – Current and Deferred Receivables

Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts accrued and unpaid from tenants in accordance with the terms of the respective leases, subject to the Company’s revenue recognition policy. Receivables are reviewed monthly and reserves are established with a charge to current period operations when, in the opinion of management, collection of the receivable is doubtful. In addition to rents due currently, accounts receivable include amounts representing minimum rental income accrued on a straight-line basis to be paid by tenants over the remaining term of their respective leases. Reserves are established with a charge to income for tenants whose rent payment history or financial condition casts doubt upon the tenant’s ability to perform under its lease obligations.

Legal Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. While the resolution of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or the results of operations. Once it has been determined that a loss is probable to occur, the estimated amount of the loss is recorded in the financial statements. Both the amount of the loss and the point at which its occurrence is considered probable can be difficult to determine.

 

37


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Revenue

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     For the year ended December 31,    Percentage Change  
     2007    2006    2005    2007 to
2006
    2006 to
2005
 

Base rent

   $ 118,806    $ 110,121    $ 99,448    7.9 %   10.7 %

Expense recoveries

     26,090      22,636      20,027    15.3 %   13.0 %

Percentage rent

     1,497      1,767      2,057    -15.3 %   -14.1 %

Other

     4,192      3,454      5,483    21.4 %   -37.0 %
                         

Total revenue

   $ 150,585    $ 137,978    $ 127,015    9.1 %   8.6 %
                         

Total revenue increased 9.1% for the 2007 year compared to 2006 primarily due to (1) the contribution of operating revenue from three development properties (Lansdowne Town Center, Broadlands Village III and Ashland Square Phase I) and an acquisition property (Orchard Park) placed in service during 2007 and two operating properties acquired during 2006, (Hunt Club Corners and Smallwood Village Center) together defined as the “2007/2006 Development and Acquisition Properties” whose operating results are included in 2007’s operating income but not fully in the previous year’s results. The 2007/2006 Development and Acquisition Properties contributed $7,013,000 or 55.6% of the increase in revenue. Also contributing to the 2007 revenue increase was rental rate growth in the remainder of the Company’s Current Portfolio Properties (the “Core Properties”) and increased lease termination fees.

Total revenue increased 8.6% for the 2006 year compared to 2005 primarily due to (1) the contribution of operating revenue from two development properties (Broadlands Village III and Lansdowne Town Center) and two acquisition properties (Smallwood Village Center and Hunt Club Corners) placed in service during 2006 and four operating properties developed or acquired during 2005, (Kentlands Place, Palm Springs, Jamestown Place and Seabreeze Plaza) together defined as the “2006/2005 Development and Acquisition Properties” whose operating results are included in 2006’s operating income but not fully in the previous year’s results, which was offset in part by (2) the payment related to resolution of a land use dispute with a property owner adjacent to the Company’s Lexington Mall included in 2005 other revenue. The 2006/2005 Development and Acquisition Properties contributed $8,184,000 or 74.7% of the increase in revenue. The increase in revenue from 2005 to 2006 was offset by the net payment related to the resolution of the Lexington Mall land use dispute of $1,801,000 included in 2005 revenue (-16.4% of the change in revenue) . Also contributing to the 2006 revenue increase were rents earned at the Company’s Great Eastern Plaza, Shops at Monocacy, The Glen (impacted by a 22,000 square foot expansion completed November 2005) and Southside Plaza shopping centers, which provided increased revenue of $736,000 or 6.7%, $691,000 or 6.3%, $562,000 or 5.1% and $493,000 or 4.5%, respectively. A discussion of the components of revenue follows.

Base rent

The $8,685,000 increase in base rent for 2007 versus 2006 was primarily attributable (68.5% or approximately $5,950,000) to leases in effect at the 2007/2006 Development and Acquisition Properties. New leases at higher base rental rates than the predecessor leases at certain other properties accounted for the balance of the increase.

 

38


Table of Contents

The $10,673,000 increase in base rent for 2006 versus 2005 was primarily attributable (58.4% or approximately $6,229,000) to leases in effect at the 2006/2005 Development and Acquisition Properties. Base rent was also increased by (1) the maturation of 2004 development property, Shops at Monocacy (5.4% or approximately $577,000), (2) 22,000 square feet of new space placed in service at The Glen during 2005 (4.9% or approximately $524,000) and (3) improved leasing at Southside Plaza (4.8% or approximately $507,000). New leases at higher base rental rates than the predecessor leases at certain other properties accounted for the balance of the increase.

Expense recoveries

Expense recoveries represent a portion of property operating expenses billable to tenants, including common area maintenance, real estate taxes and other recoverable costs. The largest portion of the $3,454,000 increase in expense recovery income from 2006 to 2007 resulted from recovery of increased real estate tax resulting from higher assessed valuations in the Core Properties, and to a lesser extent the payment of taxes at 2007/2006 Development and Acquisition Properties (40.6% or approximately $1,402,000). Increased property operating expenses, particularly snow removal costs, at the core properties (39.4% or approximately $1,360,000) and 2007/2006 Development and Acquisition Properties (20.0% or approximately $692,000) contributed the balance of the increase.

The majority of the $2,609,000 increase in expense recovery income from 2005 to 2006 was contributed by the 2006/2005 Development and Acquisition Properties (65.4% or approximately $1,707,000). Increased expense recovery income was provided by the leasing of a large space at Great Eastern Plaza, which was not contributing expense recovery income in 2005 (10.2% or approximately $265,000). Increased real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and utilities expenses at several of the Company’s other properties were incurred and recovered from tenants.

Percentage rent

Percentage rent is rental revenue calculated on the portion of a tenant’s sales revenue that exceeds a specified breakpoint. Percentage rent decreased $270,000 in 2007 versus 2006 primarily as a result of timing differences in the submission of sales reports used to calculate percentage rent by two retail tenants (50.7% or approximately $137,000, each).

Percentage rent decreased $290,000 in 2006 versus 2005 primarily as a result of two tenants renewing leases at Leesburg Pike (88.3% or approximately $256,000) and Southdale (36.6% or approximately $106,000) at higher base rents in lieu of percentage rents and timing differences in the submission of sales reports used to calculate percentage rent by one retail tenant (37.6% or approximately $109,000). Percentage rental income was positively impacted by new tenants in the 2006/2005 Development and Acquisition Properties (73.4% or approximately $213,000).

Other revenue

Other revenue consists primarily of parking revenue at three of the Office Properties, temporary lease rental income, payments associated with early termination of leases and interest income from the investment of cash balances. Other revenue increased $738,000 during 2007 versus 2006 as a result of increased lease termination fees (62.3% or approximately $460,000), increased interest income from short-term investments (16.3% or approximately $120,000), and increased parking revenue in the office portfolio (11.7% or approximately $86,000).

Other revenue decreased $2,029,000 during 2006 versus 2005 as a result of $1,801,000 (88.8 % of decrease) related to resolution of a land use dispute with a property owner adjacent to the Company’s Lexington Mall and decreased interest income from short-term investments (16.1% or $327,000). Other revenue was also impacted by the collection of a lease termination fee and settlement of a rent dispute in 2005 with two former tenants at 601 Pennsylvania Avenue (12.9% or $262,000), the negative impact of which was more than offset by increased parking revenue in the office portfolio (16.6% or $336,000), primarily at 601 Pennsylvania Avenue where parking revenues increased compared to the prior year, when spaces were temporarily placed out of service during scheduled maintenance.

 

39


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     For the year ended December 31,    Percentage Change  
     2007    2006    2005    2007 to
2006
    2006 to
2005
 

Property operating expenses

   $ 18,758    $ 16,278    $ 14,724    15.2 %   10.6 %

Provision for credit losses

     376      400      237    -6.0 %   68.8 %

Real estate taxes

     14,084      12,503      11,040    12.6 %   13.3 %

Interest expense and amortization of deferred debt

     33,855      32,534      30,207    4.1 %   7.7 %

Depreciation and amortization

     26,464      25,648      24,197    3.2 %   6.0 %

General and administrative

     11,666      10,142      9,585    15.0 %   5.8 %
                         

Total operating expenses

   $ 105,203    $ 97,505    $ 89,990    7.9 %   8.4 %
                         

Property operating expenses

Property operating expenses consist primarily of repairs and maintenance, utilities, payroll, insurance and other property related expenses. The $2,480,000 increase in 2007 versus 2006 property operating expenses was caused primarily by the operation of the 2007/2006 Development and Acquisition Properties (47.9% or approximately $1,188,000) and increased snow removal costs due to winter storms experienced during the 2007 year (22.1% or approximately $549,000). The balance of the increase represents a 4.9% increase in property operating expenses for the Core Properties.

The $1,554,000 increase in 2006 versus 2005 property operating expenses was caused primarily by the operation of the 2006/2005 Development and Acquisition Properties (90.3% or approximately $1,403,000). Property operating expenses increased an average of 1.1% at the Company’s remaining properties compared to the prior year period.

Provision for credit losses

The provision for credit losses represents the Company’s estimation that amounts previously included in income and owed by tenants may not be collectible. The provision for credit losses was virtually unchanged from the prior year, a decrease of $24,000 for 2007 versus 2006. The provision for credit losses is less than three tenths of one percent (0.3%) of total revenue for each period, a reflection of the relative credit quality of the Company’s tenants.

The provision for credit losses increased $163,000 for 2006 versus 2005 due primarily to the absence of significant credit losses experienced during 2005. The provision for credit losses is less than three tenths of one percent (0.3%) of total revenue for each period, a reflection of the relative credit quality of the Company’s tenants.

Real estate taxes

The $1,581,000 increase in real estate taxes for 2007 versus 2006 was largely impacted by an increased value assessment at 601 Pennsylvania Avenue (35.8% or approximately $566,000). The 2007/2006 Development and Acquisition Properties also contributed to the increase (24.0% or approximately $380,000). In addition, several of the Company’s properties (Ashburn Village, Beacon Center, Countryside, The Glen and White Oak) received increases in assessed values during 2007 resulting in increased tax expense (together 28.3% or approximately $447,000).

 

40


Table of Contents

The $1,463,000 increase in real estate taxes for 2006 versus 2005 was impacted by the 2006/2005 Development and Acquisition Properties (67.0% or approximately $980,000). In addition, several of the Company’s properties received increases in assessed values during 2006, primarily properties located in the Metropolitan Washington, DC area.

Interest and amortization of deferred debt

Interest expense increased $1,261,000 and Deferred debt cost amortization increased $60,000 in 2007 versus 2006. Interest expense increased primarily due to the placement of a new permanent 15-year fixed rate mortgage on Lansdowne Town Center. During 2006, interest on Lansdowne’s construction borrowings were capitalized while those dollars were largely expensed in 2007 as the property became fully operational. On a portfolio wide basis, the average outstanding borrowings from 2006 to 2007 increased approximately $13,000,000 (approximately $871,000 increase in interest expense). Additionally, interest capitalized as a cost of construction and development projects decreased during 2007 compared to 2006 ($784,000 increase in interest expense). The change in capitalized interest is the equivalent of approximately $11,500,000 in construction borrowings converted to operating property debt. Offsetting these increases in interest expense was an approximately 8 basis point decrease in the average interest rate for the loan portfolio resulting from Lansdowne’s permanent mortgage rate being lower than the variable rate borrowings the permanent loan replaced ($394,000 decrease in interest expense). Deferred debt cost amortization expense was $1,149,000 and $1,089,000, for the 2007 and 2006 periods, respectively, ($60,000 increase in interest expense).

Interest expense increased $2,399,000 and Deferred debt cost amortization decreased $72,000 in 2006 versus 2005. Interest expense increased due to new borrowings, as the Company placed permanent 15-year fixed rate mortgages on selected 2006/2005 Development and Acquisition Properties. The increase in average outstanding borrowings of approximately $51,000,000 resulted from financing selected 2006/2005 Development and Acquisition Properties and construction in progress (approximately $3,538,000 increase in interest expense). Offsetting the increase in interest expense was (1) an approximately 13 basis point decrease in the average interest rate for the loan portfolio as the Company financed the new borrowings at interest rates lower than the average existing mortgage debt (approximately $638,000 decrease in interest expense), (2) interest capitalized as a cost of construction and development projects during 2006 compared to 2005 in the amount of $3,673,000 and $3,258,000, respectively ($415,000 decrease in interest expense) and (3) the inclusion in 2005 interest expense of a $92,000 prepayment premium on the refinancing of a mortgage loan in order to obtain a new 15-year loan at a lower interest rate. Deferred debt cost amortization expense was $1,089,000 and $1,161,000, for the 2006 and 2005 periods, respectively. The decreased expense ($72,000) resulted primarily from the early write-off of unamortized costs incident to the refinancing of the Company’s revolving credit facility during 2005.

Depreciation and amortization

The $816,000 increase in depreciation and amortization expense resulted primarily from the 2007/2006 Development and Acquisition Properties placed in service during 2007 and 2006, and reflects the Company’s reduced level of acquisition activity compared to the 2004 and 2005 years.

The $1,451,000 increase in depreciation and amortization expense resulted primarily from the 2006/2005 Development and Acquisition Properties placed in service during 2006 and 2005.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consists of payroll, administrative and other overhead expenses. The $1,524,000 increase in general and administrative expenses for 2007 versus 2006 was largely attributable to increased payroll and employee benefit expenses for staff over 2006 levels and to the addition of several new administrative staff members (49.1% or approximately $748,000), the write-off of costs related to an abandoned acquisition of a land parcel (31.8% or approximately $484,000) and an increase in non-cash expense related to the issue of options to the Company’s directors and officers (19.4% or approximately $296,000).

 

41


Table of Contents

The $557,000 increase in general and administrative expenses for 2006 versus 2005 was attributable primarily to increased local and state taxes (52.2% or approximately $291,000), increased corporate expenses related to the 2006 annual meeting of shareholders and other legal expenses related to property acquisitions (58.7% or approximately $327,000) and the increased expense of employee health and retirement benefits (32.5% or approximately $181,000). Also contributing to the increase in general and administrative expenses was an increase in non-cash expense related to the issue of options to the Company’s officers and directors (15.4% or approximately $86,000). The impact of the expense increases was offset in part by the write-off of abandoned Lexington Mall development costs in the 2005 Period (44.2% or $246,000).

Gain on Property Disposition

The Company recognized a gain on the disposition of real estate of $139,000 in 2007. The 2007 gain represents additional condemnation proceeds recognized from the State of Maryland’s condemnation and taking of a small strip of unimproved land for a road widening project at White Oak shopping center. Original proceeds from the condemnation were received in 2004. There were no property dispositions in 2006 or 2005.

Impact of Inflation

Inflation has remained relatively low and has had a minimal impact on the operating performance of the Company’s portfolio; however, substantially all of the Company’s leases contain provisions designed to mitigate the adverse impact of inflation on the Company’s results of operations. These provisions include upward periodic adjustments in base rent due from tenants, usually based on a stipulated increase and to a lesser extent on a factor of the change in the consumer price index, commonly referred to as the CPI.

Substantially all of the Company’s properties are leased to tenants under long-term leases, which provide for reimbursement of operating expenses by tenants. These leases tend to reduce the Company’s exposure to rising property expenses due to inflation. Inflation and increased costs may have an adverse impact on the Company’s tenants if increases in their operating expenses exceed increases in their revenue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash and cash equivalents were $5,765,000 and $8,061,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The changes in cash and cash equivalents during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were attributable to operating, investing and financing activities, as described below.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2007     2006  

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 71,197     $ 62,174  

Cash used in investing activities

     (52,036 )     (65,699 )

Cash (used) provided by financing activities

     (21,457 )     3,579  
                

(Decrease) increase in cash

   $ (2,296 )   $ 54  
                

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities increased $9,023,000 to $71,197,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $62,174,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily reflecting increased operating income of the 2007/2006 Development and Acquisition Properties as well as positive contributions from the core portfolio. Cash provided by operating activities represents, in each year, cash received primarily from rental income, plus other income, less property operating expenses, normal recurring general and administrative expenses and interest payments on debt outstanding.

 

42


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities decreased $13,663,000 to $52,036,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $65,699,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. Investing activities for 2007 primarily reflects the development and construction of new properties (Lansdowne Town Center, Ashburn Village V, Ashland Square and Clarendon Center), the acquisition of properties (Orchard Park and the Westview land parcel), other construction in progress, tenant improvements and property capital expenditures throughout the portfolio. Investing activities for 2006 primarily reflects the acquisition of properties (Smallwood Village and Hunt Club Corners), the construction of new shopping center properties (Lansdowne Town Center, Broadlands Village III as well as the Ravenwood and Ashburn Village expansions), tenant improvements and property capital expenditures throughout the portfolio. Tenant improvement and property capital expenditures totaled $7,302,000 and $10,145,000, for 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Financing Activities

Cash used by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $21,457,000 and cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $3,579,000. Cash used by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily reflects:

 

   

the repayment of borrowings on mortgage notes payable totaling $14,717,000;

 

   

amounts repaid under the revolving credit facility totaling $47,000,000;

 

   

distributions made to common stockholders and holders of convertible limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership during the year totaling $40,613,000;

 

   

distributions made to preferred stockholders during the year totaling $8,000,000; and

 

   

payments of $2,085,000 for financing costs of the revolving credit facility and two mortgage loans during 2005.

which was partially offset by:

 

   

$52,000,000 of proceeds received from mortgage notes payable incurred during the year;

 

   

amounts borrowed from the revolving credit facility totaling $20,000,000; and

 

   

$18,958,000 of proceeds received from the issuance of common stock under the dividend reinvestment program and from the exercise of stock options, and from the issuance of convertible limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership;

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily reflects:

 

   

amounts borrowed from the revolving credit facility totaling $31,000,000;

 

   

proceeds received from two new mortgage notes payable totaling $17,500,000; and

 

43


Table of Contents
   

$21,054,000 of proceeds received from the issuance of common stock under the dividend reinvestment program and from the exercise of stock options, and from the issuance of convertible limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership;

which was partially offset by:

 

   

the scheduled repayment (amortization) of mortgage notes payable totaling $13,322,000;

 

   

the partial repayments of the revolving credit facility totaling $6,500,000;

 

   

distributions made to common stockholders and holders of convertible limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership during the year totaling $37,611,000;

 

   

distributions made to preferred stockholders during the year totaling $8,000,000; and

 

   

payments of $542,000 for financing costs of two new mortgage loans during 2006.

Liquidity Requirements

Short-term liquidity requirements consist primarily of normal recurring operating expenses and capital expenditures, debt service requirements (including debt service relating to additional and replacement debt), distributions to common and preferred stockholders, distributions to unit holders and amounts required for expansion and renovation of the Current Portfolio Properties and selective acquisition and development of additional properties. In order to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, the Company must distribute to its stockholders at least 90% of its “real estate investment trust taxable income,” as defined in the Code. The Company expects to meet these short-term liquidity requirements (other than amounts required for additional property acquisitions and developments) through cash provided from operations, available cash and its existing line of credit.

Long-term liquidity requirements consisted primarily of obligations under our long-term debt and dividends paid to our preferred shareholders. We anticipate that long-term liquidity requirements will also include amounts required for property acquisitions and developments. Management anticipates that during the coming year the Company may:

 

   

redevelop certain of the Current Portfolio Properties,

 

   

develop additional freestanding outparcels or expansions within certain of the Shopping Centers,

 

   

acquire existing neighborhood and community shopping centers and/or office properties, and

 

   

develop new shopping center or office sites.

Acquisition and development of properties are undertaken only after careful analysis and review, and management’s determination that such properties are expected to provide long-term earnings and cash flow growth. During the coming year, developments, expansions or acquisitions are expected to be funded with available cash, bank borrowings from the Company’s credit line, construction and permanent financing, proceeds from the operation of the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan or other external debt or equity capital resources available to the Company and proceeds from the sale of properties. Borrowings may be at the Saul Centers, Operating Partnership or Subsidiary Partnership level, and securities offerings may include (subject to certain limitations) the issuance of additional limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership which can be converted into shares of Saul Centers common stock. The availability and terms of any such financing will depend upon market and other conditions.

 

44


Table of Contents

Contractual Payment Obligations

As of December 31, 2007, the Company had unfunded contractual payment obligations of approximately $33.0 million, excluding operating obligations, due within the next 12 months. The table below specifies the total contractual payment obligations as of December 31, 2007.

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Payments Due By Period
Contractual Obligations    Total    Less than
1 Year
   1-3 Years    4-5 Years    After 5 Years

Notes Payable

   $ 532,726    $ 16,162    $ 44,081    $ 192,846    $ 279,637

Operating Leases (1)

     11,265      164      334      349      10,418

Corporate Headquarters Lease (1)

     3,294      754      1,577      963      —  

Development Obligations

     4,361      4,361      —        —        —  

Contracts to acquire land (2)

     11,600      11,600      —        —        —  
                                  

Total Contractual Cash Obligations

   $ 563,246    $ 33,041    $ 45,992    $ 194,158    $ 290,055
                                  

 

(1) See Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements. Corporate Headquarters Lease amounts represent an allocation to the Company based upon employees’ time dedicated to the Company’s business as specified in the Shared Services Agreement. Future amounts are subject to change as the number of employees, employed by each of the parties to the lease, fluctuate.
(2) As of December 31, 2007, the Company had executed a contract to acquire a parcel of land for future retail development (see Acquisitions, Redevelopments and Renovations for a discussion of this project-Northrock). The purchase closed on January 23, 2008. The amount is scheduled net of a good faith deposit totaling $1,000.
(3) Subsequent to December 31, 2007, the Company committed to certain development obligations relating to two of its development parcels and other redevelopment properties. These obligations totaled approximately $15,600 and are expected to be funded over 12 to 18 months.

Management believes that the Company’s capital resources, which at December 31, 2007 included cash balances of $5.8 million and borrowing availability of approximately $142.0 million on its revolving line of credit will be sufficient to meet its contractual obligations for the foreseeable future.

Preferred Stock Issue

On July 16, 2003, the Company filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC relating to the future offering of up to an aggregate of $100 million of preferred stock and depositary shares. On November 5, 2003, the Company sold 3,500,000 depositary shares, each representing 1/100th of a share of 8% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock. The underwriters exercised an over-allotment option, purchasing an additional 500,000 depositary shares on November 26, 2003.

The depositary shares may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the $25.00 liquidation preference at the Company’s option on or after November 5, 2008. The depositary shares pay an annual dividend of $2.00 per depositary share, equivalent to 8% of the $25.00 liquidation preference. The first dividend, paid on January 15, 2004 was for less than a full quarter and covered the period from November 5 through December 31, 2003. The Series A preferred stock has no stated maturity, is not subject to any sinking fund or mandatory redemption and is not convertible into any other securities of the Company. Investors in the depositary shares generally have no voting rights, but will have limited voting rights if the Company fails to pay dividends for six or more quarters (whether or not declared or consecutive) and in certain other events.

 

45


Table of Contents

Dividend Reinvestments

In December 1995, the Company established a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) to allow its common stockholders and holders of limited partnership interests an opportunity to buy additional shares of common stock by reinvesting all or a portion of their dividends or distributions. The Plan provides for investing in newly issued shares of common stock at a 3% discount from market price without payment of any brokerage commissions, service charges or other expenses. All expenses of the Plan are paid by the Company. The Company issued 381,662 and 358,563 shares under the Plan at a weighted average discounted price of $48.11 and $41.43 per share during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company also credited 7,535 and 8,173 shares to directors pursuant to the reinvestment of dividends specified by the Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan at a weighted average discounted price of $49.13 and $40.03 per share, during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Additionally, the Operating Partnership issued 106,157 limited partnership units under a dividend reinvestment plan mirroring the Plan at a weighted average discounted price of $37.69 per unit during the year ended December 31, 2006. No limited partnership units were issued during the year ended December 31, 2007.

Capital Strategy and Financing Activity

As a general policy, the Company intends to maintain a ratio of its total debt to total asset value of 50% or less and to actively manage the Company’s leverage and debt expense on an ongoing basis in order to maintain prudent coverage of fixed charges. Asset value is the aggregate fair market value of the Current Portfolio Properties and any subsequently acquired properties as reasonably determined by management by reference to the properties’ aggregate cash flow. Given the Company’s current debt level, it is management’s belief that the ratio of the Company’s debt to total asset value was below 50% as of December 31, 2007.

The organizational documents of the Company do not limit the absolute amount or percentage of indebtedness that it may incur. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, reevaluate the Company’s debt capitalization policy in light of current economic conditions, relative costs of capital, market values of the Company property portfolio, opportunities for acquisition, development or expansion, and such other factors as the Board of Directors then deems relevant. The Board of Directors may modify the Company’s debt capitalization policy based on such a reevaluation without shareholder approval and consequently, may increase or decrease the Company’s debt to total asset ratio above or below 50% or may waive the policy for certain periods of time. The Company selectively continues to refinance or renegotiate the terms of its outstanding debt in order to achieve longer maturities, and obtain generally more favorable loan terms, whenever management determines the financing environment is favorable.

 

46


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of notes payable as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 

Notes Payable    December 31,    Interest
Rate *
    Scheduled
Maturity *
(Dollars in thousands)    2007     2006     

Fixed rate mortgages:

   $         83,078  (a)   $ 87,307    8.00 %   Dec-2011
     119,340  (b)     123,130    7.67 %   Oct-2012
     11,022  (c)     11,188    6.12 %   Jan-2013
     30,041  (d)     31,155    7.88 %   Jan-2013
     8,131  (e)     8,331    5.77 %   Jul-2013
     12,935  (f)     13,253    5.28 %   May-2014
     11,930  (g)     12,337    8.33 %   Jun-2015
     39,099  (h)     39,886    6.01 %   Feb-2018
     44,495  (i)     45,516    5.88 %   Jan-2019
     14,395  (j)     14,726    5.76 %   May-2019
     19,878  (k)     20,338    5.62 %   Jul-2019
     19,661  (l)     20,100    5.79 %   Sep-2019
     17,601  (m)     18,015    5.22 %   Jan-2020
     12,535  (n)     12,723    5.60 %   May-2020
     11,858  (o)     12,125    5.30 %   Jun-2020
     10,139  (p)     10,341    5.81 %   Feb-2021
     6,884  (q)     6,972    6.01 %   Aug-2021
     39,740  (r)     —      5.62 %   Jun-2022
     11,964  (s)     —      6.08 %   Sep-2022
                         

Total fixed rate

     524,726       487,443    6.72 %   8.2 Years
                         

Variable rate loan:

         

Revolving credit facility

     8,000  (t)     35,000    LIBOR + 1.475  %   Dec-2010
                         

Total variable rate

     8,000       35,000    6.33 %   3.0 Years
                         

Total notes payable

   $ 532,726     $ 522,443    6.71 %   8.1 Years
                         

 

* Interest rate and scheduled maturity data presented as of December 31, 2007. Totals computed using weighted averages.
(a) The loan is collateralized by Avenel Business Park, Van Ness Square, Ashburn Village, Leesburg Pike, Lumberton Plaza and Village Center. The loan has been increased on four occasions since its inception in 1997. The 8.00% blended interest rate is the weighted average of the initial loan rate and additional borrowing rates. The loan requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $920,000 based upon a weighted average 23-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $63,153,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $4,229,000 was amortized during 2007.
(b) The loan is collateralized by nine shopping centers (Seven Corners, Thruway, White Oak, Hampshire Langley, Great Eastern, Southside Plaza, Belvedere, Giant and Ravenwood) and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $1,103,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $97,403,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $3,790,000 was amortized during 2007.
(c) The loan is collateralized by Smallwood Village Center and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $71,000 based upon a 30 year amortization schedule and a final payment of $10,071,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $166,000 was amortized during 2007.
(d) The loan is collateralized by 601 Pennsylvania Avenue and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $294,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $22,961,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $1,114,000 was amortized during 2007.

 

47


Table of Contents
(e) The loan is collateralized by Cruse MarketPlace and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $56,000 based upon an amortization schedule of approximately 24 years and a final payment of $6,830,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $200,000 was amortized during 2007.
(f) The loan is collateralized by Seabreeze Plaza and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $84,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $10,531,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $318,000 was amortized during 2007.
(g) The loan is collateralized by Shops at Fairfax and Boulevard shopping centers and requires monthly principal and interest payments of $118,000 based upon a 22-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $7,630,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $407,000 was amortized during 2007.
(h) The loan is collateralized by Washington Square and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $264,000 based upon a 27.5-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $28,012,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $787,000 was amortized during 2007.
(i) The loan, consisting of two notes dated December 2003 and two notes dated February and December 2004, is currently collateralized by three shopping centers, Broadlands Village (Phases I, II & III), The Glen and Kentlands Square, and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $306,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $28,393,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $1,021,000 was amortized during 2007.
(j) The loan is collateralized by Olde Forte Village and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $98,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $8,985,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $331,000 was amortized during 2007.
(k) The loan is collateralized by Countryside and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $133,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $12,288,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $460,000 was amortized during 2007.
(l) The loan is collateralized by Briggs Chaney MarketPlace and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $133,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $12,192,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $439,000 was amortized during 2007.
(m) The loan is collateralized by Shops at Monocacy and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $112,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $10,568,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $414,000 was amortized during 2007.
(n) The loan is collateralized by Boca Valley Plaza and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $75,000 based upon a 30-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $9,149,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $188,000 was amortized during 2007.
(o) The loan is collateralized by Palm Springs Center and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $75,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $7,075,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $267,000 was amortized during 2007.
(p) The loan is collateralized by Jamestown Place and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $66,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $6,102,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $202,000 was amortized during 2007.
(q) The loan is collateralized by Hunt Club Corners and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $42,000 based upon a 30-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $5,018,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $88,000 was amortized during 2007.
(r) The loan is collateralized by Lansdowne Town Center and requires monthly principal and interest payments of $230,000 based on a 30-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $28,177,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $260,000 was amortized during 2007.

 

48


Table of Contents
(s) The loan is collateralized by Orchard Park and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $73,000 based upon a 30-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $8,628,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $36,000 was amortized during 2007.
(t) The loan is an unsecured revolving credit facility totaling $150,000,000. Interest expense during 2007 was calculated based upon the 1 month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.50% (reduced to 1.475% effective December 19, 2007) or upon the bank’s reference rate at the Company’s option. The line may be extended one year with payment of a fee of 1/4% at the Company’s option. Monthly payments, if applicable, are interest only and vary depending upon the amount outstanding and the applicable interest rate for any given month.

The December 31, 2007 and 2006 depreciation adjusted cost of properties collateralizing the mortgage notes payable totaled $557,820,000 and $508,236,000, respectively. Notes payable at December 31, 2007 and 2006, totaling $157,381,000 and $189,285,000, respectively, are guaranteed by members of The Saul Organization. The Company’s credit facility requires the Company and its subsidiaries to maintain certain financial covenants. As of December 31, 2007, the material covenants required the Company, on a consolidated basis, to:

 

   

limit the amount of debt so as to maintain a gross asset value, as defined in the loan agreement, in excess of liabilities of at least $600 million plus 90% of our future net equity proceeds;

 

   

limit the amount of debt as a percentage of gross asset value, as defined in the loan agreement, to less than 60% (leverage ratio);

 

   

limit the amount of debt so that interest coverage will exceed 2.5 to 1 on a trailing 12-full calendar month basis;

 

   

limit the amount of debt so that interest, scheduled principal amortization and preferred dividend coverage exceeds 1.6 to 1; and

 

   

limit the amount of variable rate debt and debt with initial loan terms of less than five years to no more than 40% of total debt.

As of December 31, 2007, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

2007 Financing Activity

On and effective December 19, 2007, the Company entered into a new $150,000,000 unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Facility”), with a syndication of lenders. The Facility replaced the Company’s existing unsecured credit facility. Saul Centers, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership have guaranteed the payment obligations of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership under the Facility. The Facility provides for a $150,000,000 revolving credit facility maturing on December 19, 2010, which term may be extended by the Company for one additional year subject to the Company’s satisfaction of certain conditions. Until December 19, 2009, certain or all of the lenders may, upon request by the Company, increase the Facility by $50,000,000. Letters of credit may be issued under the Facility. On December 31, 2007, of the $150,000,000 available for borrowing, $8,000,000 was outstanding, $177,000 was committed for letters of credit, and the resulting balance of $141,823,000 was available to borrow for working capital, operating property acquisitions or development projects. In general, loan availability under the Facility is primarily determined by operating income from the Company’s existing unencumbered properties. As of December 31, 2007, the unencumbered properties supported availability of $99,000,000. Interest expense is calculated based upon the 1, 2, 3 or 6 month LIBOR plus a spread of 1.40% to 1.60%, determined by certain leverage tests, or upon the bank’s reference rate, at the Company’s option. An additional $51,000,000 is available based upon the Company’s consolidated operating income after debt service. On this portion of the Facility, interest accrues at a rate of LIBOR plus a spread of 1.70% to 2.25%, determined by certain leverage tests, or upon the bank’s reference rate plus a spread of 0.575%, at the Company’s option.

 

49


Table of Contents

On August 15, 2007, the Company closed on a new 15-year, fixed-rate mortgage financing in the amount of $12,000,000, secured by Orchard Park. The loan matures September 5, 2022, requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $72,565, based upon a 6.08% interest rate and 30-year principal amortization, and requires a final payment of $8,628,000 at maturity.

On May 30, 2007, the Company closed on a new 15-year, fixed-rate mortgage financing in the amount of $40,000,000, secured by Lansdowne Town Center. The loan matures June 10, 2022, requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $230,137, based upon a 5.62% interest rate and 30-year principal amortization, and requires a final payment of $28,177,000 at maturity.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on the Company’s financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Funds From Operations

In 2007, the Company reported Funds From Operations (FFO) 1 available to common shareholders (common stockholders and limited partner unitholders) of $63,846,000 representing a 9.9% increase over 2006 FFO available to common shareholders of $58,121,000. The following table presents a reconciliation from net income to FFO available to common shareholders for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  

Net income

   $ 36,703     $ 32,680     $ 29,227     $ 26,174     $ 19,242  

Subtract:

          

Gain on property disposition

     (139 )     —         —         (572 )     (182 )

Add:

          

Minority interests

     8,818       7,793       7,798       8,105       8,086  

Real estate depreciation and amortization

     26,464       25,648       24,197       21,324       17,838  
                                        

FFO

     71,846       66,121       61,222       55,031       44,984  

Preferred dividends

     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (1,244 )
                                        

FFO available to common shareholders

   $ 63,846     $ 58,121     $ 53,222     $ 47,031     $ 43,740  
                                        

Average shares and units used to compute FFO per share

     23,185       22,628       22,003       21,405       20,790  

 

1

The National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts (NAREIT) developed FFO as a relative non-GAAP financial measure of performance of an equity REIT in order to recognize that income-producing real estate historically has not depreciated on the basis determined under GAAP. FFO is defined by NAREIT as net income, computed in accordance with GAAP, plus minority interests, extraordinary items and real estate depreciation and amortization, excluding gains or losses from property sales. FFO does not represent cash generated from operating activities in accordance with GAAP and is not necessarily indicative of cash available to fund cash needs, which is disclosed in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the applicable periods. There are no material legal or functional restrictions on the use of FFO. FFO should not be considered as an alternative to net income, its most directly comparable GAAP measure, as a indicator of the Company’s operating performance, or as an alternative to cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Management considers FFO a meaningful supplemental measure of operating performance because it primarily excludes the assumption that the value of the real estate assets diminishes predictably over time (i.e. depreciation), which is contrary to what we believe occurs with our assets, and because industry analysts have accepted it as a performance measure. FFO may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other REITs.

 

50


Table of Contents

Acquisitions, Redevelopments and Renovations

Management anticipates that during the coming year the Company may: (i) redevelop certain of the Current Portfolio Properties, (ii) develop additional freestanding outparcels or expansions within certain of the Shopping Centers, (iii) acquire existing neighborhood and community shopping centers and/or office properties, and (iv) develop new shopping center or office sites. Acquisition and development of properties are undertaken only after careful analysis and review, and management’s determination that such properties are expected to provide long-term earnings and cash flow growth. During the coming year, any developments, expansions or acquisitions are expected to be funded with bank borrowings from the Company’s credit line, construction financing, proceeds from the operation of the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan or other external capital resources available to the Company.

The Company has been selectively involved in acquisition, redevelopment and renovation activities. It continues to evaluate the acquisition of land parcels for retail and office development and acquisitions of operating properties for opportunities to enhance operating income and cash flow growth. The Company also continues to take advantage of redevelopment, renovation and expansion opportunities within the portfolio, as demonstrated by its recent activities at Olde Forte Village, Broadlands Village, Thruway, The Glen, Ravenwood and Lansdowne Town Center. The following describes the acquisitions, redevelopments and renovations which affected the Company’s financial position and results of operations in 2007, 2006 and 2005.

Olde Forte Village

The Company redeveloped in 2005, Olde Forte Village, a neighborhood shopping center located in Fort Washington, Maryland. The center, acquired in 2003, is anchored by the then newly constructed 58,000 square foot Safeway supermarket, which relocated from a smaller store within the center. The center then contained approximately 50,000 square feet of vacant space, consisting primarily of the former Safeway space. The reconfigured shopping center totals 143,000 square feet of leasable space. The Company’s total redevelopment costs, including the initial property acquisition cost, were approximately $22 million. The center was 95% leased at December 31, 2007.

Broadlands Village

The Company purchased 24 acres of undeveloped land in the Broadlands section of the Dulles Technology Corridor of Loudoun County, Virginia in April 2002. Broadlands is a 1,500 acre planned community consisting of 3,500 residences, approximately half of which are constructed and currently occupied. In October 2003, the Company completed construction of the first phase of the Broadlands Village shopping center. The 58,000 square foot Safeway supermarket opened in October 2003 with a pad building and many in-line small shops also opening in the fourth quarter of 2003. Construction of a 30,000 square foot second phase was substantially completed in 2004. The Company’s total development costs of both phases, including the land acquisition, were approximately $22 million. During the second quarter of 2006, the Company substantially completed construction of a third phase of this development, totaling approximately 22,000 square feet of shop space and two pad site locations. Development costs for this phase totaled approximately $7.5 million. The center was 98% leased and fully operational at December 31, 2007.

The Glen

In February 2005, the Company commenced construction of a 22,000 square foot expansion building to provide additional restaurants and small shop service space at The Glen shopping center in Prince William County, Virginia. Construction of the expansion building was substantially completed in the fall of 2005, and development costs were approximately $4.1 million. The resulting 134,000 square foot Safeway anchored center was 96% leased at December 31, 2007.

 

51


Table of Contents

Kentlands Place

In January 2004, the Company purchased 3.4 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to its 114,000 square foot Kentlands Square shopping center in Gaithersburg, Maryland. The Company substantially completed construction of a 40,600 square foot retail/office property, comprised of 23,800 square feet of in-line retail space and 16,800 square feet of professional office suites, in early 2005. Development costs, including the land acquisition, were approximately $8.5 million. The property was 100% leased at December 31, 2007 and includes significant retail tenants Bonefish Grill and Elizabeth Arden’s Red Door Salon.

Briggs Chaney MarketPlace

In April 2004, the Company acquired Briggs Chaney MarketPlace in Silver Spring, Maryland. Briggs Chaney MarketPlace is a 194,000 square foot neighborhood shopping center on Route 29 in Montgomery County, Maryland. The center, constructed in 1983, was 99% leased at December 31, 2007 and is anchored by a 45,000 square foot Safeway supermarket and a 28,000 square foot Ross Dress For Less. The property was acquired for $27.3 million. During 2005, the Company completed interior construction to reconfigure a portion of space vacant at acquisition, totaling approximately 11,000 square feet of leasable area, and completed construction of a façade renovation of the shopping center. Redevelopment costs totaled approximately $1.9 million.

Ashland Square

On December 15, 2004, the Company acquired a 19.3 acre parcel of land in Manassas, Prince William County, Virginia for a purchase price of $6.3 million. The Company has plans to develop the parcel into a grocery-anchored neighborhood shopping center. The Company received site plan approval during the third quarter of 2006 to develop approximately 125,000 square feet of retail space. A site plan for an additional 35,000 square feet of commercial space is under review by Prince William County. During the third quarter of 2006, the Company commenced site work consisting primarily of clearing, grading and site utility construction. A lease has been executed with Chevy Chase Bank which built a branch on a pad site. The bank branch opened for business October 2007. The balance of the center is being marketed to grocers and other retail businesses, with a development timetable yet to be finalized.

Palm Springs Center

On March 3, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of the 126,000 square foot Albertson’s anchored Palm Springs Center located in Altamonte Springs, Florida (metropolitan Orlando). The center was 97% leased at December 31, 2007 and was acquired for a purchase price of $17.5 million.

New Market

On March 3, 2005, the Company acquired a 7.1 acre parcel of land located in New Market, Maryland for a purchase price of $500,000. On September 8, 2005, the Company acquired a 28.4 acre contiguous parcel for a purchase price of $1.5 million. Together, these parcels will accommodate a neighborhood shopping center development in excess of 120,000 square feet of leasable space. The Company had contracted to purchase one additional parcel with the intent to assemble additional acreage for further retail development near this I-70 interchange, east of Frederick, Maryland. During December 2007, the Company abandoned the acquisition of this final parcel and wrote-off to general and administrative expense all costs related to this parcel.

Lansdowne Town Center

During the first quarter of 2005, the Company received approval of a zoning submission to Loudoun County which allowed the development of a neighborhood shopping center named Lansdowne Town Center, within the Lansdowne Community in northern Virginia. On March 29, 2005, the Company finalized the acquisition of an additional 4.5 acres of land to bring the total acreage of the development parcel to 23.4 acres (including the 18.9 acres acquired in 2002). The additional purchase price was approximately $1.0 million. In late 2006, the Company substantially completed construction of an approximately 189,000 square foot retail center. A lease was executed with Harris Teeter for a 55,000 square foot grocery store, which opened in November 2006. Project costs, upon completion of final tenant improvements, are expected to total approximately $41.5 million. As of December 31, 2007, the project was fully operational and 99% leased, however rent is not expected to commence for approximately 16,000 square feet of second floor office space until spring of 2008, when tenant improvements are expected to be substantially complete.

 

52


Table of Contents

Jamestown Place

On November 17, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of the 96,000 square foot Publix-anchored Jamestown Place located in Altamonte Springs, Florida (metropolitan Orlando). The center was 95% leased at December 31, 2007 and was acquired for a purchase price of $14.8 million.

Seabreeze Plaza

On November 30, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of the 147,000 square foot Publix-anchored Seabreeze Plaza located in Palm Harbor, Florida (metropolitan Tampa). The center was 90% leased at December 31, 2007 and was acquired for a purchase price of $25.9 million subject to the assumption of a $13.6 million mortgage loan.

Smallwood Village Center

On January 27, 2006, the Company acquired the 198,000 square foot Smallwood Village Center, located on 25 acres within the St. Charles planned community of Waldorf, Maryland. The center was acquired for a purchase price of $17.5 million subject to the assumption of an $11.3 million mortgage loan, and was 73% leased at December 31, 2007. The Company is obtaining final permits for a capital improvement project to improve access to the center, reconfigure portions of the center and upgrade the center’s façade. Construction is expected to commence during the spring of 2008.

Ravenwood

In January 2006, the Company commenced construction of a 7,380 square foot shop space expansion to the Giant anchored Ravenwood shopping center, located in Towson, Maryland. Construction was substantially completed in June 2006. All of the new space is leased and operational at December 31, 2007. Development costs totaled approximately $2.2 million.

Lexington Center

On September 29, 2005, the Company announced the resolution of a land use dispute at Lexington Mall, allowing increased flexibility in future development rights for its property. The Company and the land owner of the adjacent 16 acre site, have resolved a dispute arising from a reciprocal easement agreement governing land use between the two owners. The parties have executed a new land use agreement which grants each other the flexibility to improve its property. The Company also reached an agreement with Dillard’s to terminate its lease, without consideration exchanged by either party. The mall is vacant and the Company has prepared conceptual designs for the shopping center’s development and marketing to prospective retailers.

Hunt Club Corners

On June 1, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of the 101,500 square foot Publix-anchored Hunt Club Corners shopping center located in Apopka, Florida (metropolitan Orlando). The center was 99% leased at December 31, 2007 and was acquired for a purchase price of $11.1 million.

Ashburn Village-Phase V

The Company completed construction during the fourth quarter of 2006 of a 10,000 square foot shop space expansion to the Ashburn Village shopping center located in Loudoun County, Virginia. The space was 100% leased and operational at December 31, 2007. Development costs totaled approximately $2.2 million.

Clarendon Center

The Company owns an assemblage of land parcels (including its Clarendon and Clarendon Station operating properties) totaling approximately 1.5 acres adjacent to the Clarendon Metro Station in Arlington, Virginia. In June 2006, the Company obtained zoning approvals for a mixed-use development project to include up to approximately 45,000 square feet of retail space, 170,000 square feet of office space and 244 residential units.

 

53


Table of Contents

The Company has substantially completed construction documents. An existing vacant building located on a portion of the land is being demolished to prepare this portion of the site for development. A development timetable has not yet been completed.

Westview Village

In November 2007, the Company purchased a 10.4 acre site in the Westview development on Buckeystown Pike (MD Route 85) in Frederick, Maryland. The purchase price was $5.0 million. Construction documents have been completed and site permits have been received for development of approximately 105,000 square feet of commercial space, including 60,000 square feet of retail shop space, 15,000 square feet of retail pads and 30,000 square feet of professional office space. The Company is currently marketing the space and has executed leases for 9,606 square feet of the retail space. The Company commenced site work construction in early 2008 and anticipates total construction and development costs, including land, to be approximately $26.0 million. Substantial completion of the building shell is scheduled for late 2008.

Great Eastern Plaza Land Parcel

On June 6, 2007, the Company acquired 8.0 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to its Great Eastern Plaza shopping center in District Heights, Maryland, for a purchase price of $1.3 million. The Company is analyzing options to expand the existing shopping center onto this parcel at some future date.

Orchard Park

On July 19, 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of the 88,000 square foot Kroger-anchored Orchard Park shopping center located in Dunwoody, GA. The center is 93% leased as of December 31, 2007 and was acquired for a purchase price of $17.0 million.

Northrock Land Parcel

In January 2008, the Company acquired approximately 15.4 acres of undeveloped land in Warrenton, Virginia. The site is located in the City of Warrenton at the southwest corner of the U. S. Route 29/211 and Fletcher Drive intersection. The Company has commenced site work construction for Northrock Shopping Center, a neighborhood shopping center totaling approximately 103,000 square feet of leasable area. The Harris Teeter supermarket chain has executed a lease for a 52,700 square foot grocery store to anchor the center. The land purchase price was $12.5 million, and the Company anticipates total construction and development costs, including land, to be approximately $27.5 million. Construction substantial completion is anticipated for mid 2009.

Portfolio Leasing Status

The following chart sets forth certain information regarding our properties for the periods indicated.

 

     Total Properties    Total Square Footage    Percent Leased  

As of

December 31,

   Shopping
Centers
   Office    Shopping
Centers
   Office    Shopping
Centers
    Office  

2007

   43    5    6,803,000    1,206,000    95.3 %   95.2 %

2006

   42    5    6,698,000    1,206,000    96.1 %   97.3 %

2005

   39    5    6,170,000    1,206,000    97.2 %   96.6 %

The 2007 leasing percentages decreased due to a net 67,000 square foot decrease in leased space, 42,000 in the shopping center portfolio and 25,000 in the office portfolio. The shopping center decrease in leased space occurred due to a 22,000 square foot decrease at Smallwood Village, where the Company is planning a façade renovation of the common areas and a 20,000 square foot decrease at South Dekalb Plaza. The 2006 shopping center leasing percentages decreased due to the departure of two local grocery anchors at the Belvedere and West Park shopping centers totaling 59,000 square feet.

 

54


Table of Contents
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company is exposed to certain financial market risks, the most predominant being fluctuations in interest rates. Interest rate fluctuations are monitored by management as an integral part of the Company’s overall risk management program, which recognizes the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. The Company does not enter into financial instruments for trading purposes.

The Company is exposed to interest rate fluctuations primarily as a result of its variable rate debt used to finance the Company’s development and acquisition activities and for general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had variable rate indebtedness totaling $8,000,000. Interest rate fluctuations will affect the Company’s annual interest expense on its variable rate debt. If the interest rate on the Company’s variable rate debt instruments outstanding at December 31, 2007 had been one percent higher, our annual interest expense relating to these debt instruments would have increased by $80,000, based on those balances. Interest rate fluctuations affect the fair value of the Company’s fixed rate debt instruments. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had fixed rate indebtedness totaling $524,726,000 with a weighted average interest rate of 6.72%. If interest rates on the Company’s fixed rate debt instruments at December 31, 2007 had been one percent higher, the fair value of those debt instruments on that date would have decreased by approximately $26,530,000.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are included in this report on the pages indicated, and are incorporated herein by reference:

 

Page

        
F-1    (a)   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Ernst & Young LLP
F-2    (a)   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Ernst & Young LLP
F-3    (b)   Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2007 and 2006
F-4    (c)   Consolidated Statements of Operations - Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
F-5    (d)   Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity - Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
F-6    (e)   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
F-7    (f)   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Quarterly Assessment.

The Company carried out an assessment as of December 31, 2007 of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting. This assessment was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, its Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer, and its Vice President-Chief Accounting Officer as appropriate. Rules adopted by the SEC require that the Company present the conclusions of the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and its Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer about the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and the conclusions of the Company’s management about the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

55


Table of Contents

CEO and CFO Certifications.

Included as Exhibits 31 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forms of “Certification” of the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and its Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer. The forms of Certification are required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003. This section of the Annual Report on Form 10-K that you are currently reading is the information concerning the assessment referred to in the Section 302 certifications and this information should be read in conjunction with the Section 302 certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures are also designed to provide reasonable assurance that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, its Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer, and its Vice President-Chief Accounting Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, its Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer, and its Vice President-Chief Accounting Officer, and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets;

 

   

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that the Company’s receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management or the Company’s Board of Directors; and

 

   

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls.

Management, including the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, its Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer, and its Vice President-Chief Accounting Officer, does not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no assessment of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some

 

56


Table of Contents

persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management’s override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Scope of the Assessments.

The assessment by the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, its Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer, and its Vice President-Chief Accounting Officer of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and the assessment by the Company’s management of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included a review of procedures and discussions with the Company’s Disclosure Committee and others in the Company. In the course of the assessments, management sought to identify data errors, control problems or acts of fraud and to confirm that appropriate corrective action, including process improvements, were being undertaken. Management used the criteria issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework to assess the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting is done on a quarterly basis so that the conclusions concerning controls effectiveness can be reported in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is also evaluated on an ongoing basis by management, other personnel in the Company’s accounting department and the Company’s internal audit function. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is audited by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. We consider the results of these various assessment activities as we monitor the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting and when deciding to make modifications as necessary. Management’s intent in this regard is that the disclosure controls and procedures and the internal control over financial reporting will be maintained and updated (including improvements and corrections) as conditions warrant.

Assessment of Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based upon the assessments, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, its Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer, and its Vice President-Chief Accounting Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2007, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Assessment of Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management used the criteria issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework to assess the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Based upon the assessments, the Company’s management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2007, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued a report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears on page F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

During the three months ended December 31, 2007, there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control for financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

57


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information this Item requires is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “The Board of Directors,” “Corporate Governance – Ethical Conduct Policy and Senior Financial Officer Code of Ethics,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance – Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee – Selection of Director Nominees,” and “Corporate Governance – Audit Committee” of the Company’s Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC for its annual stockholders’ meeting to be held on April 25, 2008.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information this Item requires is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Corporate Governance – Compensation of Directors,” “Report of the Compensation Committee,” and “Executive Compensation” of the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

The information this Item requires is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information this Item requires is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Certain Relationships and Transactions” and “Corporate Governance – Board of Directors” of the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information this Item requires is incorporated by reference to the information contained in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Audit Committee Report – 2007 and 2006 Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fee Summary” of the Proxy Statement.

 

58


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

 

1.       Financial Statements
      The following financial statements of the Company and their consolidated subsidiaries are incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8.
   (a)    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Ernst & Young LLP
   (a)    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Ernst & Young LLP
   (b)    Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 2007 and 2006
   (c)    Consolidated Statements of Operations—Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
   (d)    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)—Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
   (e)    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
   (f)    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2.       Financial Statement Schedule and Supplementary Data
   (a)    Selected Quarterly Financial Data for the Company are incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8
   (b)    Schedule of the Company:
      Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

 

3.       Exhibits
   (a)    First Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Saul Centers, Inc. filed with the Maryland Department of Assessments and Taxation on August 23, 1994 and filed as Exhibit 3.(a) of the 1993 Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K are hereby incorporated by reference. Articles of Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Saul Centers, Inc., filed with the Maryland Department of

 

59


Table of Contents
      Assessments and Taxation on May 28, 2004 and filed as Exhibit 3.(a) of the June 30, 2004 Quarterly Report of the Company is hereby incorporated by reference. Articles of Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Saul Centers, Inc., filed with the Maryland Department of Assessments and Taxation on May 26, 2006 and filed as Exhibit 3.(a) of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 30, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (b)    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Saul Centers, Inc. as in effect at and after August 24, 1993 and as of August 26, 1993 and filed as Exhibit 3.(b) of the 1993 Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K are hereby incorporated by reference. Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Saul Centers, Inc. adopted November 29, 2007 and filed as Exhibit 3.(b) of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 3, 2007 is hereby incorporated by reference. The First Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership, the Second Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership, the Third Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership and the Fourth Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership as filed as Exhibit 3.(b) of the 1997 Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K are hereby incorporated by reference.
   (c)    Articles Supplementary to First Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated October 30, 2003, filed as Exhibit 2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-A dated October 31, 2003, is hereby incorporated by reference.
4.    (a)    Deposit Agreement, dated November 5, 2003, among the Company, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Depositary, and the holders of depositary receipts, each representing 1/100th of a share of 8% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock of Saul Centers, Inc. and filed as Exhibit 4 to the Registration Statement on Form 8-A on October 31, 2003 is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (b)    Form specimen of receipt representing the depositary shares, each representing 1/100th of a share of 8% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock of Saul Centers, Inc. and included as part of Exhibit 4 to the Registration Statement on Form 8-A on October 31, 2003 is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.    (a)    First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership filed as Exhibit No. 10.1 to Registration Statement No. 33-64562 is hereby incorporated by reference. The First Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership, the Second Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership, and the Third Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership filed as Exhibit 10.(a) of the 1995 Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K is hereby incorporated by reference. The Fourth Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership filed as Exhibit 10.(a) of the March 31, 1997 Quarterly Report of the Company is hereby incorporated by reference. The Fifth Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership filed as Exhibit 4.(c) to Registration Statement No. 333-41436, is hereby incorporated by reference. The Sixth Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership filed as Exhibit 10.(a) of the September 30, 2003 Quarterly Report of the Company on Form 10-Q is hereby incorporated by reference. The Seventh Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership filed as Exhibit 10.(a) of the December 31, 2003 Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K is hereby incorporated by reference. The Eighth Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Holdings Limited Partnership is filed herewith.

 

60


Table of Contents
   (b)    First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership and Amendment No. 1 thereto filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registration Statement No. 33-64562 are hereby incorporated by reference. The Second Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership, the Third Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership and the Fourth Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership as filed as Exhibit 10.(b) of the 1997 Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K are hereby incorporated by reference.
   (c)    First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary II Limited Partnership and Amendment No. 1 thereto filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registration Statement No. 33-64562 are hereby incorporated by reference. The Second Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary II Limited Partnership filed as Exhibit 10.(c) of the June 30, 2001 Quarterly Report of the Company is hereby incorporated by reference. The Third Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Saul Subsidiary II Limited Partnership as filed as Exhibit 10.(c) of the 2006 Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (d)    Property Conveyance Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registration Statement No. 33-64562 is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (e)    Management Functions Conveyance Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registration Statement No. 33-64562 is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (f)    Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registration Statement No. 33-64562 is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (g)    Exclusivity and Right of First Refusal Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Registration Statement No. 33-64562 is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (h)    Agreement of Assumption dated as of August 26, 1993 executed by Saul Holdings Limited Partnership and filed as Exhibit 10.(i) of the 1993 Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (i)    Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, dated as of April 23, 2004 and filed as Exhibit 10.(k) of the June 30, 2004 Quarterly Report of the Company is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (j)    Loan Agreement dated as of November 7, 1996 by and among Saul Holdings Limited Partnership, Saul Subsidiary II Limited Partnership and PFL Life Insurance Company, c/o AEGON USA Realty Advisors, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.(t) of the March 31, 1997 Quarterly Report of the Company, is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (k)    Promissory Note dated as of January 10, 1997 by and between Saul Subsidiary II Limited Partnership and The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, filed as Exhibit 10.(z) of the March 31, 1997 Quarterly Report of the Company, is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (l)    Loan Agreement dated as of October 1, 1997 between Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership as Borrower and Nomura Asset Capital Corporation as Lender filed as Exhibit 10.(p) of the 1997 Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

61


Table of Contents
   (m)    Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated January 13, 2003 by and between Saul Holdings Limited Partnership as Borrower and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company as lender, as filed as Exhibit 10.(p) of the December 31, 2002 Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K, is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (n)    Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007, by and among Saul Holdings Limited Partnership as Borrower; U.S. Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent and Sole Lead Arranger; Wells Fargo Bank National Association, as Syndication Agent; and U.S. Bank National Association, Wells Fargo Bank National Association, Compass Bank, and Sovereign Bank, as Lenders, is filed herewith.
   (o)    Guaranty, dated as of December 19, 2007, by and between Saul Centers, Inc., as Guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent and Sole Lead Arranger for itself and other financial institutions as Lenders, is filed herewith.
   (p)    The Saul Centers, Inc. 2004 Stock Plan, as filed as Annex A to the Proxy Statement of the Company for its 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (q)    Form of Director Stock Option Agreements, as filed as Exhibit 10.(j) of the September 30, 2004 Quarterly Report of the Company, is hereby incorporated by reference.
   (r)    Form of Officer Stock Option Grant Agreements, as filed as Exhibit 10.(k) of the September 30, 2004 Quarterly Report of the Company, is hereby incorporated by reference.
21.       Subsidiaries of Saul Centers, Inc. is filed herewith.
23.       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Public Accountants is filed herewith.
24.       Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
31.       Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are filed herewith.
32.       Section 1350 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are filed herewith.

 

62


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    SAUL CENTERS, INC.
    (Registrant)
Date:   February 26 , 2008    

/s/ B. Francis Saul II

      B. Francis Saul II
     

Chairman of the Board of Directors

& Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated. Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of B. Francis Saul II, B. Francis Saul III and Scott V. Schneider as his attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments to this Report and to file same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ B. Francis Saul III

    B. Francis Saul III, President and Director
Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ Philip D. Caraci

    Philip D. Caraci, Vice Chairman
Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ Scott V. Schneider

   

Scott V. Schneider, Senior Vice President,

Treasurer and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer)

Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ Kenneth D. Shoop

   

Kenneth D. Shoop, Vice President-Chief

Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ John E. Chapoton

    John E. Chapoton, Director
Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ Gilbert M. Grosvenor

    Gilbert M. Grosvenor, Director
Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ Philip C. Jackson Jr.

    Philip C. Jackson Jr., Director
Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ David B. Kay

    David B. Kay, Director
Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ General Paul X. Kelley

    General Paul X. Kelley, Director

 

63


Table of Contents
Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ Charles R. Longsworth

    Charles R. Longsworth, Director
Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ Patrick F. Noonan

    Patrick F. Noonan, Director
Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ James W. Symington

    James W. Symington, Director
Date: February 26 , 2008    

/s/ John R. Whitmore

    John R. Whitmore, Director

 

64


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Saul Centers, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Saul Centers, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Saul Centers, Inc. at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2006 the Company adopted the provisions of U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” pursuant to which the Company recorded a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2006 to correct prior period misstatements in recording rental income.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Saul Centers, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Ernst & Young LLP

McLean, Virginia

February 26, 2008

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Saul Centers, Inc.

We have audited Saul Centers, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Saul Centers, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Assessment of Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Saul Centers, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Saul Centers, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 of Saul Centers, Inc. and our report dated February 26, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Ernst & Young LLP

McLean, Virginia

February 26, 2008

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Saul Centers, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

   December 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 

Assets

    

Real estate investments

    

Land

   $ 167,007     $ 154,047  

Buildings and equipment

     673,328       631,797  

Construction in progress

     49,592       56,017  
                
     889,927       841,861  

Accumulated depreciation

     (232,669 )     (214,210 )
                
     657,258       627,651  

Cash and cash equivalents

     5,765       8,061  

Accounts receivable and accrued income, net

     33,967       33,248  

Deferred leasing costs, net

     16,190       18,137  

Prepaid expenses, net

     2,571       2,507  

Deferred debt costs, net

     6,264       5,328  

Other assets

     5,428       5,605  
                

Total assets

   $ 727,443     $ 700,537  
                

Liabilities

    

Mortgage notes payable

   $ 524,726     $ 487,443  

Revolving credit facility outstanding

     8,000       35,000  

Dividends and distributions payable

     12,887       11,558  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     13,159       16,409  

Deferred income

     15,147       12,251  
                

Total liabilities

     573,919       562,661  
                

Minority interests

     4,745       5,785  
                

Stockholders’ equity

    

Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred stock, 1,000,000 shares authorized and 40,000 shares issued and outstanding

     100,000       100,000  

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized, 17,747,529 and 17,341,441 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     178       173  

Additional paid-in capital

     161,618       141,554  

Accumulated deficit

     (113,017 )     (109,636 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     148,779       132,091  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 727,443     $ 700,537  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Saul Centers, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

   For The Year Ended December 31,  
   2007     2006     2005  

Revenue

      

Base rent

   $ 118,806     $ 110,121     $ 99,448  

Expense recoveries

     26,090       22,636       20,027  

Percentage rent

     1,497       1,767       2,057  

Other

     4,192       3,454       5,483  
                        

Total revenue

     150,585       137,978       127,015  
                        

Operating expenses

      

Property operating expenses

     18,758       16,278       14,724  

Provision for credit losses

     376       400       237  

Real estate taxes

     14,084       12,503       11,040  

Interest expense and amortization of deferred debt

     33,855       32,534       30,207  

Depreciation and amortization of deferred leasing costs

     26,464       25,648       24,197  

General and administrative

     11,666       10,142       9,585  
                        

Total operating expenses

     105,203       97,505       89,990  
                        

Operating income before minority interests and gain on property disposition

     45,382       40,473       37,025  

Non-operating item: Gain on property disposition

     139       —         —    
                        

Net operating income before minority interests

     45,521       40,473       37,025  
                        

Minority interests

      

Minority share of income

     (8,818 )     (7,793 )     (6,937 )

Distributions in excess of earnings

     —         —         (861 )
                        

Total minority interests

     (8,818 )     (7,793 )     (7,798 )
                        

Net income

     36,703       32,680       29,227  

Preferred dividends

     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (8,000 )
                        

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 28,703     $ 24,680     $ 21,227  
                        

Per share net income available to common stockholders

      

Basic

   $ 1.63     $ 1.45     $ 1.27  
                        

Diluted

   $ 1.62     $ 1.43     $ 1.27  
                        

Distributions declared per common share outstanding

   $ 1.82     $ 1.68     $ 1.63  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Saul Centers, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

   Preferred
Stock
   Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  

Stockholders’ equity:

             

Balance, December 31, 2004

   $ 100,000    $ 164    $ 106,886    $ (106,086 )   $ 100,964  

Issuance of 477,802 shares of common stock:

             

455,494 shares due to dividend reinvestment plan 22,308 shares due to employee stock options and directors’

     —        5      15,402      —         15,407  

deferred stock plan and stock option awards

     —        —        1,051      —         1,051  

Net income

     —        —        —        29,227       29,227  

Preferred stock distributions

     —        —        —        (6,000 )     (6,000 )

Distributions payable preferred stock ($50.00 per share)

     —        —        —        (2,000 )     (2,000 )

Common stock distributions

     —        —        —        (20,146 )     (20,146 )

Distributions payable common stock ($0.42 per share)

     —        —        —        (7,089 )     (7,089 )
                                     

Balance, December 31, 2005

     100,000      169      123,339      (112,094 )     111,414  

Issuance of 464,197 shares of common stock:

             

358,563 shares due to dividend reinvestment plan 105,634 shares due to employee stock options and directors’

     —        4      14,838      —         14,842  

deferred stock plan and stock option awards

     —        —        3,377      —         3,377  

Net income

     —        —        —        32,680       32,680  

Cumulative effect of SAB 108 adjustment (see Note 2)

     —        —        —        6,551       6,551  

Preferred stock distributions

     —        —        —        (6,000 )     (6,000 )

Distributions payable preferred stock ($50.00 per share)

     —        —        —        (2,000 )     (2,000 )

Common stock distributions

     —        —        —        (21,490 )     (21,490 )

Distributions payable common stock ($0.42 per share)

     —        —        —        (7,283 )     (7,283 )
                                     

Balance, December 31, 2006

     100,000      173      141,554      (109,636 )     132,091  

Issuance of 406,088 shares of common stock:

             

389,197 shares due to dividend reinvestment plan

     —        5      18,720      —         18,725  

16,891 shares due to employee stock options and directors’ deferred stock plan and stock option awards

     —        —        1,344      —         1,344  

Net income

     —        —        —        36,703       36,703  

Preferred stock distributions

     —        —        —        (6,000 )     (6,000 )

Distributions payable preferred stock ($50.00 per share)

     —        —        —        (2,000 )     (2,000 )

Common stock distributions

     —        —        —        (23,743 )     (23,743 )

Distributions payable common stock ($0.47 per share)

     —        —        —        (8,341 )     (8,341 )
                                     

Balance, December 31, 2007

   $ 100,000    $ 178    $ 161,618    $ (113,017 )   $ 148,779  
                                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Saul Centers, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2007     2006     2005  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 36,703     $ 32,680     $ 29,227  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Gain on property disposition

     (139 )     —         —    

Minority interests

     8,818       7,793       7,798  

Depreciation and amortization of deferred leasing costs

     26,464       25,648       24,197  

Amortization of deferred debt costs

     1,149       1,089       1,161  

Non cash compensation costs from stock grants and options

     1,111       1,166       991  

Provision for credit losses

     376       400       237  

Increase in accounts receivable and accrued income

     (1,095 )     (3,650 )     (2,843 )

Increase in deferred leasing costs

     (2,692 )     (2,256 )     (2,940 )

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses

     (64 )     33       (119 )

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     177       (1,219 )     (1,770 )

Increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     598       1,008       1,425  

(Decrease) increase in deferred income

     (209 )     (518 )     1,310  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     71,197       62,174       58,674  
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Acquisitions of real estate investments, net*

     (23,744 )     (17,318 )     (47,745 )

Additions to real estate investments

     (7,302 )     (10,145 )     (9,175 )

Additions to development and redevelopment activities

     (20,990 )     (38,236 )     (16,885 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (52,036 )     (65,699 )     (73,805 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from mortgage notes payable

     52,000       17,500       25,500  

Repayments on mortgage notes payable

     (14,717 )     (13,322 )     (20,794 )

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

     20,000       31,000       10,500  

Repayments on revolving credit facility

     (47,000 )     (6,500 )     —    

Additions to deferred debt costs

     (2,085 )     (542 )     (2,025 )

Proceeds from the issuance of:

      

Common Stock

     18,958       17,053       15,384  

Convertible limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership

     —         4,001       3,899  

Distributions to:

      

Preferred stockholders

     (8,000 )     (8,000 )     (8,000 )

Common stockholders

     (31,026 )     (28,579 )     (26,542 )

Convertible limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership

     (9,587 )     (9,032 )     (8,345 )
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (21,457 )     3,579       (10,423 )
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,296 )     54       (25,554 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     8,061       8,007       33,561  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 5,765     $ 8,061     $ 8,007  
                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 35,684     $ 34,906     $ 32,112  
                        

 

* Supplemental discussion of non-cash investing and financing activities:

The 2006 real estate acquisition costs of $17,318 are presented exclusive of a mortgage loan assumed of $11,334 and a $300 seller rent deficiency reimbursement.

The 2005 real estate acquisition costs of $47,745 are presented exclusive of a mortgage loan assumed of $13,579.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. ORGANIZATION, FORMATION, AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Organization

Saul Centers, Inc. (“Saul Centers”) was incorporated under the Maryland General Corporation Law on June 10, 1993. Saul Centers operates as a real estate investment trust (a “REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Saul Centers generally will not be subject to federal income tax, provided it annually distributes at least 90% of its REIT taxable income to its stockholders and meets certain organizational and other requirements. Saul Centers has made and intends to continue to make regular quarterly distributions to its stockholders. Saul Centers, together with its wholly owned subsidiaries and the limited partnerships of which Saul Centers or one of its subsidiaries is the sole general partner, are referred to collectively as the “Company”. B. Francis Saul II serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Saul Centers.

Formation and Structure of Company

Saul Centers was formed to continue and expand the shopping center business previously owned and conducted by the B.F. Saul Real Estate Investment Trust, the B.F. Saul Company, Chevy Chase Bank, F.S.B. and certain other affiliated entities, each of which is controlled by B. Francis Saul II and his family members (collectively, “The Saul Organization”). On August 26, 1993, members of The Saul Organization transferred to Saul Holdings Limited Partnership, a newly formed Maryland limited partnership (the “Operating Partnership”), and two newly formed subsidiary limited partnerships (the “Subsidiary Partnerships”, and collectively with the Operating Partnership, the “Partnerships”), shopping center and office properties, and the management functions related to the transferred properties. Since its formation, the Company has developed and purchased additional properties.

The following table lists the properties acquired and/or developed by the Company since December 31, 2004. All of the following properties are operating shopping centers (“Shopping Centers”).

 

Name of Property

 

Location

 

Date of Acquisition/ Development

Acquisitions    

Palm Springs Center

  Altamonte Springs, FL   2005

Jamestown Place

  Altamonte Springs, FL   2005

Seabreeze Plaza

  Palm Harbor, FL   2005

Smallwood Village Center

  Waldorf, MD   2006

Hunt Club Corners

  Apopka, FL   2006

Orchard Park

  Dunwoody, GA   2007
Developments    

Kentlands Place

  Gaithersburg, MD   2005

Broadlands Village Phase III

  Ashburn, VA   2006

Lansdowne Town Center

  Leesburg, VA   2006/7

Ashland Square Phase I

  Manassas, VA   2007

As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s properties (the “Current Portfolio Properties”) consisted of 43 operating shopping center properties (the “Shopping Centers”), five predominantly office operating properties (the “Office Properties”) and five (non-operating) development properties.

The Company established Saul QRS, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Saul Centers, to facilitate the placement of collateralized mortgage debt. Saul QRS, Inc. was created to succeed to the interest of Saul Centers as the sole general partner of Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership. The remaining limited partnership interests in Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership and Saul Subsidiary II Limited Partnership are held by the Operating Partnership as the sole limited partner. Through this structure, the Company owns 100% of the Current Portfolio Properties.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of the Company have been presented on the historical cost basis of The Saul Organization because of affiliated ownership and common management and because the assets and liabilities were the subject of a business combination with the Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and Saul Centers, all newly formed entities with no prior operations.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

The Company, which conducts all of its activities through its subsidiaries, the Operating Partnership and Subsidiary Partnerships, engages in the ownership, operation, management, leasing, acquisition, renovation, expansion, development and financing of community and neighborhood shopping centers and office properties, primarily in the Washington, DC/Baltimore metropolitan area. Because the properties are located primarily in the Washington, DC/Baltimore metropolitan area, the Company is subject to a concentration of credit risk related to these properties. A majority of the Shopping Centers are anchored by several major tenants. As of December 31, 2007, twenty-nine of the Shopping Centers were anchored by a grocery store and offer primarily day-to-day necessities and services. Only two retail tenants, Giant Food (4.5%), a tenant at nine Shopping Centers, and Safeway (3.0%), a tenant at seven Shopping Centers, and one office tenant, the United States Government (2.7%), a tenant at six properties, individually accounted for more than 2.5% of the Company’s total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of Saul Centers, its subsidiaries, and the Operating Partnership and Subsidiary Partnerships which are majority owned by Saul Centers. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Real Estate Investment Properties

The Company purchases real estate investment properties from time to time and allocates the purchase price to various components, such as land, buildings, and intangibles related to in-place leases and customer relationships in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 141, “Business Combinations.” The purchase price is allocated based on the relative fair value of each component. The fair value of buildings is determined as if the buildings were vacant upon acquisition and subsequently leased at market rental rates. As such, the determination of fair value considers the present value of all cash flows expected to be generated from the property including an initial lease up period. The Company determines the fair value of above and below market intangibles associated with in-place leases by assessing the net effective rent and remaining term of the lease relative to market terms for similar leases at acquisition. In the case of above and below market leases, the Company considers the remaining contractual lease period and renewal periods, taking into consideration the likelihood of the tenant exercising its renewal options. The fair value of a below market lease component is recorded as deferred income and amortized as additional lease revenue over the remaining contractual lease period and any renewal option periods included in the valuation analysis. The fair value of above market lease intangibles is recorded as a deferred asset and is amortized as a reduction of lease revenue over the remaining contractual lease term. The Company determines the fair value of

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

at-market in-place leases considering the cost of acquiring similar leases, the foregone rents associated with the lease-up period and carrying costs associated with the lease-up period. Intangible assets associated with at-market in-place leases are amortized as additional expense over the remaining contractual lease term. To the extent customer relationship intangibles are present in an acquisition, the fair value of the intangibles are amortized over the life of the customer relationship.

Real estate investment properties are reviewed for potential impairment losses quarterly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If there is an event or change in circumstance indicating the potential for an impairment in the value of a real estate investment property, the Company’s policy is to assess potential impairment in value by making a comparison of the current and projected operating cash flows of the property over its remaining useful life, on an undiscounted basis, to the carrying amount or projected carrying amount of that property. If such carrying amount is in excess of the estimated projected operating cash flows of the property, the Company would recognize an impairment loss equivalent to an amount required to adjust the carrying amount to its estimated fair market value. The Company has not recognized an impairment loss in 2007, 2006 or 2005 on any of its real estate.

Interest, real estate taxes and other carrying costs are capitalized on projects under development and construction. Once construction is substantially completed and the assets are placed in service, their rental income, real estate tax expense, property operating expenses (consisting of payroll, repairs and maintenance, utilities, insurance and other property related expenses) and depreciation are included in current operations. Property operating expenses are charged to operations as incurred. Interest expense capitalized totaled $2,889,000, $3,673,000 and $3,258,000, for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In the initial rental operations of development projects, a project is considered substantially complete and available for occupancy upon completion of tenant improvements, but no later than one year from the cessation of major construction activity. Substantially completed portions of a project are accounted for as separate projects.

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method and estimated useful lives of 35 to 50 years for base buildings and up to 20 years for certain other improvements that extend the useful lives. In addition, we capitalize leasehold improvements when certain criteria are met, including when we supervise construction and will own the improvement. Leasehold improvements are amortized, over the shorter of the lives of the related leases or the useful life of the improvement, using the straight-line method. Depreciation expense and amortization of leasehold improvements for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $21,638,000, $20,236,000 and $19,824,000, respectively. Repairs and maintenance expense totaled $8,926,000, $7,364,000 and $6,329,000, for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and is included in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Deferred Leasing Costs

Certain initial direct costs incurred by the Company in negotiating and consummating a successful lease are capitalized and amortized over the initial base term of the lease. These costs total $16,190,000 and $18,137,000, net of accumulated amortization of $14,457,000 and $13,308,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Amortization expense, included in depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations, totaled $4,826,000, $5,412,000 and $4,373,000, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Capitalized leasing costs consist of commissions paid to third party leasing agents as well as internal direct costs for successful leases such as employee compensation and payroll related fringe benefits directly related to time spent performing leasing related activities. Such activities include evaluating the prospective tenant’s financial condition, evaluating and recording guarantees, collateral and other security arrangements, negotiating lease terms, preparing lease documents and closing the transaction. The carrying amount of costs are written-off to expense if the applicable lease is terminated prior to expiration of the initial lease term.

Construction in Progress

Construction in progress includes preconstruction costs and development costs of active projects. Preconstruction costs associated with these active projects include legal, zoning and permitting costs and other project carrying costs incurred prior to the commencement of construction. Development costs include direct construction costs and indirect costs incurred subsequent to the start of construction such as architectural, engineering, construction management and carrying costs consisting of interest, real estate taxes and insurance. Construction in progress balances as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Construction in Progress

(In thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2007    2006

Clarendon Center

   $ 27,323    $ 20,431

Ashland Square Phase II

     10,851      8,878

Westview Village

     6,382      —  

Lansdowne Town Center

     —        19,972

Ashburn Village Phase V

     —        1,846

Lexington Center

     2,813      2,480

Other

     2,223      2,410
             

Total

   $ 49,592    $ 56,017
             

As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, 100% and 45% of the Lansdowne Town Center project had been placed in operation. The costs reported in Construction in Progress above reflect the costs incurred for the non-operating portion of the project, as of December 31, 2006. The development costs related to the operating portions of the project were reclassified to land and buildings during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

Accounts Receivable and Accrued Income

Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts currently due from tenants in accordance with the terms of the respective leases. Receivables are reviewed monthly and reserves are established with a charge to current period operations when, in the opinion of management, collection of the receivable is doubtful. Accounts receivable in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are shown net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $387,000 and $479,000, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

(In thousands)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2006  

Beginning Balance

   $ 479     $ 430  

Provision for Credit Losses

     376       400  

Charge-offs

     (468 )     (351 )
                

Ending Balance

   $ 387     $ 479  
                

In addition to rents due currently, accounts receivable include $25,013,000 and $23,341,000, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, representing minimum rental income accrued on a straight-line basis to be paid by tenants over the remaining term of their respective leases. These amounts are presented after netting allowances of $52,000 and $213,000, respectively, for tenants whose rent payment history or financial condition cast doubt upon the tenant’s ability to perform under its lease obligations.

On September 13, 2006, the SEC staff published Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 addresses how the effects of a prior year uncorrected misstatement must be considered in quantifying misstatements in the current year financial statements and provides guidance on the correction of misstatements. SAB 108 offers a transition provision for correcting immaterial prior period misstatements that were uncorrected as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. SAB 108 was effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. It was the Company’s policy, for leases entered into prior to 1998, to recognize rental revenue on a straight-line basis when rental payments due under leases varied, because of free rent periods or fixed rent increases (excluding those increases which approximate

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

inflationary increases). It was the Company’s policy that annual scheduled base rent increases of 3% or less were determined to approximate inflationary increases and were not recognized ratably over the life of the lease. Subsequent to 1998, the Company has annually analyzed these uncorrected misstatements and determined that the uncorrected misstatement was immaterial for all reporting periods. The Company has determined that less than 5% of its leases were not recognizing base rent on a straight-line basis and that the cumulative under-reporting of straight-line rental income related to these long term leases totaled approximately $6,551,000. According to the provisions of SAB 108, the Company recorded an accumulated accounts receivable balance of $6,551,000 for these leases and recorded a corresponding increase to Stockholders’ Equity as of January 1, 2006. Commencing in 2006 and pursuant to the accounting for recognizing rental income on a straight-line basis, a portion of the $6,551,000 receivable was amortized as a non-cash reduction of rental income, $203,000 in 2007 and $136,000 in 2006. The remaining balance unamortized balance of $6,212,000 as of December 31, 2007 will be amortized as a non-cash reduction of base rent over the remaining life of the affected leases.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include short-term investments. Short-term investments are highly liquid investments that are both readily convertible to cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in value arising from interest rate fluctuations. Short-term investments include money market accounts and other investments which generally mature within three months, measured from the acquisition date.

Deferred Debt Costs

Deferred debt costs consist of fees and costs incurred to obtain long-term financing, construction financing and the revolving line of credit. These fees and costs are being amortized over the terms of the respective loans or agreements, which approximates the effective interest method. Deferred debt costs totaled $6,264,000 and $5,328,000, net of accumulated amortization of $5,393,000 and $4,244,000, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Deferred Income

Deferred income consists of payments received from tenants prior to the time they are earned and recognized by the Company as revenue. These payments include prepayment of the following month’s rent, prepayment of real estate taxes when the taxing jurisdiction has a fiscal year differing from the calendar year reimbursements specified in the lease agreement and advance payments by tenants for tenant construction work provided by the Company. In addition, deferred income includes the fair value of a below market lease component associated with acquisition properties as determined pursuant to the application of SFAS 141 “Business Combinations”.

Revenue Recognition

Rental and interest income is accrued as earned except when doubt exists as to collectibility, in which case the accrual is discontinued. Recognition of rental income commences when control of the space has been given to the tenant. When rental payments due under leases vary from a straight-line basis because of free rent periods or stepped increases, income is recognized on a straight-line basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Expense recoveries represent a portion of property operating expenses billed to the tenants, including common area maintenance, real estate taxes and other recoverable costs. Expense recoveries are recognized in the period when the expenses are incurred. Rental income based on a tenant’s revenue (“percentage rent”) is accrued when a tenant reports sales that exceed a specified breakpoint, pursuant to the terms of their respective leases.

Income Taxes

The Company made an election to be treated, and intends to continue operating so as to qualify as a REIT under sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, commencing with its taxable

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

year ending December 31, 1993. A REIT generally will not be subject to federal income taxation on that portion of its income that qualifies as REIT taxable income to the extent that it distributes at least 90% of its REIT taxable income to stockholders and complies with certain other requirements. Therefore, no provision has been made for federal income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 is an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” and it seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of measurement and recognition in accounting for income taxes. In addition, FIN 48 requires expanded disclosure with respect to the uncertainty in income taxes and was effective as of the beginning of the 2007 reporting year. The adoption of FIN 48 did not impact the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. Further, as of December 31, 2007, the Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits. The Company recognizes penalties and interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, as general and administrative expense. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2003.

Stock Based Employee Compensation, Deferred Compensation and Stock Plan for Directors

Effective January 2003, the Company adopted the fair value method to value and account for employee stock options using the prospective transition method specified under SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure” and accounts for stock based compensation according to SFAS No. 123R, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”. The Company had no options eligible for valuation prior to the grant of options in 2003. The fair value of options granted is determined at the time of each award using the Black-Scholes model, a widely used method for valuing stock based employee compensation, and the following assumptions: (1) Expected Volatility. Expected volatility is determined using the most recent trading history of the Company’s common stock (month-end closing prices) corresponding to the average expected term of the options, (2) Average Expected Term. The options are assumed to be outstanding for a term calculated considering prior exercise history, scheduled vesting and the expiration date, (3) Expected Dividend Yield. This rate is a value management determines after considering the Company’s current and historic dividend yield rates, the Company’s yield in relation to other retail REITs and the Company’s market yield at the grant date, and (4) Risk-free Interest Rate. This rate is based upon the market yields of US Treasury obligations with maturities corresponding to the average expected term of the options at the grant date. The Company amortizes the value of options granted, ratably over the vesting period, and includes the amounts as compensation in general and administrative expenses.

The Company established a stock option plan in 1993 (the “1993 Plan”) for the purpose of attracting and retaining executive officers and other key personnel. The 1993 Plan provides for grants of options to purchase a specified number of shares of common stock. A total of 400,000 shares were made available under the 1993 Plan. The 1993 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to grant options at an exercise price which may not be less than the market value of the common stock on the date the option is granted. On May 23, 2003, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 220,000 shares (80,000 shares from incentive stock options and 140,000 shares from nonqualified stock options) to six Company officers (the “2003 Options”). Following the grant of the 2003 Options, no additional shares remained for issuance under the 1993 Plan. The 2003 Options vest 25% per year over four years and have a term of ten years, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment. The exercise price of $24.91 per share was the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the award.

At the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders in 2004, the stockholders approved the adoption of the 2004 stock plan (the “2004 Plan”) for the purpose of attracting and retaining executive officers, directors and other key personnel. The 2004 Plan provides for grants of options to purchase up to 500,000 shares of common stock as well as grants of up to 100,000 shares of common stock to directors. The 2004 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to grant options at an exercise price which may not be less than the market value of the common stock on the date the option is granted.

Effective April 26, 2004, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 152,500 shares (27,500 shares from incentive stock options and 125,000 shares from nonqualified stock options) to eleven Company officers and to the twelve Company directors (the “2004 Options”). The officers’ 2004 Options vest 25% per year over four years and have a term of ten years, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment. The directors’ options were immediately exercisable. The exercise price of $25.78 per share was the closing market

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the award. Using the Black-Scholes model, the Company determined the total fair value of the 2004 Options to be $360,000, of which $293,000 and $67,000 were the values assigned to the officer options and director options respectively. Because the directors’ options vest immediately, the entire $67,000 was expensed as of the date of grant. The expense of the officers’ options is being recognized as compensation expense monthly during the four years the options vest. The 2004 Options are due to expire April 25, 2014.

Effective May 6, 2005, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 162,500 shares (35,500 shares from incentive stock options and 127,000 shares from nonqualified stock options) to twelve Company officers and to the twelve Company directors (the “2005 Options”). The officers’ 2005 Options vest 25% per year over four years and have a term of ten years, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment. The directors’ options were immediately exercisable. The exercise price of $33.22 per share was the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the award. Using the Black-Scholes model, the Company determined the total fair value of the 2005 Options to be $484,500, of which $413,400 and $71,100 were the values assigned to the officer options and director options respectively. Because the directors’ options vest immediately, the entire $71,100 was expensed as of the date of grant. The expense of the officers’ options is being recognized as compensation expense monthly during the four years the options vest. The 2005 Options are due to expire May 5, 2015.

Effective May 1, 2006, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 30,000 shares (all nonqualified stock options) to the twelve Company directors (the “2006 Options”). The options were immediately exercisable. The exercise price of $40.35 per share was the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the award. Using the Black-Scholes model, the Company determined the total fair value of the 2006 Options to be $143,400. Because the directors’ options vest immediately, the entire $143,400 was expensed as of the date of grant. The 2006 Options are due to expire April 30, 2016.

Effective April 27, 2007, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 165,000 shares (27,560 shares from incentive stock options and 137,440 shares from nonqualified stock options) to thirteen Company officers and twelve Company Directors (the “2007 options”). The officers’ 2007 Options vest 25% per year over four years and have a term of ten years, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment. The directors’ options were immediately exercisable. The exercise price of $54.17 per share was the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award. Using the Black-Scholes model, the Company determined the total fair value of the 2007 Options to be $1,544,148, of which $1,258,848 and $285,300 were the values assigned to the officer options and director options respectively. Because the directors’ options vest immediately, the entire $285,300 was expensed as of the date of grant. The expense for the officers’ options is being recognized as compensation expense monthly during the four years the options vest. The 2007 Options are due to expire April 26, 2017.

Pursuant to the 2004 Plan, the Compensation Committee established a Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors for the benefit of its directors and their beneficiaries. This replaces the Company’s previous Deferred Compensation and Stock Plan for Directors. A director may elect to defer all or part of his or her director’s fees and has the option to have the fees paid in cash, in shares of common stock or in a combination of cash and shares of common stock upon termination from the Board. If the director elects to have fees paid in stock, fees earned during a calendar quarter are aggregated and divided by the common stock’s closing market price on the first trading day of the following quarter to determine the number of shares to be allocated to the director. As of December 31, 2007, 216,000 shares had been credited to the directors’ deferred fee accounts.

The Compensation Committee has also approved an annual award of shares of the Company’s common stock as additional compensation to each director serving on the Board of Directors as of the record date for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The shares are awarded as of each Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and their issuance may not be deferred. Each director was issued 200 shares, for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The shares were valued at the closing stock price on the dates the shares were awarded and included in general and administrative expenses in the total amounts of $130,000, $97,000, and $80,000, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Minority Interests

Saul Centers is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, owning a 76.6% common interest as of December 31, 2007. Minority Interests in the Operating Partnership are comprised of limited partnership units owned by The Saul Organization. Minority Interests as reflected on the Balance Sheets are increased for earnings allocated to limited partnership interests, distributions reinvested in additional units and in certain situations for distributions to minority interests in excess of earnings allocated, and are decreased for limited partner distributions. Minority Interests as reflected on the Statements of Operations represent earnings allocated to limited partnership interests. Amounts distributed in excess of the limited partners’ share of earnings, net of limited partner reinvestments of distributions, also increase minority interests expense in the respective period and are classified on the Statements of Operations as Distributions in excess of earnings to the extent such distributions in excess of earnings exceed the carrying amount of minority interests.

Per Share Data

Per share data is calculated in accordance with SFAS 128, “Earnings Per Share.” Per share data for net income (basic and diluted) is computed using weighted average shares of common stock. Convertible limited partnership units and employee stock options are the Company’s potentially dilutive securities. For all periods presented, the convertible limited partnership units are anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 the options are dilutive because the average share price of the Company’s common stock exceeded the exercise prices. The treasury stock method was used to measure the effect of the dilution.

Basic and Diluted Shares Outstanding

(In thousands)    December 31
     2007    2006    2005

Weighted average common shares outstanding – Basic

     17,589      17,075      16,663

Effect of dilutive options

     180      158      107
                    

Weighted average common shares outstanding – Diluted

     17,769      17,233      16,770
                    

Average Share Price

   $ 52.22    $ 43.04    $ 35.20

Legal Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. While the resolution of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or the results of operations. Once it has been determined that a loss is probable to occur, the estimated amount of the loss is recorded in the financial statements. Both the amount of the loss and the point at which its occurrence is considered probable can be difficult to determine.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 “Fair Value Measurement” (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies to accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, except for share-based payments under SFAS No. 123(R). The adoption of SFAS No. 157 is required for the year beginning January 1, 2008. The Company does not expect SFAS No. 157 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”). This standard permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and is effective for the first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company does not expect SFAS No. 159 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

3. REAL ESTATE ACQUIRED

Ashland Square

On December 15, 2004, the Company acquired a parcel of land in Manassas, Prince William County, Virginia for a purchase price of $6.3 million.

Palm Springs Center

On March 3, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of the Albertson’s-anchored Palm Springs Center located in Altamonte Springs, Florida (metropolitan Orlando). The center was acquired for a purchase price of $17.5 million.

New Market

On March 3, 2005 and September 8, 2005, the Company acquired two parcels of land located in New Market, Maryland, for a purchase price of $500,000 and $1,500,000, respectively. The Company had contracted to purchase an adjacent third parcel with the intent to assemble additional acreage for further retail development near this I-70 interchange, east of Frederick, Maryland. During December 2007 the Company abandoned the acquisition of the third parcel and wrote-off to general and administrative expense all costs related to that parcel.

Lansdowne Town Center

During the first quarter of 2005, the Company received approval of a zoning submission to Loudoun County which allowed the development of a neighborhood shopping center named Lansdowne Town Center, within the Lansdowne Community in northern Virginia. On March 29, 2005, the Company finalized the acquisition of an additional parcel of land for approximately $1.0 million. In late 2006, the Company substantially completed construction of the retail center. A lease was executed with Harris Teeter for a grocery store, which opened in November 2006. As of December 31, 2007, the project was fully operational.

Jamestown Place

On November 17, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of the Publix-anchored Jamestown Place located in Altamonte Springs, Florida (metropolitan Orlando). The center was acquired for a purchase price of $14.8 million.

Seabreeze Plaza

On November 30, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of the Publix-anchored Seabreeze Plaza located in Palm Harbor, Florida (metropolitan Tampa). The center was acquired for a purchase price of $25.9 million subject to the assumption of a $13.6 million mortgage loan. The mortgage assumption was treated as a non-cash acquisition in the Statement of Cash Flows.

Smallwood Village Center

On January 27, 2006, the Company acquired the Smallwood Village Center, located within the St. Charles planned community of Waldorf, Maryland, a suburb of metropolitan Washington, DC, through a wholly-owned subsidiary of its operating partnership. The center was acquired for a purchase price of $17.5 million subject to the assumption of an $11.3 million mortgage loan.

Hunt Club Corners

On June 1, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of the Publix-anchored Hunt Club Corners shopping center located in Apopka, FL. The center was acquired for a purchase price of $11.1 million.

Great Eastern Plaza Land Parcel

On June 6, 2007, the Company acquired an additional parcel of undeveloped land adjacent to its Great Eastern Plaza shopping center in District Heights, Maryland, for a purchase price of $1.3 million.

Orchard Park

On July 19, 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of the Kroger-anchored Orchard Park shopping center located in Dunwoody, GA. The center was acquired for a purchase price of $17.0 million.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Westview Village

In November 2007, the Company purchased a land parcel in the Westview development on Buckeystown Pike (MD Route 85) in Frederick, Maryland. The purchase price was $5.0 million. Construction documents have been completed and site permits have been received for development of a neighborhood shopping center.

Application of SFAS 141, “Business Combinations”, for Real Estate Acquired

The Company accounts for the acquisition of operating properties using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS 141, “Business Combinations.” The Company allocates the purchase price to various components, such as land, buildings and intangibles related to in-place leases and customer relationships, if applicable, as described in Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies-Real Estate Investment Properties. Of the combined $17,077,000 total cost of the operating property acquisitions, which exclude undeveloped land acquisitions, in 2007 and $28,538,000 in 2006, of which both amounts include the properties’ purchase price and closing costs, a total of $805,000 and $1,459,000, was allocated as lease intangible assets and included in lease acquisition costs at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. Each year’s lease intangible assets are being amortized over the remaining periods of the leases acquired, a weighted average term of 26 and 22 years, for 2007 and 2006, respectively. The value of below market leases totaling $3,105,000 and $3,211,000, are being amortized over a weighted average term of 30 years for both 2007 and 2006, and are included in deferred income. The value of above market leases totaling $37,000, are being amortized over a weighted average term of one year for 2006 and are included as a deferred asset in accounts receivable. There were no above market rents for any 2007 acquisitions.

As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the gross carrying amount of lease intangible assets included in lease acquisition costs was $11,385,000 and $10,580,000, respectively, and accumulated amortization was $7,598,000 and $5,680,000, respectively. Total amortization of these assets was $1,918,000, $2,592,000 and $1,504,000, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the gross carrying amount of below market lease intangible liabilities included in deferred income was $9,678,000 and $6,573,000, respectively, and accumulated amortization was $1,599,000 and $1,019,000, respectively. Total amortization of these liabilities was $580,000, $604,000 and $267,000, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the gross carrying amount of above market lease intangible assets included in accounts receivable was $726,000 for both years, and accumulated amortization was $564,000 and $457,000 respectively. Total amortization of these assets was $107,000, $158,000 and $157,000, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

As of December 31, 2007, the scheduled amortization of intangible assets and deferred income related to in place leases are as follows:

Amortization of Intangible Assets and Deferred Income Related to In-place Leases

 

(In thousands)

   Lease
acquisition
costs
    Above
market
leases
    Below
market
leases
   Total  

2008

   $ (1,028 )   $ (82 )   $ 568    $ (542 )

2009

     (674 )     (45 )     522      (197 )

2010

     (463 )     (33 )     439      (57 )

2011

     (279 )     (2 )     391      110  

2012

     (156 )     —         373      217  

    Thereafter

     (1,187 )     —         5,786      4,599  
                               

Total

   $ (3,787 )   $ (162 )   $ 8,079    $ 4,130  
                               

The results of operations of the acquired properties are included in the consolidated statements of operations as of the acquisition date.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

4. MINORITY INTERESTS – HOLDERS OF CONVERTIBLE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP UNITS IN THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

The Saul Organization has a 23.4% limited partnership interest, represented by 5,416,000 convertible limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership, as of December 31, 2007. These convertible limited partnership units are convertible into shares of Saul Centers’ common stock, at the option of the unit holder, on a one-for-one basis provided that, in accordance with the Saul Centers, Inc. Articles of Incorporation, the rights may not be exercised at any time that The Saul Organization beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate more than 39.9% of the value of the outstanding common stock and preferred stock of Saul Centers (the “Equity Securities”).

The Operating Partnership issued 106,157 limited partnership units pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan at a weighted average discounted price of $37.69 per share during the year ended December 31, 2006. No units were issued during the year ended December 31, 2007.

The impact of The Saul Organization’s 23.4% limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership is reflected as minority interests in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Fully converted partnership units and diluted weighted average shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, were 23,185,000, 22,628,000, and 22,003,000, respectively.

5. MORTGAGE NOTES PAYABLE, REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY, INTEREST EXPENSE AND AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED DEBT COSTS

The Company’s outstanding debt, including amounts owed under the Company’s revolving credit facility, totaled $532,726,000 at December 31, 2007, of which $524,726,000 was fixed rate debt and $8,000,000 was variable rate debt. At the prior year’s end, December 31, 2006, notes payable totaled $522,443,000, of which $487,443,000 was fixed rate debt and $35,000,000 was variable rate debt. At December 31, 2007, the Company had a $150 million unsecured revolving credit facility with $8,000,000 outstanding borrowings. Prior to the facility’s extension December 19, 2007, the credit facility provided working capital and funds for acquisitions, certain developments and redevelopments. The facility had a three-year term due to expire on January 27, 2008. The facility provided for letters of credit to be issued under the revolving credit facility. The facility required monthly interest payments, if applicable, at a rate of LIBOR plus a spread of 1.40% to 1.625% (determined by certain leverage tests) or upon the bank’s reference rate at the Company’s option. Loan availability under the facility was determined by operating income from the Company’s existing unencumbered properties.

On and effective December 19, 2007, the Company entered into a new $150,000,000 unsecured revolving credit facility (the “2007 Facility”), with a syndication of lenders. The 2007 Facility replaced the Company’s existing unsecured credit facility. Saul Centers, Inc. and certain consolidated subsidiaries of the Operating Partnership have guaranteed the payment obligations of the Operating Partnership under the 2007 Facility. The 2007 Facility provides for a $150,000,000 revolving credit facility maturing on December 19, 2010, which term may be extended by the Company for one additional year subject to the Company’s satisfaction of certain conditions. Until December 19, 2009, certain or all of the lenders may, upon request by the Company, increase the 2007 Facility by $50,000,000. Letters of credit may be issued under the 2007 Facility. On December 31, 2007, of the $150,000,000 available for borrowing, $8,000,000 was outstanding, $177,000 was committed for letters of credit, and the resulting balance of $141,823,000 was available to borrow for working capital, operating property acquisitions or development projects. In general, loan availability under the 2007 Facility is primarily determined by operating income from the Company’s existing unencumbered properties. As of December 31, 2007, the unencumbered properties supported availability of $99,000,000. Interest expense is calculated based upon the 1, 2, 3 or 6 month LIBOR plus a spread of 1.40% to 1.60%, determined by certain leverage tests, or upon the bank’s reference rate, at the Company’s option. An additional $51,000,000 is available based upon the Company’s consolidated operating income after debt service. On this portion of the 2007 Facility, interest accrues at a rate of LIBOR plus a spread of 1.70% to 2.25%, determined by certain leverage tests, or upon the bank’s reference rate plus a spread of 0.575%, at the Company’s option.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

During 2007, Saul Centers was released as a guarantor for a portion of two of the Partnerships’ mortgage notes payable totaling $4,500,000. The guarantees were released upon the achievement of specified leasing thresholds at the two properties. Saul Centers is a guarantor of the revolving credit facility, of which the Operating Partnership is the borrower. The mortgage notes payable are all non-recourse debt, and Saul Centers has no remaining guarantees on any of these notes.

On August 15, 2007, the Company closed on a new 15-year, fixed-rate mortgage financing in the amount of $12,000,000, secured by Orchard Park. The loan matures September 5, 2022, requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $72,565, based upon a 6.08% interest rate and 30-year principal amortization, and requires a final payment of $8,628,000 at maturity.

On May 30, 2007, the Company closed on a new 15-year, fixed-rate mortgage financing in the amount of $40,000,000, secured by Lansdowne Town Center. The loan matures June 10, 2022, requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $230,137, based upon a 5.62% interest rate and 30-year principal amortization, and requires a final payment of $28,177,000 at maturity.

The Company obtained three new fixed-rate, non-recourse financings during 2006. On January 10, 2006, the Company closed on a new fixed-rate mortgage financing in the amount of $10,500,000, secured by Jamestown Place, acquired in November 2005. The loan matures February 2021, requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $66,000, based upon a 5.81% interest rate and 25-year principal amortization, and requires a final payment of $6,102,000 at maturity. On January 27, 2006, the Company assumed the obligation of a secured mortgage obligation in conjunction with the acquisition of Smallwood Village Center. The outstanding balance on the loan was $11,334,000 at settlement. The loan matures January 2013, requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $71,000, based upon a 6.12% interest rate and 30-year principal amortization, and requires a final payment of $10,071,000 at maturity. The Company also obtained a new fixed-rate, non-recourse financing on July 12, 2006 when it closed on a new fixed-rate mortgage financing in the amount of $7,000,000, secured by Hunt Club Corners, acquired June 1, 2006. The loan matures August 11, 2021, requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $42,000, based upon a 6.01% interest rate and 30-year principal amortization, and requires a final payment of $5,018,000 at maturity.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary of notes payable as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 

Notes Payable

(Dollars in thousands)

   December 31,    Interest
Rate *
    Scheduled
Maturity *
   2007     2006     

Fixed rate mortgages:

   $ 83,078  (a)   $ 87,307    8.00 %   Dec-2011
     119,340  (b)     123,130    7.67 %   Oct-2012
     11,022  (c)     11,188    6.12 %   Jan-2013
     30,041  (d)     31,155    7.88 %   Jan-2013
     8,131 (e)     8,331    5.77 %   Jul-2013
     12,935  (f)     13,253    5.28 %   May-2014
     11,930  (g)     12,337    8.33 %   Jun-2015
     39,099  (h)     39,886    6.01 %   Feb-2018
     44,495  (i)     45,516    5.88 %   Jan-2019
     14,395  (j)     14,726    5.76 %   May-2019
     19,878  (k)     20,338    5.62 %   Jul-2019
     19,661  (l)     20,100    5.79 %   Sep-2019
     17,601  (m)     18,015    5.22 %   Jan-2020
     12,535  (n)     12,723    5.60 %   May-2020
     11,858  (o)     12,125    5.30 %   Jun-2020
     10,139  (p)     10,341    5.81 %   Feb-2021
     6,884  (q)     6,972    6.01 %   Aug-2021
     39,740  (r)     —      5.62 %   Jun-2022
     11,964  (s)     —      6.08 %   Sep-2022
                         

Total fixed rate

     524,726       487,443    6.72 %   8.2 Years
                         

Variable rate loan:

         

Revolving credit facility

     8,000  (t)     35,000    LIBOR + 1.475  %   Dec-2010
                         

Total variable rate

     8,000       35,000    6.33 %   3.0 Years
                         

Total notes payable

   $ 532,726     $ 522,443    6.71 %   8.1 Years
                         

 

* Interest rate and scheduled maturity data presented as of December 31, 2007. Totals computed using weighted averages.
(a) The loan is collateralized by Avenel Business Park, Van Ness Square, Ashburn Village, Leesburg Pike, Lumberton Plaza and Village Center. The loan has been increased on four occasions since its inception in 1997. The 8.00% blended interest rate is the weighted average of the initial loan rate and additional borrowing rates. The loan requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $920,000 based upon a weighted average 23-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $63,153,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $4,229,000 was amortized during 2007.
(b) The loan is collateralized by nine shopping centers (Seven Corners, Thruway, White Oak, Hampshire Langley, Great Eastern, Southside Plaza, Belvedere, Giant and Ravenwood) and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $1,103,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $97,403,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $3,790,000 was amortized during 2007.
(c) The loan is collateralized by Smallwood Village Center and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $71,000 based upon a 30 year amortization schedule and a final payment of $10,071,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $166,000 was amortized during 2007.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(d) The loan is collateralized by 601 Pennsylvania Avenue and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $294,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $22,961,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $1,114,000 was amortized during 2007.
(e) The loan is collateralized by Cruse MarketPlace and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $56,000 based upon an amortization schedule of approximately 24 years and a final payment of $6,830,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $200,000 was amortized during 2007.
(f) The loan is collateralized by Seabreeze Plaza and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $84,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $10,531,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $318,000 was amortized during 2007.
(g) The loan is collateralized by Shops at Fairfax and Boulevard shopping centers and requires monthly principal and interest payments of $118,000 based upon a 22-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $7,630,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $407,000 was amortized during 2007.
(h) The loan is collateralized by Washington Square and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $264,000 based upon a 27.5-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $28,012,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $787,000 was amortized during 2007.
(i) The loan, consisting of two notes dated December 2003 and two notes dated February and December 2004, is currently collateralized by three shopping centers, Broadlands Village (Phases I, II & III), The Glen and Kentlands Square, and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $306,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $28,393,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $1,021,000 was amortized during 2007.
(j) The loan is collateralized by Olde Forte Village and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $98,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $8,985,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $331,000 was amortized during 2007.
(k) The loan is collateralized by Countryside and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $133,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $12,288,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $460,000 was amortized during 2007.
(l) The loan is collateralized by Briggs Chaney MarketPlace and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $133,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $12,192,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $439,000 was amortized during 2007.
(m) The loan is collateralized by Shops at Monocacy and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $112,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $10,568,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $414,000 was amortized during 2007.
(n) The loan is collateralized by Boca Valley Plaza and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $75,000 based upon a 30-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $9,149,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $188,000 was amortized during 2007.
(o) The loan is collateralized by Palm Springs Center and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $75,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $7,075,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $267,000 was amortized during 2007.
(p) The loan is collateralized by Jamestown Place and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $66,000 based upon a 25-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $6,102,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $202,000 was amortized during 2007.
(q) The loan is collateralized by Hunt Club Corners and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $42,000 based upon a 30-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $5,018,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $88,000 was amortized during 2007.
(r) The loan is collateralized by Lansdowne Town Center and requires monthly principal and interest payments of $230,000 based on a 30-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $28,177,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $260,000 was amortized during 2007.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(s) The loan is collateralized by Orchard Park and requires equal monthly principal and interest payments of $73,000 based upon a 30-year amortization schedule and a final payment of $8,628,000 at loan maturity. Principal of $36,000 was amortized during 2007.
(t) The loan is an unsecured revolving credit facility totaling $150,000,000. Interest expense during 2007 was calculated based upon the 1 month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.50% (reduced to 1.475% effective December 19, 2007) or upon the bank’s reference rate at the Company’s option. The line may be extended one year with payment of a fee of 1/4% at the Company’s option. Monthly payments, if applicable, are interest only and vary depending upon the amount outstanding and the applicable interest rate for any given month.

The December 31, 2007 and 2006 depreciation adjusted cost of properties collateralizing the mortgage notes payable totaled $557,820,000 and $508,236,000, respectively. The Company’s credit facility requires the Company and its subsidiaries to maintain certain financial covenants. As of December 31, 2007, the material covenants required the Company, on a consolidated basis, to:

 

   

limit the amount of debt so as to maintain a gross asset value, as defined in the loan agreement, in excess of liabilities of at least $600 million plus 90% of our future net equity proceeds;

 

   

limit the amount of debt as a percentage of gross asset value, as defined in the loan agreement, to less than 60% (leverage ratio);

 

   

limit the amount of debt so that interest coverage will exceed 2.5 to 1 on a trailing 12-full calendar month basis;

 

   

limit the amount of debt so that interest, scheduled principal amortization and preferred dividend coverage exceeds 1.6 to 1; and

 

   

limit the amount of variable rate debt and debt with initial loan terms of less than 5 years to no more than 40% of total debt.

As of December 31, 2007, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

Notes payable at December 31, 2007 and 2006, totaling $157,381,000 and $189,285,000, respectively, are guaranteed by members of The Saul Organization. As of December 31, 2007, the scheduled maturities of all debt including scheduled principal amortization for years ended December 31, are as follows:

Debt Maturity Schedule

(In thousands)

 

2008

   $ 16,162

2009

     17,393

2010

     26,688

2011

     82,315

2012

     110,531

Thereafter

     279,637
      

Total

   $ 532,726
      

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Interest Expense and Amortization of Deferred Debt Costs

(In thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Interest incurred

   $ 35,595     $ 35,118     $ 32,304  

Amortization of deferred debt costs

     1,149       1,089       1,161  

Capitalized interest

     (2,889 )     (3,673 )     (3,258 )
                        

Total

   $ 33,855     $ 32,534     $ 30,207  
                        

6. LEASE AGREEMENTS

Lease income includes primarily base rent arising from noncancelable commercial leases. Base rent (including straight-line rent) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, amounted to $118,806,000, $110,121,000 and $99,448,000, respectively. Future contractual payments under noncancelable leases for years ended December 31, (which exclude the effect of straight-line rents), are as follows:

Future Contractual Payments

(In thousands)

 

2008

   $ 116,560

2009

     106,043

2010

     94,766

2011

     78,034

2012

     61,609

Thereafter

     289,057
      

Total

   $ 746,069
      

The majority of the leases also provide for rental increases and expense recoveries based on fixed annual increases or increases in the Consumer Price Index and increases in operating expenses. The expense recoveries generally are payable in equal installments throughout the year based on estimates, with adjustments made in the succeeding year. Expense recoveries for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 amounted to $26,090,000, $22,636,000 and $20,027,000, respectively. In addition, certain retail leases provide for percentage rent based on sales in excess of the minimum specified in the tenant’s lease. Percentage rent amounted to $1,497,000, $1,767,000 and $2,057,000, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

7. LONG-TERM LEASE OBLIGATIONS

Certain properties are subject to noncancelable long-term leases which apply to land underlying the Shopping Centers. Certain of the leases provide for periodic adjustments of the base annual rent and require the payment of real estate taxes on the underlying land. The leases will expire between 2058 and 2068. Reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements is minimum ground rent expense of $164,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The future minimum rental commitments under these ground leases are as follows:

Ground Lease Rental Commitments

(In thousands)

 

     Annually    Total
Thereafter
     2008    2009    2010    2011    2012   

Beacon Center

   $ 53    $ 53    $ 53    $ 57    $ 60    $ 2,960

Olney

     51      52      56      56      56      4,153

Southdale

     60      60      60      60      60      3,305
                                         

Total

   $ 164    $ 165    $ 169    $ 173    $ 176    $ 10,418
                                         

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In addition to the above, Flagship Center consists of two developed out parcels that are part of a larger adjacent community shopping center formerly owned by The Saul Organization and sold to an affiliate of a tenant in 1991. The Company has a 90-year ground leasehold interest which commenced in September 1991 with a minimum rent of one dollar per year. Countryside shopping center was acquired in February, 2004. Because of certain land use considerations, approximately 3.4% of the underlying land is held under a 99-year ground lease. The lease requires the Company to pay minimum rent of one dollar per year as well as its pro-rata share of the real estate taxes.

The Company’s corporate headquarters lease, which commenced in March 2002, is leased by a member of The Saul Organization. The 10-year lease provides for base rent escalated at 3% per year, with payment of a pro-rata share of operating expenses over a base year amount. The Company and The Saul Organization entered into a Shared Services Agreement whereby each party pays an allocation of total rental payments on a percentage proportionate to the number of employees employed by each party. The Company’s rent payments for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $796,000, $726,000 and $661,000, respectively. Expenses arising from the lease are included in general and administrative expense (see Note 9 – Related Party Transactions).

8. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND MINORITY INTERESTS

The consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 includes a charge for minority interests of $8,818,000 and $7,793,000, respectively, representing The Saul Organization’s share of the net income for the year. The charge for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $7,798,000, consisting of $6,937,000 related to The Saul Organization’s share of the net income for the year and $861,000 related to distributions to minority interests in excess of allocated net income for the year.

On July 16, 2003, the Company filed a shelf registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) with the SEC relating to the future offering of up to an aggregate of $100 million of preferred stock and depositary shares. On November 5, 2003, the Company sold 3,500,000 depositary shares, each representing 1/100th of a share of 8% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock. The underwriters exercised an over-allotment option, purchasing an additional 500,000 depositary shares on November 26, 2003.

The depositary shares may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the $25.00 per share liquidation preference at the Company’s option on or after November 5, 2008. The depositary shares will pay an annual dividend of $2.00 per share, equivalent to 8% of the $25.00 per share liquidation preference. The first dividend, paid on January 15, 2004 was for less than a full quarter and covered the period from November 5 through December 31, 2003. The Series A preferred stock has no stated maturity, is not subject to any sinking fund or mandatory redemption and is not convertible into any other securities of the Company. Investors in the depositary shares generally have no voting rights, but will have limited voting rights if the Company fails to pay dividends for six or more quarters (whether or not declared or consecutive) and in certain other events.

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Chevy Chase Bank, an affiliate of The Saul Organization, leases space in 18 of the Company’s properties. Total rental income from Chevy Chase Bank amounted to $2,946,000, $2,220,000 and $1,768,000, for the years

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, accounts receivable and accrued income included $12,200 and as of December 31, 2006, deferred income included $16,000 of prepaid rent from various Chevy Chase Bank leases.

The Company utilizes Chevy Chase Bank for its various checking accounts and as of December 31, 2007 had $5,559,000 deposited in cash and short-term investment accounts.

The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Senior Vice President- General Counsel and the Vice President-Chief Accounting Officer of the Company are also officers of various members of The Saul Organization and their management time is shared with The Saul Organization. Their annual compensation is fixed by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, with the exception of the Vice President-Chief Accounting Officer whose share of annual compensation allocated to the Company is determined by the shared services agreement (described below).

The Company participates in a multiemployer profit sharing retirement plan with other entities within The Saul Organization which covers those full-time employees who meet the requirements as specified in the plan. Beginning January 1, 2002, only employer contributions are made to the plan. Each participant who is entitled to be credited with at least one hour of service on or after January 1, 2002, shall be 100% vested in his or her employer contribution account and no portion of such account shall be forfeitable. Employer contributions, included in general and administrative expense or property operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, at the discretionary amount of up to six percent of the employee’s cash compensation, subject to certain limits, were $331,000, $289,000 and $266,000 for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. There are no past service costs associated with the plan since it is of the defined-contribution type.

The Company also participates in a multiemployer nonqualified deferred plan with entities in The Saul Organization which covers those full-time employees who meet the requirements as specified in the plan. The plan, which can be modified or discontinued at any time, requires participating employees to defer 2% of their compensation over a specified amount. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company was required to contribute three times the amount deferred by employees. The Company’s expense, included in general and administrative expense, totaled $106,000, $106,000 and $118,000, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. All amounts deferred by employees and the Company are fully vested. The cumulative unfunded liability under this plan was $857,000 and $709,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and is included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company has entered into a shared services agreement (the “Agreement”) with The Saul Organization that provides for the sharing of certain personnel and ancillary functions such as computer hardware, software, and support services and certain direct and indirect administrative personnel. The method for determining the cost of the shared services is provided for in the Agreement and is based upon head count estimates of usage or estimates of time incurred, as applicable. Senior management has determined that the final allocations of shared costs are reasonable. The terms of the Agreement and the payments made thereunder are reviewed annually by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which consists entirely of independent directors. Billings by The Saul Organization for the Company’s share of these ancillary costs and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, which included rental payments for the Company’s headquarters lease (see Note 7. Long Term Lease Obligations), totaled $4,890,000, $3,963,000 and $3,462,000, respectively. The amounts are expensed when incurred and are primarily reported as general and administrative expenses or capitalized to specific development projects in these consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities included $298,000 and $255,000, respectively, represent billings due to The Saul Organization for the Company’s share of these ancillary costs and expenses.

On November 14, 2007, the Company purchased a land parcel in Frederick, Maryland, from a subsidiary of Chevy Chase Bank, a related party, for $5,000,000. The purchase price of the property was determined by the average of two independent third party appraisals which were contracted, one on behalf of the Company and one on behalf of Chevy Chase Bank.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

10. STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Company established a stock option plan in 1993 (the “1993 Plan”) for the purpose of attracting and retaining executive officers and other key personnel. The 1993 Plan provided for grants of options to purchase a specified number of shares of common stock. A total of 400,000 shares were made available under the 1993 Plan. The 1993 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to grant options at an exercise price which may not be less than the market value of the common stock on the date the option is granted.

During 1993 and 1994, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 180,000 shares (90,000 shares from incentive stock options and 90,000 shares from nonqualified stock options) to five Company officers. The options vested 25% per year over four years, had an exercise price of $20.00 per share and a term of ten years, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment. No compensation expense was recognized as a result of these grants. As of December 31, 2004, no 1993 and 1994 options remained unexercised.

On May 23, 2003, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 220,000 shares (80,000 shares from incentive stock options and 140,000 shares from nonqualified stock options) to six Company officers (the “2003 Options”). The 2003 Options vest 25% per year over four years and have a term of ten years, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment. The exercise price of $24.91 per share was the market trading price of the Company’s common stock at the time of the award. As a result of the 2003 Options grant, no further shares were available under the 1993 Plan.

At the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders in 2004, the stockholders approved the adoption of the 2004 stock plan (the “2004 Plan”) for the purpose of attracting and retaining executive officers, directors and other key personnel. The 2004 Plan provides for grants of options to purchase up to 500,000 shares of common stock as well as grants of up to 100,000 shares of common stock to directors. The 2004 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to grant options at an exercise price which may not be less than the market value of the common stock on the date the option is granted.

Effective April 26, 2004, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 152,500 shares (27,500 shares of incentive stock options and 125,000 shares of nonqualified stock options) to eleven Company officers and to the twelve Company directors (the “2004 Options”). The officers’ 2004 Options vest 25% per year over four years and have a term of ten years, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment. The directors’ options are exercisable immediately. The exercise price of $25.78 per share was the market trading price of the Company’s common stock on the date the option was granted.

Effective May 6, 2005, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 162,500 shares (35,500 shares of incentive stock options and 127,000 shares of nonqualified stock options) to twelve Company officers and to the twelve Company directors (the “2005 Options”). The officers’ 2005 Options vest 25% per year over four years and have a term of ten years, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment. The directors’ options are exercisable immediately. The exercise price of $33.22 per share was the market trading price of the Company’s common stock on the date the option was granted.

Effective May 1, 2006, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 30,000 shares of nonqualified stock options to the twelve Company directors (the “2006 Options”). The options are exercisable immediately. The exercise price of $40.35 per share was the market trading price of the Company’s common stock on the date the option was granted.

Effective April 27, 2007, the Compensation Committee granted options to purchase a total of 165,000 shares (27,560 shares from incentive stock options and 137,440 shares from nonqualified stock options) to thirteen Company officers and twelve Company Directors (the “2007 options”). The officers’ 2007 Options vest 25% per year over four years and have a term of ten years, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment. The directors’ options were immediately exercisable. The exercise price of $54.17 per share was the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date the option was granted.

The following table summarizes the amount and activity of each grant, the total value and variables used in the computation and the amount expensed and included in general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Stock options issued to officers

 

     Officers     Subtotal     

Grant date

     05/23/2003       04/26/2004       05/06/2005       04/27/2007       

Total grant

     220,000       122,500       132,500       135,000       610,000   

Vested

     220,000       91,875       66,250       —         378,125   

Exercised

     81,422       25,625       6,250       —         113,297   

Forfeited

     7,500       7,500       11,250       —         26,250   

Exercisable at Dec. 31, 2007

     131,078       58,750       48,750       —         238,578   

Remaining unexercised

     131,078       89,375       115,000       135,000       470,453   

 

Exercise price

   $ 24.91     $ 25.78     $ 33.22     $ 54.17       

Volatility

     0.175       0.183       0.207       0.233       

Expected life (years)

     7.0       7.0       8.0       6.5       

Assumed yield

     7.00 %     5.75 %     6.37 %     4.13 %     

Risk-free rate

     4.00 %     4.05 %     4.15 %     4.61 %     

 

Total value at grant date

   $ 332,200     $ 292,775     $ 413,400     $ 1,258,848     $ 2,297,223   

Forfeited options

     11,325       17,925       35,100       —         64,350   

Expensed in prior years

     133,399       49,988       —         —         183,387   

Expensed in 2005

     83,000       73,000       69,000       —         225,000   

Expensed in 2006

     76,444       67,220       95,460       —         239,124   

Expensed in 2007

     28,032       64,242       91,648       209,808       393,730   

Future expense

     —       $ 20,400     $ 122,192     $ 1,049,040     $ 1,191,632   

Stock options issued to directors and grand totals

 

     Directors     Subtotal    Grand Totals

Grant date

     04/26/2004       05/06/2005       05/01/2006       04/27/2007       

Total grant

     30,000       30,000       30,000       30,000       120,000      730,000

Vested

     30,000       30,000       30,000       30,000       120,000      498,125

Exercised

     3,700       —         —         —         3,700      116,997

Forfeited

     —         —         —         —         —        26,250

Exercisable at Dec. 31, 2007

     26,300       30,000       30,000       30,000       116,300      354,878

Remaining unexercised

     26,300       30,000       30,000       30,000       116,300      586,753

Exercise price

   $ 25.78     $ 33.22     $ 40.35     $ 54.17       

Volatility

     0.183       0.198       0.206       0.225       

Expected life (years)

     5.0       10.0       9.0       8.0       

Assumed yield

     5.75 %     6.91 %     5.93 %     4.39 %     

Risk-free rate

     3.57 %     4.28 %     5.11 %     4.65 %     

Total value at grant date

   $ 66,600     $ 71,100     $ 143,400     $ 285,300     $ 566,400    $ 2,863,623

Forfeited options

     —         —           —         —        64,350

Expensed in prior years

     66,600       —         —         —         66,600      249,987

Expensed in 2005

     —         71,100       —           71,100      296,100

Expensed in 2006

     —         —         143,400       —         143,400      382,524

Expensed in 2007

     —         —         —         285,300       285,300      679,030

Future expense

     —         —         —         —         —        1,191,632

Weighted average term of future expense (Officer and Director options)

     3.1 yrs

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The table below summarizes the option activity for the years 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

     2007    2006    2005
     Shares     Wtd Avg
Exercise
Price
   Shares     Wtd Avg
Exercise
Price
   Shares     Wtd Avg
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at January 1

   430,453     $ 29.06    513,125     $ 27.80    352,500     $ 25.29

Granted

   165,000       54.17    30,000       40.35    162,500       33.22

Exercised

   (8,700 )     26.85    (86,422 )     25.59    (1,875 )     25.78

Expired/Forfeited

   —         —      (26,250 )     28.72    —         —  

Outstanding December 31

   586,753       36.15    430,453       29.06    513,125       27.80

Exercisable at December 31

   354,878       30.74    241,078       29.09    178,750       26.59

The intrinsic value of options exercised in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $208,775, $1,871,000 and $23,000, respectively. The intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at year end 2007 was $10,260,000 and $8,074,000, respectively. The intrinsic value measures the price difference between the options’ exercise price and the closing share price quoted by the New York Stock Exchange as of the date of measurement. The date of exercise was the measurement date for shares exercised during the period. At December 31, 2007, the final trading day of calendar 2007, the closing price was $53.43 per share and was used for the calculation of aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at that date. Options having an exercise price in excess of the December 31, 2007 closing price have no intrinsic value. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the Company’s exercisable and outstanding options are 6.6 and 7.3 years, respectively.

11. NON-OPERATING ITEMS

Gain on Property Disposition

The gain on property disposition of $139,000 in 2007 represents additional condemnation proceeds recognized from the State of Maryland’s condemnation and taking of a small strip of unimproved land for a road widening project at White Oak shopping center. Original proceeds from the condemnation were received in 2004. There were no property dispositions in 2006 or 2005.

12. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure about the fair value of financial instruments. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are reasonable estimates of their fair value. Based upon management’s estimate of borrowing rates and loan terms currently available to the Company for fixed rate financing, the fair value of the fixed rate notes payable is in excess of the $524,726,000 and $487,443,000 carrying value at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Management estimates that the fair value of these fixed rate notes payable, assuming long term interest rates of approximately 6.27% and 5.96%, would be approximately $528,894,000 and $504,562,000, as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Neither the Company nor the Current Portfolio Properties are subject to any material litigation, nor, to management’s knowledge, is any material litigation currently threatened against the Company, other than routine litigation and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that these items, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on the Company or the Current Portfolio Properties.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

14. DISTRIBUTIONS

In December 1995, the Company established a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”), to allow its stockholders and holders of limited partnership interests an opportunity to buy additional shares of common stock by reinvesting all or a portion of their dividends or distributions. The Plan provides for investing in newly issued shares of common stock at a 3% discount from market price without payment of any brokerage commissions, service charges or other expenses. All expenses of the Plan are paid by the Company. The Operating Partnership also maintains a similar dividend reinvestment plan that mirrors the Plan, which allows limited partnership interests the opportunity to buy additional limited partnership units.

The Company paid common stock distributions of $1.77 per share, $1.68 per share and $1.60 per share, during 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and paid preferred stock dividends of $2.00 per depositary share during each of the years. For the common stock dividends paid, $1.770, $1.445 and $1.520 per share, represented ordinary dividend income for the years 2007, 2006 and 2005. For the common stock dividends paid, $0.235 and $0.080 per share, represented return of capital to the shareholders for the years 2006 and 2005, respectively. The 2007 common dividend was 100% taxable. All of the preferred stock dividends paid were considered ordinary dividend income.

The following summarizes distributions paid during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and includes activity in the Plan as well as limited partnership units issued from the reinvestment of unit distributions:

 

     Total Distributions to    Dividend Reinvestments
     (Dollars in thousands)               
     Preferred
Stockholders
   Common
Stockholders
   Limited
Partnership
Unitholders
   Common
Stock Shs
Issued
   Units
Issued
   Discounted
Share
Price
Distributions during 2007                  

October 31

   $ 2,000    $ 8,323    $ 2,546    19,828    —      $ 52.52

July 31

     2,000      7,740      2,383    148,651    —        41.92

April 30

     2,000      7,679      2,383    113,165    —        51.60

January 31

     2,000      7,284      2,275    107,553    —        52.24
                                 

Total 2007

   $ 8,000    $ 31,026    $ 9,587    389,197    —     
                                 

Distributions during 2006

                 

October 31

   $ 2,000    $ 7,219    $ 2,274    126,054    —      $ 47.14

July 28

     2,000      7,145      2,274    153,298    —        38.70

April 28

     2,000      7,126      2,254    35,807    50,736      39.66

January 31

     2,000      7,089      2,230    43,404    55,421      35.89
                                 

Total 2006

   $ 8,000    $ 28,579    $ 9,032    358,563    106,157   
                                 

Distributions during 2005

                 

October 31

   $ 2,000    $ 7,042    $ 2,207    108,133    57,875    $ 33.95

July 29

     2,000      6,668      2,081    91,353    50,483      36.67

April 29

     2,000      6,436      2,029    158,607    —        32.50

January 31

     2,000      6,396      2,028    97,401    2,552      32.40
                                 

Total 2005

   $ 8,000    $ 26,542    $ 8,345    455,494    110,910   
                                 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In December 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a distribution of $0.47, $0.42 and $0.42 per common share payable in January 2008, 2007 and 2006, to holders of record on January 17, 2008, January 17, 2007 and January 17, 2006, respectively. As a result, $8,342,000, $7,284,000 and $7,089,000, were paid to common shareholders on January 31, 2008, January 31, 2007 and January 31, 2006, respectively. Also, $2,546,000, $2,275,000 and $2,230,000, were paid to limited partnership unitholders on January 31, 2008, January 31, 2007 and January 31, 2006 ($0.47, $0.42 and $0.42 per Operating Partnership unit), respectively. The Board of Directors authorized preferred stock dividends of $0.50 per depositary share, to holders of record on January 2, 2008, January 2, 2007 and January 3, 2006, respectively. As a result, $2,000,000 was paid to preferred shareholders on January 15, 2008, January 12, 2007 and January 13, 2006, respectively. These amounts are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity in the case of common stock and preferred stock dividends and minority interests deductions in the case of limited partner distributions and are included in dividends and distributions payable in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

15. INTERIM RESULTS (Unaudited)

The following summary presents the results of operations of the Company for the quarterly periods of calendar years 2007 and 2006.

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2007
     1st Quarter    2nd Quarter    3rd Quarter    4th Quarter

Revenue

   $ 36,684    $ 37,077    $ 38,014    $ 38,810

Operating income before minority interests and gain on property disposition

     11,009      11,077      11,956      11,340

Net income

     8,874      8,926      9,624      9,279

Net income available to common shareholders

     6,874      6,926      7,624      7,279

Net income available to common shareholders per share (diluted)

     0.39      0.39      0.43      0.41
     2006
     1st Quarter    2nd Quarter    3rd Quarter    4th Quarter

Revenue

   $ 33,467    $ 33,748    $ 34,860    $ 35,903

Operating income before minority interests and gain on property disposition

     9,509      9,648      10,328      10,988

Net income

     7,707      7,797      8,321      8,855

Net income available to common shareholders

     5,707      5,797      6,321      6,855

Net income available to common shareholders per share (diluted)

     0.33      0.34      0.37      0.39

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

16. BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The Company has two reportable business segments: Shopping Centers and Office Properties. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (see Note 2). The Company evaluates performance based upon income from real estate for the combined properties in each segment.

 

(In thousands)    Shopping
Centers
    Office
Properties
    Corporate
and Other
    Consolidated
Totals
 

2007

        

Real estate rental operations:

        

Revenue

   $ 112,444     $ 37,687     $ 454     $ 150,585  

Expenses

     (23,325 )     (9,893 )     —         (33,218 )
                                

Income from real estate

     89,119       27,794       454       117,367  

Interest expense & amortization of deferred debt

     —         —         (33,855 )     (33,855 )

General and administrative

     —         —         (11,666 )     (11,666 )
                                

Subtotal

     89,119       27,794       (45,067 )     71,846  

Depreciation and amortization

     (18,320 )     (8,144 )     —         (26,464 )

Gain on property disposition

     139           139  

Minority interests

     —         —         (8,818 )     (8,818 )
                                

Net income

   $ 70,938     $ 19,650     $ (53,885 )   $ 36,703  
                                

Capital investment

   $ 43,325     $ 1,387     $ 7,324     $ 52,036  
                                

Total assets

   $ 569,249     $ 122,908     $ 35,286     $ 727,443  
                                

2006

                        

Real estate rental operations:

        

Revenue

   $ 101,460     $ 36,184     $ 334     $ 137,978  

Expenses

     (20,172 )     (9,009 )     —         (29,181 )
                                

Income from real estate

     81,288       27,175       334       108,797  

Interest expense & amortization of deferred debt

     —         —         (32,534 )     (32,534 )

General and administrative

     —         —         (10,142 )     (10,142 )
                                

Subtotal

     81,288       27,175       (42,342 )     66,121  

Depreciation and amortization

     (17,646 )     (8,002 )     —         (25,648 )

Minority interests

     —         —         (7,793 )     (7,793 )
                                

Net income

   $ 63,642     $ 19,173     $ (50,135 )   $ 32,680  
                                

Capital investment

   $ 59,679     $ 3,109     $ 2,911     $ 65,699  
                                

Total assets

   $ 539,283     $ 131,317     $ 29,937     $ 700,537  
                                

2005

                        

Real estate rental operations:

        

Revenue

   $ 90,592     $ 35,762     $ 661     $ 127,015  

Expenses

     (17,221 )     (8,780 )     —         (26,001 )
                                

Income from real estate

     73,371       26,982       661       101,014  

Interest expense & amortization of deferred debt

     —         —         (30,207 )     (30,207 )

General and administrative

     —         —         (9,585 )     (9,585 )
                                

Subtotal

     73,371       26,982       (39,131 )     61,222  

Depreciation and amortization

     (16,283 )     (7,914 )     —         (24,197 )

Minority interests

     —         —         (7,798 )     (7,798 )
                                

Net income

   $ 57,088     $ 19,068     $ (46,929 )   $ 29,227  
                                

Capital investment

   $ 70,652     $ 1,509     $ 1,644     $ 73,805  
                                

Total assets

   $ 467,687     $ 135,211     $ 28,571     $ 631,469  
                                

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In January 2008, the Company acquired an undeveloped land parcel in Warrenton, Virginia. The site is located in the City of Warrenton at the southwest corner of the U. S. Route 29/211 and Fletcher Drive intersection. The Company has commenced site work construction for Northrock Shopping Center, a neighborhood shopping center. The Harris Teeter supermarket chain has executed a lease for a grocery store to anchor the center. The land purchase price was $12.5 million.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Schedule III

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2007

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Initial
Basis
   Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent
to
Acquisition
   Basis at Close of Period    Accumulated
Depreciation
   Book
Value
   Related
Debt
   Date of
Construction
   Date
Acquired
   Buildings and
Improvements
Depreciable
Lives in Years
           Land    Buildings
and
Improvements
   Leasehold
Interests
   Total                  

Shopping Centers

                                   

Ashburn Village, Ashburn, VA

   $ 11,431    $ 18,546    $ 6,764    $ 23,213    $ —      $ 29,977    $ 5,985    $ 23,992    $ 23,965    1994 & 2000-2    3/94    40

Ashland Square Phase I, Manassas, VA

     73      354      73      354      —        427      4      423      —         12/04    20

Beacon Center, Alexandria, VA

     1,493      17,155      —        17,554      1,094      18,648      8,862      9,786       1960 & 1974    1/72    40 & 50

Belvedere, Baltimore, MD

     932      896      263      1,565      —        1,828      1,336      492      2,244    1958    1/72    40

Boca Valley Plaza, Boca Raton, FL

     16,720      477      5,735      11,462      —        17,197      1,087      16,110      12,535       2/04    40

Boulevard, Fairfax, VA

     4,883      1,914      3,687      3,110      —        6,797      928      5,869      4,772    1969    4/94    40

Briggs Chaney MarketPlace, Silver Spring, MD

     27,037      2,363      9,789      19,611      —        29,400      1,910      27,490      19,661       4/04    40

Broadlands Village I, II & III, Loudoun County, VA

     5,316      24,458      5,300      24,474      —        29,774      2,641      27,133      23,641    2002-3 & 2004    3/02    40 & 50

Clarendon/Clarendon Station, Arlington, VA

     1,219      2,943      1,061      3,101      —        4,162      208      3,954      —      1949    7/73
&
1/96
   40

Countryside, Sterling, VA

     28,912      1,221      7,532      22,601      —        30,133      2,081      28,052      19,878       2/04    40

Cruse MarketPlace, Cumming, GA

     12,226      66      3,920      8,372      —        12,292      797      11,495      8,131       3/04    40

Flagship Center, Rockville, MD

     160      9      169      —        —        169      —        169      —      1972    1/72    —  

French Market, Oklahoma City, OK

     5,781      9,992      1,118      14,655      —        15,773      7,742      8,031      —      1972 & 2001    3/74    50

Germantown, Germantown, MD

     3,576      557      2,034      2,099      —        4,133      895      3,238      —      1990    8/93    40

Giant, Baltimore, MD

     998      528      422      1,104      —        1,526      858      668      2,268    1959    1/72    40

The Glen, Lake Ridge, VA

     12,918      6,058      5,300      13,676      —        18,976      3,684      15,292      11,401    1993    6/94    40

Great Eastern, District Heights, MD

     4,993      9,805      3,785      11,013      —        14,798      5,560      9,238      9,739    1958 & 1960    1/72    40

Hampshire Langley, Langley Park, MD

     3,159      2,657      1,856      3,960      —        5,816      2,927      2,889      8,927    1960    1/72    40

Hunt Club Corners, Apopka, FL

     12,584      235      3,948      8,871      —        12,819      344      12,475      6,884       6/06    40

Jamestown Place, Altamonte Springs, FL

     14,055      165      4,455      9,765      —        14,220      518      13,702      10,139       11/05    40

Kentlands Square, Gaithersburg, MD

     14,379      104      5,006      9,477      —        14,483      1,264      13,219      9,453    2002    9/02    40

Kentlands Place, Gaithersburg, MD

     1,425      6,977      1,425      6,977      —        8,402      717      7,685      —         1/04    50

Lansdowne Town Center, Loudoun County, VA

     6,545      34,851      6,546      34,850      —        41,396      1,222      40,174      39,740    2002    11/02    50

Leesburg Pike, Baileys Crossroads, VA

     2,418      5,645      1,132      6,931      —        8,063      4,784      3,279      8,470    1965    2/66    40

Lexington Pads, Lexington, KY *

     4,868      1,348      2,111      4,105      —        6,216      2,605      3,611      —      1971 & 1974    3/74    40

Lumberton Plaza, Lumberton, NJ

     4,400      9,415      950      12,865      —        13,815      9,324      4,491      5,975    1975    12/75    40

Shops at Monocacy, Frederick, MD

     9,541      13,284      9,260      13,565      —        22,825      1,377      21,448      17,601    2003-4    11/03    50

Olde Forte Village, Ft. Washington, MD

     15,933      6,114      5,409      16,638      —        22,047      1,879      20,168      14,395    2003-4    07/03    40

Olney, Olney, MD

     1,884      1,546      —        3,430      —        3,430      2,570      860      —      1972    11/75    40

Orchard Park, Sandy Spring, GA

     19,377      20      7,751      11,646      —        19,397      121      19,276      11,964    1972    11/75    40

Palm Springs Center, Altamonte Springs, FL

     18,365      44      5,739      12,670      —        18,409      900      17,509      11,858       3/05    40

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Schedule III

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2007

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Initial
Basis
   Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent
to
Acquisition
   Basis at Close of Period    Accumulated
Depreciation
   Book
Value
   Related
Debt
   Date of
Construction
   Date
Acquired
   Buildings and
Improvements
Depreciable
Lives in Years
           Land    Buildings
and
Improvements
   Leasehold
Interests
   Total                  

Ravenwood, Baltimore, MD

     1,245      4,093      703      4,635      —        5,338      1,563      3,775      5,753    1959    1/72    40

Seabreeze Plaza, Palm Harbor, FL

     24,526      97      8,665      15,958      —        24,623      830      23,793      12,935       11/05    40

Seven Corners, Falls Church, VA

     4,848      40,633      4,913      40,568      —        45,481      18,169      27,312      38,944    1956    7/73    40

Shops at Fairfax, Fairfax, VA

     2,708      9,292      992      11,008      —        12,000      4,566      7,434      7,158    1975 & 2001    6/75    50

Smallwood Village Center, Waldorf, MD

     17,819      656      6,402      12,073      —        18,475      554      17,921      11,022       1/06    40

Southdale, Glen Burnie, MD

     3,650      17,475      —        20,503      622      21,125      16,065      5,060      —      1962 & 1987    1/72    40

Southside Plaza, Richmond, VA

     6,728      8,473      1,878      13,323      —        15,201      8,485      6,716      8,617    1958    1/72    40

South Dekalb Plaza, Atlanta, GA

     2,474      3,118      703      4,889      —        5,592      3,490      2,102      —      1970    2/76    40

Thruway, Winston-Salem, NC

     4,778      17,668      5,496      16,845      105      22,446      9,029      13,417      22,271    1955 & 1965    5/72    40

Village Center, Centreville, VA

     16,502      1,196      7,851      9,847      —        17,698      3,930      13,768      6,664    1990    8/93    40

West Park, Oklahoma City, OK

     1,883      701      485      2,099      —        2,584      1,369      1,215      —      1974    9/75    50

White Oak, Silver Spring, MD

     6,277      4,339      4,665      5,951      —        10,616      4,439      6,177      20,577    1958 & 1967    1/72    40
                                                                       

Total Shopping Centers

     361,039      287,488      155,293      491,413      1,821      648,527      147,619      500,908      417,582         
                                                                       

Office Properties

                                   

Avenel Business Park, Gaithersburg, MD

     21,459      22,520      3,755      40,224      —        43,979      23,328      20,651      25,764    1984, 1986,

1990, 1998

& 2000

   12/84, 8/85,

2/86, 4/98
& 10/2000

   35 & 40

Crosstown Business Center, Tulsa, OK

     3,454      5,717      604      8,567      —        9,171      5,009      4,162      —      1974    10/75    40

601 Pennsylvania Ave., Washington, DC

     5,479      56,204      5,667      56,016      —        61,683      31,615      30,068      30,041    1986    7/73    35

Van Ness Square, Washington, DC

     812      28,497      831      28,478      —        29,309      16,202      13,107      12,240    1990    7/73    35

Washington Square, Alexandria, VA

     2,034      48,037      544      49,527      —        50,071      8,896      41,175      39,099    1952 & 2001    7/73    50
                                                                       

Total Office Properties

     33,238      160,975      11,401      182,812      —        194,213      85,050      109,163      107,144         
                                                                       

Development Land

                                   

Clarendon Center, Arlington, VA

     11,534      13,244      11,534      13,244      —        24,778      —        24,778      —         4/02   

Ashland Square Phase II, Manassas, VA

     6,338      4,512      6,397      4,453      —        10,850      —        10,850      —         12/04   

New Market, New Market, VA

     2,088      215      2,140      163      —        2,303      —        2,303      —         9/05   

Lexington Center, Lexington, KY *

     —        988      —        988      —        988      —        988      —         3/74   

Westview Village, Frederick, MD

     5,146      1,236      5,146      1,236      —        6,382      —        6,382      —           
                                                                       

Total Development Land

     25,106      20,195      25,217      20,084      —        45,301      —        45,301      —           
                                                                       

Preacquistion Costs

        1,886         1,886         1,886         1,886            
                                                   

Total

   $ 419,383    $ 470,544    $ 191,911    $ 696,195    $ 1,821    $ 889,927    $ 232,669    $ 657,258    $ 524,726         
                                                                       

 

* Lexington Pads include the land and building basis of the property formerly identified as Lexington Mall. The Company carries costs related to the redevelopment of the property within the line item Lexington Center.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Schedule III

SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2007

Depreciation and amortization related to the real estate investments reflected in the statements of operations is calculated over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Base building      35 - 50 years
Building components      Up to 20 years
Tenant improvements     

The shorter of the term of the lease or the useful life

of the improvements

The aggregate remaining net basis of the real estate investments for federal income tax purposes was approximately $677,400,000 at December 31, 2007. Depreciation and amortization are provided on the declining balance and straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

The changes in total real estate investments and related accumulated depreciation for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2007 are summarized as follows.

 

(In thousands)

   2007     2006     2005  

Total real estate investments:

      

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 841,861     $ 762,793     $ 682,808  

Acquisitions

     27,169       30,434       60,053  

Improvements

     24,742       50,036       26,042  

Retirements

     (3,845 )     (1,402 )     (6,110 )
                        

Balance, end of year

   $ 889,927     $ 841,861     $ 762,793  
                        

Total accumulated depreciation:

      

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 214,210     $ 195,376     $ 181,420  

Depreciation expense

     21,638       20,236       19,824  

Adjustment

     482      

Retirements

     (3,661 )     (1,402 )     (5,868 )
                        

Balance, end of year

   $ 232,669     $ 214,210     $ 195,376  
                        

 

F-34

Exhibit 10 A

EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO THE

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF

SAUL HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

THIS EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO THE FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SAUL HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (this “ Eighth Amendment ”), dated as of December 31, 2007, is entered into by the undersigned parties.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Saul Holdings Limited Partnership (the “ Partnership ”) was formed as a Maryland limited partnership pursuant to that certain Certificate of Limited Partnership dated June 16, 1993 and filed on June 16, 1993 among the partnership records of the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation, and that certain Agreement of Limited Partnership dated June 16, 1993 (the “ Original Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Original Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety by that certain First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership dated August 26, 1993, which was further amended by that certain First Amendment dated August 26, 1993, by that certain Second Amendment dated March 31, 1994, by that certain Third Amendment dated July 21, 1994, by that certain Fourth Amendment dated December 1, 1996, by that certain Fifth Amendment dated July 6, 2000, by that certain Sixth Amendment dated November 5, 2003 and by that certain Seventh Amendment dated November 26, 2003 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the undersigned parties, constituting all of the Partners of the Partnership, desire to amend the Agreement as set forth below;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending legally to be bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. In subsection 8.6.B(1)(ii) of the Agreement, the language “five percent (5%) of the aggregate value of the total Capital Stock issued and outstanding” is hereby amended to read “the Ownership Limit as defined in Section 4.A of Article VI of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended (determined without regard to any waivers granted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.I of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended),” and in the flush language immediately following that subsection, the language “twenty-four and 9/10 percent (24.9%) of the aggregate value of the total Capital Stock issued and outstanding” is hereby amended to read “the Existing Holder Limit as defined in Section 4.A of Article VI of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended.”

 

1


2. Except as herein amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified, confirmed and reaffirmed for all purposes and in all respects.

3. This Eighth Amendment may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Eighth Amendment immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Eighth Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

GENERAL PARTNER :
SAUL CENTERS, INC., a Maryland corporation
By:  

/s/ B. Francis Saul III

Name:   B. Francis Saul III
Title:   President
LIMITED PARTNERS :

B.F. SAUL REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

TRUST, a Maryland unincorporated business trust

By:  

/s/ B. Francis Saul III

Name:   B. Francis Saul III
Title:   Senior Vice President
Attest:  

/s/ Elizabeth R. Cook

Name:   Elizabeth R. Cook
Title:   Assistant Secretary

WESTMINSTER INVESTING CORPORATION,

a New York corporation

By:  

/s/ B. Francis Saul III

Name:   B. Francis Saul III
Title:   Executive Vice President
VAN NESS SQUARE CORPORATION, a
Maryland corporation
By:  

/s/ B. Francis Saul III

Name:   B. Francis Saul III
Title:   President

 

3


DEARBORN, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability

company

By:  

/s/ B. Francis Saul III

Name:   B. Francis Saul III
Title:   President

B.F. SAUL PROPERTY COMPANY (f/k/a

Franklin Property Company), a Maryland corporation

By:  

/s/ B. Francis Saul III

Name:   B. Francis Saul III
Title:   Chairman of the Board and President

AVENEL EXECUTIVE PARK PHASE II, L.L.C.,

a Maryland corporation

By:  

/s/ B. Francis Saul III

Name:   B. Francis Saul III
Title:   President

 

4

Exhibit 10.n

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 19th day of December, 2007, by and between (i)  SAUL HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , a Maryland limited partnership (hereinafter called “Borrower” ); (ii)  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association, as administrative agent and sole lead arranger (“ Agent ”); (iii)  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as syndication agent (“ Syndication Agent ”), and (iv)  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , COMPASS BANK, and SOVEREIGN BANK and any other lenders who are now or who may hereafter become parties to this Agreement (collectively, the “ Lenders ”).

WITNESSETH THAT , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings, unless the context hereof clearly requires otherwise:

Accessibility Regulation : Any federal, state or local law, statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation or requirement relating to accessibility to facilities or properties for disabled, handicapped and/or physically challenged persons, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1991, as amended.

Accordion Amount : Up to $50,000,000.00.

Accordion Expiration Date : December 19, 2009.

Acquisition Costs : All costs of acquiring Real Estate Assets, including purchase price and reasonable and customary closing costs, as determined by Agent.

Adjusted EBITDA : An amount equal to ninety seven percent (97%) of EBITDA.

Advance : Any portion of the Loan (or a Swing Loan) advanced to or for the benefit of Borrower in accordance with the terms hereof and as to which Borrower has elected or is deemed to have elected one (1) of the available interest rate options and, if applicable, a LIBOR Rate Period. An Advance may be a LIBOR Rate Advance or a Loan Rate Advance; provided, however, that if Borrower has made no election of an interest rate option with respect to any Advance (other than for a Swing Loan), Borrower shall be deemed to have elected that it be a Loan Rate Advance. Swing Loans shall be deemed to be Loan Rate Advances.

Advance Date : The date on which an Advance of Loan (or Swing Loan) proceeds requested by Borrower hereunder is funded.

 

1


Agreement : This Revolving Credit Agreement, including any amendments hereof and supplements hereto executed by Borrower and Agent on behalf of Lenders.

Applicable Margin : With respect to:

(a) Loan Rate Advances — 0.00% with respect to Tranche A Loan Rate Advances, 0.575% with respect to Tranche B Loan Rate Advances.

(b) With respect to Tranche A LIBOR Rate Advances, the Applicable Margin shall be equal to 1.650% unless the Leverage Ratio requirement set forth below is satisfied in which event the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Rate Advances shall be reduced as follows:

 

Leverage Ratio

   Applicable Margin
for Tranche A
LIBOR Rate
Advances
 

³ 50% and < 55%

   1.600 %

³ 45% and < 50%

   1.525 %

³ 40% and < 45%

   1.475 %

< 40%

   1.400 %

(c) With respect to Tranche B LIBOR Rate Advances, the Applicable Margin shall be equal to 2.500% unless the Leverage Ratio requirement set forth below is satisfied in which event the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Rate Advances shall be reduced as follows:

 

Leverage Ratio

   Applicable Margin
for Tranche B
LIBOR Rate
Advances
 

³ 50% and < 55%

   2.250 %

³ 45% and < 50%

   2.100 %

³ 40% and < 45%

   1.850 %

< 40%

   1.700 %

Approved Asset : An Unencumbered Asset (including, without limitation, a Proposed Acquisition that would constitute an Unencumbered Asset upon the acquisition

 

2


thereof by Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary) which has been approved by all Lenders pursuant to Section 2.B.2 . A schedule identifying the Approved Assets as of the date hereof is attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Approved Subsidiary : A Subsidiary that (x) is wholly and directly owned and controlled by Borrower, Guarantor or a combination thereof, (y) has delivered a Subsidiary Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.9.E hereof that remains in full force and effect, and (z) holds fee simple title to an Approved Asset.

Assignee Lender : As defined in Section 8.8.A hereof.

Board : The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

Borrower : As defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrower Information : As defined in Section 1.2 hereof.

Business Day : Any day, other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a Legal Holiday on which Agent is not open for business.

Calculation Date : The date upon which Borrower submits a Draw Request, the date upon which Borrower requests that Agent issue a Letter of Credit, the date upon which Borrower requests that an Approved Asset be added to or removed from the pool of Unencumbered Assets, the date upon which a Capital Event occurs, or the date upon which there exists an Event of Default under the Loan, as applicable.

Capital Event : The occurrence from time to time of an equity or debt offering by Borrower (which shall specifically exclude stock issued in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan), a Disqualifying Environmental Event, or if an Encumbrance, Imposition or Lien arises against an Approved Asset.

Capitalization Value : For any period of determination, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (a) the aggregate Adjusted EBITDA for the then immediately preceding twelve (12) full calendar months, divided by eight percent (8.00%) (provided that, with respect to Real Estate Assets which Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary has owned for more than three (3) months but less than one (1) year, as of the Calculation Date, Adjusted EBITDA shall be annualized based upon the most recent three-month period); (b) 100% of the value of Unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents; (c) with respect to Real Estate Assets Under Development, including those projects which have been operating for less than one year, the greater of (x) 100% of the aggregate costs incurred and paid to the Calculation Date by the Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary or (y) Adjusted EBITDA (provided that, with respect to Real Estate Assets which have been in operation for less than one (1) year, as of the Calculation Date, Adjusted EBITDA shall be annualized based upon the most recent three-month period) divided by eight percent (8.00%); (d) the Acquisition Costs with respect to Real Estate Assets which, as of the date of calculation, Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary has owned for less than three (3) months; (e) unimproved land held for development, valued at the lesser of market or cost; and (f)

 

3


contractual purchase price of any property subject to a purchase obligation, repurchase obligation or forward commitment, which obligation at such time could be specifically enforced by the seller, but only to the extent such obligations are included in the definition of Total Adjusted Outstanding Indebtedness or Total Adjusted Committed Indebtedness, as appropriate.

Clarendon Center Project : A proposed mixed use development comprised of approximately 244 rental apartment units, +/-170,000 square feet of office space and +/-42,000 square feet of retail space located on two parcels at the intersections of Clarendon Boulevard with North Highland and North Garfield Streets in Clarendon, Arlington County, Virginia.

Closing Date : The date of this Agreement.

Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commitment Percentage : Each Lender’s share of all right, title, and interest in the Loan and the Loan Documents, as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, as amended and modified by unilateral action of Agent from time to time to reflect the sale or assignment of a portion or portions of the Loan.

Debt Service : For any period of determination, the following amount (without duplication) incurred by Borrower during the then immediately preceding twelve (12) full calendar months, as determined by Agent in its sole discretion (but excluding interest funded from any interest reserve under any construction loan, including, without limitation, for the Clarendon Center Project): (a) Interest Expense plus (b) the aggregate amount of scheduled principal payments of indebtedness of the Borrower (excluding optional prepayments but expressly including scheduled principal payments in respect of any indebtedness which is not amortized through equal periodic installments of principal and interest over the term of such indebtedness, including, without limitation, balloon payments at maturity that are not refinanced or paid off on or before the maturity date thereof) required to be made during such time period by the Borrower plus (c) the aggregate amount of capitalized interest required in accordance with GAAP to be paid or accrued by the Borrower during such time period, plus (d) expenses attributable to preferred stock (including preferred stock dividends whether the preferred stock is classified upon the obligor’s balance sheet as equity or liability) or a similar type of investment.

Declining Bank : As defined in Section 3.6(a) hereof.

Default Rate : As defined in Section 1.12 hereof.

Defaulting Lender : Any Lender who for any reason shall fail or refuse to abide by its obligations under the Loan Documents or this Agreement within the time periods specified for performance of such obligation or, if no time frame is specified, if such failure or refusal continues for a period of five (5) Business Days after notice from Agent.

 

4


Disqualifying Environmental Event : Any release or threatened release of Hazardous Substances, any violation of Environmental Laws or any other similar environmental event with respect to a Real Estate Asset which is not cured within sixty (60) days or that would cause, in Agent’s determination, such Real Estate Asset to no longer be financeable on a non-recourse (with customary exceptions) debt basis under the then generally accepted underwriting standards of national insurance company or pension fund real estate institutional lenders. In the event that such release or threatened release, violation or similar environmental event is susceptible of cure but is not cured within said sixty (60) days, so long as Borrower is diligently and continuously pursuing such cure, as evidenced to Agent’s satisfaction, Agent shall permit Borrower an additional one hundred twenty (120) days to effectuate such cure; provided, however that such additional one hundred twenty (120) days shall not apply where such release or threatened release, violation or similar environmental event results, in Agent’s judgment, in a matter which is of an emergency nature.

Distribution . With respect to:

(i) the Borrower, any distribution of cash or other cash equivalent, directly or indirectly, to the partners of the Borrower; or any other distribution on or in respect of any partnership interests of the Borrower excluding distributions reinvested pursuant to Borrower’s distribution reinvestment program; and

(ii) the Guarantor, the declaration or payment of any dividend on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital stock of Guarantor, excluding dividends payable solely in shares of common stock by Guarantor and dividends reinvested pursuant to Guarantor’s dividend reinvestment program; the purchase, redemption, or other retirement of any shares of any class of capital stock of Guarantor, directly or indirectly through a subsidiary of Guarantor, or otherwise; the return of capital by Guarantor to its shareholders as such; or any other distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital stock of Guarantor (except as excluded above).

Draw Request : A written request by Borrower for an Advance of Loan proceeds under this Agreement, in the form and with the certifications included within Exhibit A attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof.

EBITDA : For any period of determination, an amount equal to the net income of Borrower and Guarantor on a consolidated basis and their pro rata share of earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries, the unconsolidated subsidiaries of the general partners of Borrower, and joint ventures in which Borrower, Guarantor and/or Borrower’s general partners is a party, and before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and gains and losses on property sales, extraordinary items and other non-recurring gains or losses, all as calculated in accordance with GAAP, as determined by Agent.

Encumbrance : As defined in Section 5.6 .

Environmental Law : Any judgment, decree, order, law, license, rule or regulation pertaining to environmental matters, including without limitation, those arising under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“ RCRA ”), the Comprehensive Environmental

 

5


Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended (“ CERCLA ”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (“ SARA ”), the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, or any state or local statute, regulation, ordinance, order or decree relating to health, safety or the environment.

Euro Day : A Business Day which is also a day on which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in dollar deposits) in London, England.

Event of Default : Any event set forth in Section 6.1 .

Existing Lenders : As defined in Section 3.6(c) .

Extension Period : As defined in Section 1.4 .

Extension Request : As defined in Section 1.4 .

Federal Funds Rate : As of any date of determination, the rate set forth in the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Board (including any such successor, “H.15(519)”) for such date opposite the caption “Federal Funds (Effective)”. If for any relevant date such rate is not yet published in H.15(519), the rate for such date will be the rate set forth in the daily statistical release designated as the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities, or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor, the “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotation”) for such date under the caption “Federal Funds Effective Rate”. If on any relevant date the appropriate rate for such date is not yet published in either H.15(519) or the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotation, the rate for such date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on that date by each of three leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New York City selected by Agent.

Fee Letter . That certain fee letter of even date herewith, between the Borrower and Agent.

First Solicitation : As defined in Section 3.6(a) .

Forward Purchase Contract . A purchase agreement entered into by the Borrower for the fee or leasehold purchase of a retail, office or industrial real estate property to be constructed.

Funds from Operations . Net income, computed in accordance with GAAP, excluding minority interests, gains, or losses from debt restructuring and sales of property (inclusive of non-recurring items such as asset sales or property valuation adjustments), plus depreciation and amortization, and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. Adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures will be calculated to reflect Funds From Operations on the same basis.

 

6


GAAP : Generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of any date of determination. Except as may be expressly provided to the contrary herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, and all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, in accordance with GAAP. To the extent any change in GAAP affects any computation or determination required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, such computation or determination shall be made as if such change in GAAP had not occurred, unless Borrower and Majority Lenders agree in writing on an adjustment to said computation or determination to account for such change in GAAP.

Governmental Requirements : All laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, and governmental rules, regulations and requirements applicable to Borrower, Guarantor, Agent, any Lender and/or the Approved Assets.

Gross Asset Value : As of the date of determination, the “Total Assets” as reflected in the then most recent balance sheet for the Guarantor prepared in accordance with GAAP and delivered to Agent and/or filed with the United States Securities Exchange Commission in accordance with Section 5.4 .

Guarantor : Saul Centers, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

Guaranty : That certain Guaranty of even date herewith, executed by Guarantor to Agent on behalf of the Lenders to guaranty the Loan, as the same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time.

Hazardous Substances : Any hazardous waste, as defined by 42 U.S.C. § 9601(5), any hazardous substances as defined by 42 U.S.C. § 9601(14), any pollutant or contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C. §9601(33) or any toxic substances, oil or hazardous materials or other chemicals or substances regulated by any Environmental Laws.

Immediately Available Funds : Funds with good value on the day and in the city in which payment is received.

Imposition : As defined in Section 5.6 .

Interest Differential : That sum equal to the greater of zero (0) or the financial loss incurred by the Lenders resulting from prepayment of a LIBOR Rate Advance, calculated as the difference between the amount of interest the Lenders would have earned (from like investments in the Money Markets as of the first day of the LIBOR Rate Advance) had prepayment not occurred and the interest the Lenders will actually earn (from like investments in the Money Markets as of the date of prepayment) as a result of the redeployment of funds from the prepayment.

Interest Expense : For any period of determination, an amount (without duplication) determined by Agent in its sole discretion equal to the aggregate amount of

 

7


interest required in accordance with GAAP to be paid or accrued by the Borrower during such time period on: (i) all indebtedness of the Borrower (including the Loan and including original issue discount and amortization of prepaid interest, if any) (ii) all amounts available for borrowing, or for drawing under letters of credit, if any, issued for the account of the Borrower, but only if such interest was or is required to be reflected as an item of expense, excluding commitment fees, agency fees, facility fees, balance deficiency fees, non-use fees and similar fees and expenses in connection with the borrowing of money and (iii) preferred stock or a similar type of investment.

Legal Holiday: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King’s Birthday, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

Lenders : Each Lender that is a party to this Agreement and which hereafter becomes party to this Credit Agreement, collectively, and each of their respective permitted successors and assigns.

Letter of Credit : An irrevocable letter of credit issued by Agent pursuant to this Agreement for the account of Borrower.

Letter of Credit Fee : As defined in Section 2.A.7 .

Letter of Credit Participation : As defined in Section 2.A.9 .

Leverage Ratio : The ratio of Total Adjusted Outstanding Indebtedness to Capitalization Value.

LIBOR : With respect to each LIBOR Rate Period applicable to any requested LIBOR Rate Advance, the rate per annum (rounded up to the next whole multiple of 1/100th of 1%) equal to the rate obtained by dividing (a) the LIBOR rate quoted by Agent from Reuters Screen LIBOR01 or any successor thereto, at approximately 5:00 o’clock a.m., Central time, on the second Euro Day prior to the first day of such LIBOR Rate Period for delivery in Immediately Available Funds on the first day of such LIBOR Rate Period for the approximate number of days as are in such LIBOR Rate Period and in an amount comparable to the principal amount of such LIBOR Rate Advance being made by the Lenders for which LIBOR is being determined, by (b) a percentage equal to 100% minus the maximum rate in effect on the first day of such LIBOR Rate Period at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained by the Lenders under Regulation D against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is defined in Regulation D). LIBOR shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in such reserve requirements.

LIBOR Rate : A rate of interest equal to LIBOR plus the Applicable Margin.

LIBOR Rate Advance : Any portion of the Principal Balance which bears interest at a LIBOR Rate; provided, however, that any LIBOR Rate Advance must be in the aggregate principal amount of at least $1,000,000.00.

 

8


LIBOR Rate Notice : A telephonic notice from Borrower to Agent, received by Agent prior to 10:00 o’clock a.m. (Central time) on a Euro Day at least three (3) Euro Days prior to the date the LIBOR Rate is to be applicable with respect to such portion of the Principal Balance referred to therein, in which Borrower elects to have said portion of the Principal Balance, or a portion thereof as specified in said notice, be a LIBOR Rate Advance.

LIBOR Rate Period : The period commencing on the date any LIBOR Rate Advance is made and ending one (1) month, two (2) months, three (3) months or six (6) months thereafter as selected by Borrower in the applicable LIBOR Rate Notice; provided, however, that (a) if any LIBOR Rate Period would end on a day that is not a Euro Day, such LIBOR Rate Period shall extend to the next Euro Day, unless, in the case of said LIBOR Rate Advance, such Euro Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which event such LIBOR Rate Period shall end on the immediately preceding Euro Day, and (b) no LIBOR Rate Period shall end later than the then applicable Maturity Date.

Loan : The loan evidenced by the Note.

Loan Availability : That portion of the Revolving Commitment Amount determined by Agent to be available to be advanced as more particularly described in Section 2.B.3 .

Loan Documents : The documents described in Section 2.B.1 , which evidence, secure or otherwise relate to the Loan, including but not limited to the Note, this Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Letter of Credit applications, the Letters of Credit, the Closing Certification, the Sworn Statement, the Guaranty, each Subsidiary Guaranty and including any amendments thereof and supplements thereto executed by Agent and Borrower (and/or any other party thereto).

Loan Rate : A rate of interest equal to the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin. Changes in the Loan Rate shall become effective on the same day as the date of any change in the Prime Rate and shall apply to all advances made hereunder (other than LIBOR Rate Advances), whether such advances are made prior to, the same day as, or subsequent to any particular change in the Loan Rate. In no event shall the Loan Rate ever exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable law (if any such maximum rate is established by applicable law), and such maximum rate shall change if and when applicable law changes to permit a higher maximum rate.

Loan Rate Advance : Any portion of the Principal Balance which bears interest at the Loan Rate.

Major Asset : The Unencumbered Assets known as Beacon, French Market and Southdale, and such other Approved Assets as Borrower and all Lenders may agree to designate as a Major Asset from time to time.

Majority Lenders : Lenders holding not less than sixty-six and two-thirds of one percent (66 2/3%) of the then aggregate outstanding unpaid principal amount of the Loan

 

9


or, if no such principal amount is then outstanding, not less than sixty-six and two-thirds of one percent (66 2/3%) of the Revolving Commitment.

Maturity Date : December 19, 2010, unless extended pursuant to the terms of Section 1.4 .

Maximum Availability : The maximum principal amount of a hypothetical loan which would be fully repaid assuming (A) annual payments equal in the aggregate to Tranche B Available Earnings divided by 5, (B) a 25 year amortization schedule and (C) an annual interest rate equal to the greater of (i) seven and three quarters percent (7.75%) or (ii) two and one quarter percent (2.25) in excess of the then-current annual yield on ten-year U.S. Treasury obligations issued most recently prior to such date.

Maximum Drawing Amount : The maximum aggregate amount that the beneficiaries may at any time draw under outstanding Letters of Credit, as such maximum aggregate amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Letters of Credit.

Minimum Equity Value : For any period of determination, an amount equal to Capitalization Value less Total Adjusted Outstanding Indebtedness.

Minimum Lease Up Requirement : The requirement that any Real Estate Asset that on any date of determination has been improved with a building or buildings has been leased to third party tenants and has an aggregate average occupancy of all building(s) in such Real Estate Asset of not less than seventy five percent (75%) for the fiscal quarter most recently ended, other than Lexington and West Park, and except as otherwise approved by Majority Lenders; provided, however, in the event that the occupancy rate with respect to any Approved Asset meeting the Minimum Lease Up Requirement as of the date hereof falls below seventy-five percent (75%), Borrower shall have a period of eight (8) months thereafter to re-lease such asset in order to satisfy the Minimum Lease Up Requirement before such property shall no longer be deemed an Approved Asset. If, at any time thereafter, such former Approved Asset again meets the Minimum Lease-Up Requirement, it shall, as of the date it meets such requirement, again be deemed an Approved Asset. For purposes of this definition, a tenant shall be deemed to be in “occupancy” if such tenant or its subtenant(s) is in possession of the leased premises and such tenant is paying stipulated rent, if any; provided, however, when determining whether the Minimum Lease Up Requirement has been satisfied pursuant to Section 2.B.2 hereof, a tenant shall be deemed to be in occupancy if, within six (6) months prior to the date of determination, such tenant entered into a lease for space in the Real Estate Asset which such tenant previously did not occupy and there exists no default under such lease and no material contingencies to such tenant’s occupancy under the lease other than completion of tenant improvement work.

Money Markets : One or more wholesale funding markets available to Agent, including negotiable certificates of deposit, commercial paper, eurodollar deposits, bank notes, federal funds and others.

 

10


Net Equity Proceeds : The proceeds of a sale of an equity interest in the Borrower or the Guarantor (including those attributable to a dividend reinvestment program), net of usual and customary closing costs and expenses.

New Lenders : As defined in Section 3.6(b) .

New Notes : As defined in Section 3.6(b) .

Note : Individually or collectively as the context may require, the Unsecured Revolving Promissory Note(s) of even date herewith executed and delivered by Borrower to Lenders to evidence the Loan, together with (a) any New Notes and/or Supplemental Notes issued pursuant to Section 3.6 hereof, and (b) any Swing Loan Note executed and delivered by Borrower to the Swing Lender to evidence a Swing Loan, in the aggregate maximum principal amount of up to One Hundred Fifty Million and 00/100ths Dollars ($150,000,000.00) plus the Accordion Amount, if applicable, as any or all of the foregoing may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time.

Obligations : All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to any of the Lenders, the Swing Lender and the Agent, individually or collectively, under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or in respect to the Loan, the Note or Reimbursement Obligations incurred or the Letter of Credit applications or the Letters of Credit, any Swing Loan or other instruments at any time evidencing any thereof, whether existing on the date of this Agreement or arising or incurred hereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise.

Outstanding Percentage : As defined in Section 3.6(c) hereof.

Participant : As defined in Section 8.8(G) hereof.

Permanent Loan Estimate : For any period of determination, a determination by Agent of a hypothetical principal amount of indebtedness, calculated on a monthly basis, which Borrower could incur assuming (i) payments of annual debt service equal to Unencumbered Adjusted EBITDA measured with respect to the Approved Assets divided by 1.35, (ii) an interest rate equal to the greater of (a) two and one-quarter percent (2.25%) in excess of the then-current annual yield on ten-year United States Treasury obligations issued most recently prior to such date and (b) seven and three-quarters percent (7.75%), and (iii) a twenty five (25) year principal amortization schedule.

Person : Any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership (general or limited), limited liability partnership, joint venture, firm, association, trust, unincorporated organization, government or governmental agency or political subdivision or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

Prime Rate : The rate publicly announced by Agent from time to time as its prime rate, as and when such rate changes; provided, however, that Agent may lend to its customers at interest rates that are at, above or below the Prime Rate.

 

11


Principal Balance : One Hundred Fifty Million and 00/100ths Dollars ($150,000,000.00) or so much thereof as may have been advanced to or for the benefit of Borrower (including, without limitation, under any Swing Loan) and remains unpaid from time to time, as such amount may be increased pursuant to Section 3.6 hereof.

Proposed Acquisition : A Real Estate Asset that would constitute an Unencumbered Asset at the time of its acquisition.

Real Estate Assets : The fixed and tangible properties consisting of land, buildings and/or other improvements owned or ground leased (subject to the following proviso) by the Borrower or by an Approved Subsidiary at the relevant time of reference thereto, provided however that with the exception of the Unencumbered Assets known as Beacon, Olney and Southdale, a ground leased property shall not be deemed a Real Estate Asset (and thus shall not be eligible as an Approved Asset) unless unanimously approved as such by the Lenders.

Real Estate Assets Under Development : Any Real Estate Assets for which the Borrower (or Approved Subsidiary) is actively pursuing construction and for which construction is proceeding to completion without undue delay from permit denial, construction delays or otherwise, all pursuant to such Person’s ordinary course of business; provided that such Real Estate Asset will no longer be considered a Real Estate Asset Under Development on the date which is twelve (12) months after the Borrower (or Approved Subsidiary) obtains the necessary governmental approvals to permit occupancy of the building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, tenant improvements to previously constructed and/or leased Real Estate Assets shall not be considered Real Estate Assets Under Development.

Refunding Date : As defined in Section 3.5(c) .

Regulation D; Regulation U : Regulations D and U, respectively (or any substitute regulations), of the Board, together with all amendments from time to time thereto.

Regulatory Change : Any change, after the date hereof in United States Federal, state or foreign laws, regulations or treaties or the adoption or making after such date of any interpretations, directives or requests applying to Agent and/or the Lenders under any federal, state or foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

Reimbursement Obligations : The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse the Lenders and the Agent on account of any drawing under any Letter of Credit as provided in Section 2.A.4 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless Borrower shall notify Agent of its intention to repay the Reimbursement Obligations on the date of the related drawing under any Letter of Credit, as set forth in Section 2.A.4 , such Reimbursement Obligation shall simultaneously with such drawing be converted to and become a Loan Rate Advance.

Requested Increase : As defined in Section 3.6(a) .

 

12


Revolving Commitment : The obligation of the Lenders to make Advances to Borrower and to participate in the issuance, extension and renewal of Letters of Credit and the obligation of Agent to issue, extend and renew Letters of Credit, in an aggregate principal amount at any time not to exceed the Revolving Commitment Amount upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement.

Revolving Commitment Amount : One Hundred Fifty Million and 00/100ths Dollars ($150,000,000.00), as such amount may be increased in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.6(a) hereof.

Shortfall : As defined in Section 3.6(a) .

Subsidiary : For any entity, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) which is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such entity or one or more subsidiaries of such entity or by such entity and one or more subsidiaries of such entity.

Subsidiary Guaranty : As defined in Section 5.9.E .

Supplemental Notes : As defined in Section 3.6(b) .

Swing Lender : U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as the lender under the Swing Loan facility described in Section 3.5 , and its successors in such capacity.

Swing Loan : A loan made by the Swing Lender pursuant to Section 3.5 .

Swing Loan Commitment : $30,000,000.

Swing Loan Draw Request : A written request by Borrower for an Advance of Swing Loan proceeds under this Agreement, in the form and with the certifications included within Exhibit A-2 attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof.

Swing Loan Maturity Date : As defined in Section 3.5 .

Swing Loan Note : As defined in Section 3.5 .

Swing Loan Refund Amount : As defined in Section 3.5 .

Termination Date : The earlier of (a) the Maturity Date, or (b) the date on which the Note is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to the terms hereof or of the Note.

Total Adjusted Committed Indebtedness : As of any date of determination, the sum (without duplication) as determined by Agent of all committed obligations, contingent

 

13


and otherwise of the Borrower and Borrower’s pro rata share of all committed obligations of Borrower’s unconsolidated subsidiaries, the unconsolidated subsidiaries of the general partners of Borrower, and joint ventures in which Borrower and/or Borrower’s general partners is a party, whether secured or unsecured, that in accordance with GAAP should be classified upon the obligor’s balance sheet as liabilities, or to which reference should be made by footnotes thereto, including in any event and whether or not so classified: (a) the committed amount of all debt and similar monetary obligations, whether direct or indirect (excluding trade payables and other operating expenses paid by Borrower within sixty days); (b) the committed amount of all liabilities secured by any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, or other encumbrance existing on property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liability secured thereby shall have been assumed; (c) the maximum liability which Borrower could incur under all guarantees for borrowed money, endorsements and other contingent obligations, whether direct or indirect, in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others, including any obligation to supply funds (including partnership obligations and capital requirements) to or in any manner to invest in, directly or indirectly, the debtor, to purchase indebtedness, or to assure the owner of indebtedness against loss, through an agreement to purchase goods, supplies, or services for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of the indebtedness held by such owner or otherwise, and the obligations to reimburse the issuer in respect of any letters of credit; (d) preferred stock outstanding or a similar type of investment; and (e) all liability under forward equity arrangements and Forward Purchase Contracts which at such time could be specifically enforced by the seller thereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, preferred stock outstanding or a similar type of investment that in accordance with GAAP is classified upon the obligor’s balance sheet as equity shall not be included in the definition of “Total Adjusted Committed Indebtedness.”

Total Adjusted Outstanding Indebtedness : As of any date of determination, the sum (without duplication) as determined by Agent of all advanced and outstanding obligations, contingent and otherwise of the Borrower and Borrower’s pro rata share of all advanced and outstanding obligations of Borrower’s unconsolidated subsidiaries, the unconsolidated subsidiaries of the general partners of Borrower, and joint ventures in which Borrower and/or Borrower’s general partners is a party, whether secured or unsecured, that in accordance with GAAP should be classified upon the obligor’s balance sheet as liabilities, or to which reference should be made by footnotes thereto, including in any event and whether or not so classified: (a) all debt and similar monetary obligations, whether direct or indirect (excluding trade payables and other operating expenses paid by Borrower within sixty days); (b) all liabilities secured by any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, or other encumbrance existing on property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liability secured thereby shall have been assumed; (c) all guarantees for borrowed money, endorsements and other contingent obligations, whether direct or indirect, in respect of advanced and outstanding indebtedness or obligations of others, including any obligation to supply funds (including partnership obligations and capital requirements) to or in any manner to invest in, directly or indirectly, the debtor, to purchase indebtedness, or to assure the owner of indebtedness against loss, through an agreement to purchase goods, supplies, or services for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of the indebtedness held by such owner or otherwise, and the obligations to reimburse the issuer in respect of any letters of credit; (d) preferred stock outstanding or a similar type of investment; and (e) all liability under forward equity arrangements and

 

14


Forward Purchase Contracts which at such time could be specifically enforced by the seller thereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, preferred stock outstanding or a similar type of investment that in accordance with GAAP is classified upon the obligor’s balance sheet as equity shall not be included in the definition of “Total Adjusted Outstanding Indebtedness.”

Total Revolving Outstandings : As of any date of determination, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of Advances outstanding on such date.

Total Revolving Tranche A Outstandings : As of any date of determination, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of Tranche A Advances outstanding on such date.

Total Revolving Tranche B Outstandings : As of any date of determination, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of Tranche B Advances outstanding on such date.

Tranche A Advance : Certain Advances as determined in accordance with Section 3.4.B.III .

Tranche A Debt Service : With respect to any period, an amount (calculated monthly and annualized) equal to the sum of all principal and accrued interest which would be required to be paid during such period in order to repay an amount equal to the then Tranche A Loan Availability over a hypothetical twenty-five-year amortization schedule at a hypothetical annual interest rate equal to the greater of: (i) seven and three-quarters percent (7.75%) or (ii) two and one-quarter percent (2.25%) in excess of the then-current annual yield on ten-year U.S. Treasury obligations issued most recently prior to such date.

Tranche A LIBOR Rate Advance : A Tranche A Advance which is a LIBOR Rate Advance.

Tranche A Loan : That portion of the Loan relating to Tranche A Advances.

Tranche A Loan Availability : That portion of the Revolving Commitment Amount determined by Agent to be available to be advanced as Tranche A Advances as more particularly described in Section 2.B.3 .

Tranche A Loan Rate Advance : A Tranche A Advance which is a Loan Rate Advance.

Tranche B Advance : Certain Advances as determined in accordance with Section 3.4.B.III .

Tranche B Available Earnings : The amount determined with respect to the then immediately preceding twelve (12) full calendar months equal to (i) Adjusted EBITDA, less (ii) Debt Service (other than all principal and interest paid or required to be paid in respect of the Loan), less (iii) Tranche A Debt Service, as determined by Agent.

Tranche B LIBOR Rate Advance : A Tranche B Advance which is a LIBOR Rate Advance.

 

15


Tranche B Loan : That portion of the Loan relating to Tranche B Advances.

Tranche B Loan Availability : That portion of the Revolving Commitment Amount determined by Agent to be available to be advanced as Tranche B Advances as more particularly described in Section 2.B.3 .

Tranche B Loan Rate Advance : A Tranche B Advance which is a Loan Rate Advance.

Unencumbered Adjusted EBITDA : Adjusted EBITDA calculated only with respect to the Approved Assets.

Unencumbered Asset . Any Real Estate Asset that on any date of determination: (a) is not subject to any material liens (including any such lien imposed by the organizational documents of the owner of such asset), (b) is not the subject of any matter that materially adversely affects the value of such Real Estate Asset, (c) is not the subject of a Disqualifying Environmental Event, (d) has been improved with a building or buildings which (1) have been issued a certificate of occupancy (where available) or is otherwise lawfully occupied for its intended use, and (2) are fully operational, (e) is wholly owned or ground-leased (to the extent permitted hereunder) by the Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary and (f) has not been designated by the Borrower in writing to the Agent as a Real Estate Asset that is not an Unencumbered Asset, which designation shall not be permitted during the continuance of an Event of Default and shall be accompanied by a compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit B-6 attached hereto.

Uniform Customs : With respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500, or any successor version thereof adopted by the Agent in the ordinary course of its business as a letter of credit issuer and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit.

Unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents : As of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash then held by the Borrower and (b) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash equivalents (valued at fair market value) then held by the Borrower. As used in this definition, (i) “unrestricted” means the specified asset is not subject to any liens in favor of any Person and (ii) “cash equivalents” include overnight deposits and also means that such asset has a liquid, par value in cash and is convertible to cash on demand. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the term Unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents shall not include the commitments of the Lenders to make Advances under this Agreement or any other commitments from which the access to such cash or cash equivalents would create indebtedness or tenant security and other restricted deposits, until forfeited or otherwise entitled to be retained by the Borrower.

ARTICLE I.

LOAN

1.1 Principal Advances

 

16


Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each Lender severally, but not jointly, agrees to lend to Borrower, pro rata in accordance with its Commitment Percentage, and Borrower agrees to borrow from Lenders, on a revolving basis, at any time and from time to time, in accordance with the terms hereof, from the Closing Date to the Termination Date, during which period Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow in accordance with the terms hereof, for the purpose of acquisitions, pre-development, development, and renovations/expansions, entitled land (not to exceed 20% of the Revolving Commitment Amount in the aggregate at any one time), short-term working capital (including Distributions not to exceed $10,000,000.00 in the aggregate at any one time), principal amortization requirements and letters of credit issued for the account of Borrower (not to exceed $15,000,000.00 in the aggregate at any one time); provided, however, that (A) at no time shall any Lender be obligated to lend to Borrower more than its Commitment Percentage of the total amount of proceeds of the Loan which Borrower is then qualified to receive hereunder, (B) the amount of the Total Revolving Outstandings shall never exceed the lesser of (x) the Revolving Commitment Amount and (y) the Loan Availability, (C) the amount of the Total Revolving Tranche A Outstandings shall never exceed the Tranche A Loan Availability, and (D) the amount of the Total Revolving Tranche B Outstandings shall never exceed the Tranche B Loan Availability. In no event shall Borrower use Loan proceeds in connection with the acquisition of unentitled land ( i.e ., land with none of the following: (i) existing or approved infrastructure, (ii) access or entitlement to utilities or (iii) plan for development), mortgages or public or private securities (other than the purchase of shares in Saul Centers, Inc. not to exceed $5,000,000.00 in the aggregate at any one time), without in each instance obtaining Agent’s prior written consent.

All Advances by each Lender shall be evidenced by a Note. Each Note executed by the Borrower shall be in the aggregate principal amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Commitment Amount. Each Lender shall enter in its ledgers and records the amount of each such Advance, and of each payment made upon the Loan, and each Lender is authorized by Borrower to enter on a schedule attached to the Note a record of such Advances and payments; provided, however, that the failure by any Lender to make any such entry or any error by such Lender in making such entry shall not limit or otherwise affect the Obligations. Notwithstanding the express principal amount of the Note, Borrower shall not at any time be obligated to repay more or less than the total of all Advances made by each Lender pursuant hereto and to the other Loan Documents, together with interest thereon at the rates specified below and in the Note, computed on each Advance from the date it is so made by such Lender, and all other advances made by such Lender pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents, with interest thereon as therein provided, less all payments of principal of and interest on the Note, and of such advances and interest thereon, made by Borrower. The entire unpaid principal amount of the Loan shall be due and payable on the Termination Date.

Advances under the Loan shall consist of Tranche A Advances and Tranche B Advances. Borrower and Agent each acknowledge that the separation of the Loan into two separate tranches is done for the sole purpose of applying different interest rates and availability requirements to portions of the Loan, and that together the Tranche A Loan and Tranche B Loan represent and are a single unified loan and debt evidenced by the

 

17


Note. No Tranche B Advances shall be made unless and until the Total Revolving Outstandings are equal to or greater than the Tranche A Loan Availability. The Total Revolving Tranche B Outstandings shall be repaid in full prior to any principal reductions on the Total Revolving Tranche A Outstandings. In the event the Total Revolving Commitment is reduced for any reason whatsoever, such reduction shall first reduce the Tranche B Loan Availability.

1.2 Payment of Interest and Principal . Interest shall accrue on the Principal Balance from and after the date hereof. All interest payable hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year, but shall be charged for the actual number of days principal is unpaid. Interest accruing in accordance herewith shall be payable, in arrears, on the first Business Day of each calendar month, commencing with the first Business Day of the next calendar month following the calendar month in which the initial advance is made to Borrower, and continuing on the first Business Day of each and every calendar month thereafter until the Principal Balance (as advanced and readvanced) and all accrued interest thereon are paid in full. Agent shall provide a monthly notice to Borrower setting forth the amount of interest due and the due date thereof, which notice shall be mailed on or prior to the tenth (10th) day preceding the first day of each month; provided, however, that Borrower shall be obligated to pay interest on the Loan (and any Swing Loan) when due regardless of the date Borrower receives such notice. All unpaid, accrued interest shall be paid in full on the Termination Date.

In the event that the interest and/or charges in the nature of interest, if any, provided for by this Agreement or by any other Loan Document, shall contravene a legal or statutory limitation applicable to the Loan (or any Swing Loan), if any, Borrower shall pay only such amounts as would legally be permitted; provided, however, that if the defense of usury and all similar defenses are unavailable to Borrower, Borrower shall pay all amounts provided for herein. If, for any reason, amounts in excess of the amounts permitted in the foregoing sentence shall have been paid, received, collected or applied hereunder, whether by reason of acceleration or otherwise, then, and in that event, any such excess amounts shall be applied to principal, unless principal has been fully paid, in which event such excess amount shall be refunded to Borrower.

The parties understand that the applicable interest rate for this indebtedness shall be determined and/or adjusted from time-to-time based upon certain financial ratios and/or other information to be provided or certified to Agent by Borrower (the “Borrower Information ”). If it is subsequently determined that any such Borrower Information was incorrect (for whatever reason, including without limitation because of a subsequent restatement of earnings by Borrower) at the time it was delivered to Agent, and if the applicable interest rate calculated for any period was lower than it should have been had the correct information been timely provided, then, such interest rate for such period shall be automatically recalculated using the correct Borrower Information. Agent shall promptly notify Borrower in writing of any additional interest due because of such recalculation, and Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the account of each Lender as applicable, such additional interest within five (5) business days of receipt of such written notice. Any recalculation of interest required by this provision shall survive termination of this agreement and this provision shall not in any way limit any of Agent’s or any Lender’s other rights and remedies under this Agreement.

 

18


1.3 Prepayment . The Principal Balance and accrued interest thereon may be prepaid in full or in part at any time, without premium or penalty (other than as set forth in Section 1.11 with respect to prepayments of any LIBOR Rate Advances), after a minimum of one (1) Business Day prior written notice from Borrower to Agent of the date of prepayment, any such prepayments being first applied in reduction of any then outstanding balance of the Tranche B Loan. Upon any such prepayment in full, Borrower may terminate this Agreement, without fee or penalty, pursuant to written notice to Agent. Each prepayment shall be in an amount not less than the lesser of $100,000.00 or the Principal Balance.

1.4 Maturity Date; Extension . If not sooner paid in accordance with the terms hereof, the Principal Balance, together with all unpaid interest accrued thereon, shall be due and payable, in full, on the Maturity Date; provided, however, the Maturity Date may be extended for one (1) additional period of one (1) year (the “ Extension Period ) upon the written request (the “Extension Request” ) of Borrower given not less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the Maturity Date, such extension being subject to satisfaction of all of the following conditions:

A. Payment on or before the first day of the Extension Period of the Extension Fee set forth in the Fee Letter;

B. At the time of the Extension Request and on the first day of the Extension Period, there shall exist no uncured Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, could become an Event of Default;

C. Borrower shall deliver to Agent all financial information relating to Borrower and Guarantor required hereunder, and such information shall reflect that no material adverse change, financial or otherwise, as determined by Agent, in its sole discretion, shall have occurred with respect to Borrower or Guarantor;

Notwithstanding Borrower’s right to extend the Maturity Date of the Loan as set forth above, Borrower hereby agrees that Agent and the Lenders shall have no commitment or obligation to extend the Maturity Date beyond December 19, 2010 unless each of the foregoing conditions shall have been satisfied.

1.5 Calculation of Interest . From and after the date hereof, and until the date on which the Note is paid in full, Borrower shall pay interest on the Principal Balance at the Loan Rate, as the same may fluctuate from time to time; provided, however, subject to the limitations stated herein, Borrower may elect in accordance with the procedures set forth herein to have interest accrue and be paid on all or a portion of the outstanding Principal Balance (other than with respect to a Swing Loan) at a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Rate.

1.6 LIBOR Pricing Options . Borrower may elect to fix the rate of interest payable upon the Principal Balance (other than with respect to a Swing Loan) or any portion thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Section. The provisions of this Section 1.6 shall

 

19


govern the computation, accrual and payment of interest with respect to the Principal Balance or any portion thereof for which Borrower properly makes such an election. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, Borrower may from time to time elect, by a LIBOR Rate Notice, to pay interest on the LIBOR Rate Advance described in said LIBOR Rate Notice at a LIBOR Rate during the LIBOR Rate Period specified in said LIBOR Rate Notice; provided, however, Borrower may not elect to have more than five (5) LIBOR Rate Advances outstanding at any one time. Upon request by Borrower, prior to the submission by Borrower to Agent of any LIBOR Rate Notice, Agent shall by telephone advise Borrower from time to time of the then applicable LIBOR Rate with respect to any LIBOR Rate Period promptly after the same is determined by Agent, which determination shall be final, conclusive and binding on Borrower. All interest accruing hereunder at a LIBOR Rate shall accrue and be computed and charged in the same manner as interest at the Loan Rate. From and after the end of each LIBOR Rate Period, in the event Borrower does not timely select another interest rate option at least three (3) Euro Days before a particular LIBOR Rate Advance expires, Agent may, at any time thereafter convert such LIBOR Rate Advance to a Loan Rate Advance, but until such conversion, the funds advanced under the expired LIBOR Rate Advance shall continue to accrue interest at the same rate as the interest rate under such expired LIBOR Rate Advance. Agent’s internal records of applicable interest rates shall be determinative in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all LIBOR Rate Periods at any one time outstanding shall end on not more than five (5) different dates, and the duration of any LIBOR Rate Periods which would exceed such limitation shall be adjusted to coincide with the remaining term of such other shorter LIBOR Rate Period(s) as Borrower shall notify Agent of in writing, or absent such notice, as Agent may elect. Except as hereinafter expressly provided, no LIBOR Rate Advance may be repaid or prepaid on any day other than the last day of the LIBOR Rate Period applicable thereto; provided, however, that if Agent is required by any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation or requirement to accept any such prepayment, Borrower shall also pay to Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, from time to time, on demand, any sums necessary to compensate the Lenders for all costs, expenses, claims, penalties and liabilities incurred by the Lenders by virtue of the repayment or prepayment of funds, or the inability of the Lenders to repay or prepay funds borrowed by the Lenders in the London interbank market to advance to Borrower.

1.7 Regulatory Costs . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if any Regulatory Change shall change the basis of taxation of payments to the Lenders of the principal of or interest on any LIBOR Rate Advance or any other fees or amounts payable hereunder (other than taxes imposed on the overall net income of the Lenders by the jurisdiction in which the Lenders have their principal offices or by any political subdivision or taxing authority therein), or shall subject the Lenders to any new or additional charge, fee, withholding or tax of any kind with respect to the Loan hereunder or change the method of taxation of the Loan or impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit or loan commitments extended by, the Lenders (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in LIBOR) or shall impose on a Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement, the Note or the LIBOR Rate Advances made by the Lenders, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to the Lenders of making or maintaining any LIBOR Rate Advance or to reduce the amount of any sum

 

20


received or receivable by a Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) in respect thereof, by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then Borrower shall pay to Agent for the benefit of such Lender upon demand, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs or reduction, including lost income resulting therefrom as reasonably determined by such Lender. A statement from such Lender setting forth such amount or amounts as shall be necessary to so compensate such Lender shall be delivered to Borrower and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding upon Borrower. Borrower shall pay Agent on behalf of such Lender the amount shown as due on any such statement within ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of the same. Failure on the part of any Lender to demand compensation for any increased costs, lost income or reduction in amounts received or receivable shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s rights to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable. The protection under this section shall be available to the Lenders regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of any law, regulation or directive which shall give rise to any demand by the Lenders.

1.8 Inability to Determine LIBOR . In the event that on the date for determining LIBOR in respect of the LIBOR Rate Period for any LIBOR Rate Advance, Agent shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for such LIBOR Rate Period, Agent shall promptly give to Borrower telephonic notice (confirmed as soon as practicable in writing) of the nature and effect of such circumstances. After receipt of such notice and during the existence of such circumstances, Borrower shall have no right to elect a LIBOR Rate with respect to advances hereunder; provided that nothing in this Section shall affect the LIBOR Rate then in effect on any LIBOR Rate Advance outstanding at the time of receipt by Borrower of such notice until the expiration of the LIBOR Rate Period in effect with respect to such LIBOR Rate Advance at such time.

1.9 Illegality . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, if any Regulatory Change shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any LIBOR Rate Advance or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby, then, by written notice to Borrower, Agent may:

A. Declare that LIBOR Rate Advances will not thereafter be made hereunder, in which event Borrower shall be prohibited from requesting LIBOR Rate Advances, and the Lenders shall not be required to make LIBOR Rate Advances to Borrower, hereunder unless such declaration is subsequently withdrawn; and

B. Require, but only to the extent the Regulatory Change affects outstanding LIBOR Rate Advances, that all outstanding LIBOR Rate Advances made by the Lenders be added to, and become a part of, the Loan Rate Advance hereunder, in which event all such LIBOR Rate Advances shall automatically be added to, and become a part of, the Loan Rate Advance as of the effective date of such notice as is hereinafter provided for (notwithstanding any provisions of the Note or this Agreement to the contrary), and interest shall accrue thereon, from and after said date, at the Loan Rate or the Default

 

21


Rate, whichever is then applicable. For purposes of this Section, a notice to Borrower by Agent shall be effective on the date of receipt by Borrower.

1.10 Capital Adequacy . Borrower shall also pay to the applicable Lenders from time to time on demand such amounts as such Lender may determine to be necessary to compensate such Lender for any costs which such Lender determines are attributable to the extension of credit hereunder in respect of any amount of capital maintained by such Lender or any of its affiliates pursuant to any law, guideline or regulation of any jurisdiction or any interpretation, directive or request (whether or not having the force of law) of any court or governmental or monetary authority enacted, whether proposed on the date of this Agreement or enacted, promulgated or issued after the date of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, such compensation shall include an amount equal to any reduction in return on assets or return on equity to a level below that which the Lenders could have achieved absent their extension of credit hereunder and but for such law, regulation, interpretation, directive or request.

1.11 Indemnification of Agent and the Lenders . If a LIBOR Rate Advance is prepaid, whether by the Borrower as a result of acceleration upon default or otherwise, the Borrower agrees to pay all of the losses, costs, expenses and Interest Differential (as determined by the Agent) of Agent and the Lenders incurred or sustained as a result of such prepayment. Because of the short-term nature of this facility, the Borrower agrees that the Interest Differential shall not be discounted to its present value. Any prepayment of a LIBOR Rate Advance shall be in an amount equal to the remaining entire principal balance of such advance. Agent shall provide to Borrower a statement, signed by an officer of Agent, explaining any such loss or expense and setting forth, if applicable, the computations used to determine such loss or expense which shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower, absent manifest error.

1.12 Default Rate . If a default shall occur and continue beyond any applicable notice, cure or grace period under the Note, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the entire Principal Balance, all interest accrued thereon, and all other amounts payable under the Loan have not been repaid on or before the Maturity Date, then the entire Principal Balance shall (without notice to or demand upon Borrower) become due and payable on said date, together with all unpaid, accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable under the Loan, and with interest computed thereon from and after that date at a rate which is four percent (4%) per annum in excess of the Loan Rate or the LIBOR Rate, as applicable, or at the maximum lawful rate of interest which may be charged thereon by Agent, if any, whichever is less (hereinafter called “ Default Rate ”), until all such amounts are paid in full.

1.13 Late Payment Charge . In the event that any required payment of principal and/or interest hereunder (other than full payment at maturity) is not made within five (5) days of the due date thereof, Borrower shall pay to Agent an additional payment of a late payment charge to compensate for Lenders’ loss of use of funds and for the expenses of handling the delinquent payment, in an amount equal to five percent (5.0%) of such delinquent payment. In the event the maturity of the indebtedness hereunder is accelerated by Agent, this section shall apply only to payments overdue prior to the time of such acceleration.

 

22


1.14 Effective Rate . Borrower, Agent and the Lenders agree that no payment of interest or other consideration made or agreed to be made by Borrower to Agent and/or the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement, the Note or any other instrument referring to or securing the Note shall, at any time, be deemed to have been computed at an interest rate in excess of the maximum rate of interest permissible by law, if any. In the event such payments of interest or other consideration provided for in this Agreement, the Note or any other instrument referring to or securing the Note shall result in payment of an effective rate of interest which, for any period of time, is in excess of the limit of the usury law or any other law applicable to the Loan evidenced by the Note, all sums in excess of those lawfully collectible as interest for the period in question shall, without further agreement or notice between or by any party or parties hereto, be applied to the Principal Balance immediately upon receipt of such monies by Agent with the same force and effect as though Borrower had specifically designated, and Agent had agreed to accept, such extra payments as a principal payment, without premium or penalty. If principal has been fully paid, any such excess amount shall be refunded to Borrower. This provision shall control over every other obligation of Borrower, Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the Note and any other instrument which secures the Note.

1.15 Payments . All payments made under the Note shall be applied to any late payment charge then due, to accrued interest (first with respect to Tranche B Advances, then to Tranche A Advances), to the Principal Balance (first with respect to Tranche B Advances, then to Tranche A Advances) and, if Agent and the Lenders have advanced any sums under the terms of any instrument which secures the Note, to repayment of the funds so advanced, even though the same have become part of the Principal Balance, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate, in such order as Agent, at its option, may elect. All payments made under the Loan shall be made in Immediately Available Funds, without counterclaim or set off and free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding for, any taxes or other payments.

1.16 Fees . On the date hereof and on or before the dates set forth therein, Borrower shall pay Agent all fees, costs and expenses referenced in the Fee Letter. The agency fee set forth in the Fee Letter is for the services to be performed by Agent in acting as Agent and is fully earned on the date paid. The agency fee paid to the Agent is solely for its own account and is nonrefundable.

1.17 Non-Usage Fees

In addition to any other fees set forth in this Agreement, Borrower shall pay to Agent on behalf of Lenders in Immediately Available Funds a non-usage fee equal to 0.15% per annum multiplied by the unadvanced portion of the Revolving Commitment Amount (after deducting the undrawn amount of any Letters of Credit outstanding hereunder), payable on the first day of each calendar quarter, calculated in arrears based on the average daily balance of the unadvanced portion of the Revolving Commitment Amount during the prior calendar quarter; the first payment of such fee shall be due and payable on April 1, 2008 and shall be pro rated based upon that portion of the calendar quarter during which the Revolving Commitment is outstanding. The non-usage fee shall be

 

23


shared among the Lenders in accordance with the daily average Commitment Percentages of the Lenders during such calendar quarter.

ARTICLE II.A.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

2.A Terms of the Letter of Credit Facility

2.A.1. Letters of Credit . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Agent agrees, in its individual capacity, to issue, extend and renew Letters of Credit for the account of Borrower from time to time between the Closing Date and the Termination Date in such form as may be requested by Borrower and reasonably agreed to by Agent and in such amounts as the Borrower shall request up to an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not exceeding the Revolving Commitment Amount; provided , however , that, after giving effect to such issuance, (a) the Maximum Drawing Amount shall not exceed $15,000,000.00 at any time, (b) the sum of (i) the Maximum Drawing Amount on all Letters of Credit and (ii) Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Loan Availability in effect at any time, and (c) the total number of Letters of Credit outstanding shall not exceed five (5).

2.A.2. Procedures for Letters of Credit . Each request for a Letter of Credit shall be made by the Borrower, in writing, by telex, facsimile transmission or electronic conveyance received by the Agent by 2:00 p.m. (Central time) on a Business Day which is not less than five (5) Business Days preceding the requested date of issuance (which shall also be a Business Day) and shall be accompanied by a certificate executed by the Borrower in the form of Exhibit B-7 . Each request for a Letter of Credit shall specify (i) the date of issuance of the requested Letter of Credit, (ii) the amount of the requested Letter of Credit, (iii) the name of the account party on such Letter of Credit, and (iv) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit. The Agent may require that such request be made on such letter of credit application and reimbursement agreement form as the Agent may from time to time specify, along with satisfactory evidence of the authority and incumbency of the representative of the Borrower making such request. Each request for a Letter of Credit shall be deemed a representation by the Borrower that, on the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit and after giving effect thereto, the applicable conditions specified in Article III have been and will be satisfied. Unless the Agent determines that any applicable condition specified in Article III has not been satisfied, the Agent will issue the requested Letter of Credit at its principal office in Minneapolis, Minnesota not later than 3:00 p.m. on the requested date of issuance.

2.A.3. Terms of Letters of Credit . Letters of Credit shall be issued in support of obligations of the Borrower. All Letters of Credit must expire not later than thirty (30) days prior to the Maturity Date. Each Letter of Credit so issued, extended or renewed shall be subject to the Uniform Customs.

2.A.4. Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawing . If the Agent has received documents purporting to draw under a Letter of Credit that the Agent believes conform to the requirements of the Letter of Credit, or if the Agent has decided that it will

 

24


comply with the Borrower’s written request or authorization to pay a drawing on any Letter of Credit that the Agent does not believe conforms to the requirements of the Letter of Credit, it will notify Borrower, of that fact. Except as contemplated in Section 2.A.10 below, the Borrower shall reimburse the Agent for the account of the Agent or (as the case may be) the Lenders by 9:30 a.m. (Central time) on the day on which such drawing is to be paid in Immediately Available Funds in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. In addition, Borrower agrees to reimburse or pay to Agent for the account of the Agent or (as the case may be) the Lenders with respect to each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed by Agent hereunder:

A. Upon reduction (but not termination) of the Revolving Commitment Amount to an amount less than the then Maximum Drawing Amount, an amount equal to such difference, which amount shall be held by the Agent in a non-interest bearing account as cash collateral for the benefit of Lenders and the Agent for all Reimbursement Obligations, and

B. Upon the termination of the Revolving Commitment, or the acceleration of the Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 6.2(C) , an amount equal to the then Maximum Drawing Amount on all Letters of Credit, which amount shall be held by Agent in a non-interest bearing account as cash collateral for the benefit of Lenders and Agent for all Reimbursement Obligations.

2.A.5. Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower under Section 2.A.4. to repay the Agent for any amount drawn on any Letter of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, shall continue for so long as any Letter of Credit is outstanding, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under all circumstances whatsoever, including without limitation the following circumstances:

A. Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit;

B. The existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which the Borrower may have or claim at any time against any beneficiary, transferee or holder of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary, transferee or holder may be acting), the Agent or any other Person, whether in connection with a Letter of Credit, this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or any unrelated transaction; or

C. Any statement or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever.

Neither the Agent nor its officers, directors or employees shall be liable or responsible for, and the Obligations of the Borrower shall not be impaired by:

(i) The use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary, transferee or holder thereof in connection therewith;

 

25


(ii) The validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsements thereon, even if such documents or endorsements should, in fact, prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged;

(iii) The acceptance by the Agent of documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary; or

(iv) Any other action of the Agent in making or failing to make payment under any Letter of Credit if in good faith and in conformity with U.S. or foreign laws, regulations or customs applicable thereto.

2.A.6. Increased Cost for Letters of Credit . If any Regulatory Change shall either (a) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against Letters of Credit issued by the Agent, or (b) shall impose on the Agent any other conditions affecting this Agreement or any Letter of Credit; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Agent of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit, or reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Agent hereunder, then, upon written demand (which demand shall be given by the Agent promptly after it determines such increased cost or reduction), the Borrower shall pay to the Agent the additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Agent for such actual or imputed increased cost or reduction. A certificate submitted to the Borrower by the Agent setting forth the basis for the determination of such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Agent as aforesaid, and stating in reasonable detail the basis for the charge and the method of computation, shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower absent error.

2.A.7. Letter of Credit Fees . For each Letter of Credit issued, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent (a) a fee equal to the higher of (a) $1,000.00, or (b) 12.5 basis points on each Letter of Credit face amount, payable upon issuance of each such Letter of Credit, and (b) a fee (a “Letter of Credit Fee” ) in an amount equal to the Applicable Margin (as applied to Tranche A LIBOR Rate Advances, to the extent such Letter of Credit is issued in reduction of Tranche A Loan Availability, and as applied to Tranche B LIBOR Rate Advances, to the extent such Letter of Credit is issued in reduction of Tranche B Loan Availability, as determined by Agent) per annum multiplied by the face amount of each outstanding Letter of Credit, which Letter of Credit Fee (i) shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter for the immediately preceding calendar quarter (which Letter of Credit Fee shall be pro-rated for any calendar quarter in which such Letter of Credit is issued, drawn upon or otherwise reduced or terminated) and (ii) shall be for the account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages. In addition to the Letter of Credit Fee, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on demand, all amendment, drawing and other fees regularly charged by the Agent to its letter of credit customers and all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the issuance, amendment, administration or payment of any Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties acknowledge and agree that the determination of whether a Letter of Credit is issued in reduction of Tranche A Loan Availability or in reduction of Tranche B Loan Availability

 

26


shall be fixed as of the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit and for so long as such Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

2.A.8 Regulations U and X . No portion of any Letter of Credit is to be obtained for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin security” or “margin stock” as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

2.A.9 Letter of Credit Participation . Each Lender severally agrees that it shall be absolutely liable, without regard to the occurrence of any default or Event of Default or any other condition precedent whatsoever, to the extent of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage, to reimburse Agent on demand pursuant to Section 2.A.10 for the amount of each draft paid by Agent under each Letter of Credit to the extent that such amount is not reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.A.4 (such agreement for a Lender being called herein the “ Letter of Credit Participation ” of such Lender).

2.A.10 Letter of Credit Payments; Advance of Loan . Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 2.A.4 above to the contrary, unless Borrower shall have notified the Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (Central time) on the Business Day immediately prior to the date of such drawing that Borrower intends to reimburse Agent for the amount of such drawing, Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Loan Rate Advance on the date on which such drawing is honored and in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. The Borrower may thereafter convert any such Loan Rate Advance to a LIBOR Rate Advance in accordance with Section 1.6 . Each Lender shall, in accordance with Section 1.1 , make available such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such Advance to Agent, the proceeds of which shall be applied directly by Agent to reimburse Agent and/or Lenders for the amount of such draw. Agent is irrevocably authorized by the Borrower and each of the Lenders to honor draws on each Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit. The responsibility of the Agent to the Borrower and the Lenders shall be only to determine that the documents (including each draft) delivered under each Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment shall be in conformity in all material respects with such Letter of Credit.

2.A.11 Existing Letter of Credit . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that that certain Letter of Credit No. SLCMMSP04158 in the face amount of $176,894.15, issued by Agent for the benefit of Board of Supervisors of Prince William County, Virginia on behalf of Borrower, which has an expiry date of June 5, 2008 shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant to this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article II.A.

ARTICLE II.B

CONDITIONS OF BORROWING

Lenders shall not be required to make any Advances hereunder until the pre-closing requirements, conditions and other requirements set forth below have been completed and fulfilled to the satisfaction of Agent, with respect to said Advance, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense.

 

27


2.B.1 Prerequisites to Effectiveness of Agreement

The obligations of Lenders to make Advances and the effectiveness of this Agreement are subject to the following documents, certificates and opinions, each in form and substance acceptable to Agent and its counsel, having been delivered to and approved by Agent. It is agreed, however, that Lenders may, in their discretion, make such Advances prior to completion and fulfillment of any or all of such pre-closing requirements, conditions and other requirements, without waiving its right to require such completion and fulfillment before any additional Advances are made.

A. This Agreement duly executed by Borrower, Agent, Swing Lender and Lenders; the Note duly executed by Borrower; the Fee Letter; and the Guaranty duly executed by Guarantor;

B. A copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership of Borrower and all amendments thereto, and a Certificate of Good Standing for Borrower, currently certified by the Secretary of State of its state of organization; Borrower’s Agreement of Limited Partnership, and any necessary consents and resolutions authorizing the transactions described herein, all currently certified by Borrower’s general partner, and upon which Agent and Lenders may rely until revoked by written notice to Agent;

C. A copy of the Articles of Incorporation of Guarantor and all amendments thereto, and a Certificate of Good Standing for Guarantor, each currently certified by the Secretary of State of its state of incorporation; Guarantor’s By-Laws, Resolutions of Guarantor’s Board of Directors authorizing the transactions described herein, and an incumbency certificate for Guarantor (including the names, titles and specimen signatures of officers thereof authorized to execute Loan Documents), all currently certified by Guarantor’s corporate secretary or assistant secretary, as appropriate, and upon which Agent and Lenders may rely until revoked by written notice to Agent;

D. A Certificate from the general partner of Borrower and from a duly authorized officer of Guarantor, setting forth the names, titles, specimen signatures and telephone numbers of all persons authorized to (i) sign Draw Requests and/or other documents, instruments, certificates and agreements to be delivered by Borrower and/or Guarantor to Agent, and/or (ii) to give instructions to Agent hereunder, each of which Certificates shall be deemed to be in full force and effect until forty-eight (48) hours after receipt by Agent of an amendment thereof duly executed by a duly authorized officer or Guarantor;

E. A signed, written opinion from counsel to Borrower and Guarantor, addressed to Agent and currently dated, as to the due organization, existence, qualification and good standing of Borrower and Guarantor; as to the due authorization, validity, legality, binding nature and enforceability of the Loan Documents listed in Section 2.B.1.A , without the consent or approval of any other Person; that, to such counsel’s knowledge, the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which each is a party will not violate any contracts or agreements of Borrower or Guarantor or any applicable Governmental Requirements; as to the absence, to such counsel’s knowledge, of litigation or governmental proceedings which could

 

28


materially, adversely affect Borrower or Guarantor; and such other matters as may be required by Agent on behalf of Lenders;

F. The most current available annual financial statements for Borrower and Guarantor on a consolidated basis, as well as financial statements on a consolidated basis for each of the three (3) full fiscal years immediately preceding the time period covered by said current financial statements; and

G. A sworn statement from and agreement by Borrower and Guarantor listing all guarantees and contingent liabilities to which Borrower and Guarantor are a party or for which Borrower or Guarantor may be liable and agreeing to periodically update said listing, to which sworn statement shall be attached (or in which sworn statement shall be described) current financial statements of Borrower and of Guarantor, which shall be, in such sworn statement, certified and sworn to by Borrower and Guarantor as being true, correct, complete and not misleading in any material respect, and Borrower and Guarantor shall also, in such sworn statement, certify that there has been no material change in the financial status of Borrower or of Guarantor since the dates thereof.

H. With respect to each Unencumbered Asset which is to become an Approved Asset on the Closing Date, (i) a written description of the Unencumbered Asset, including the size, legal description and location of the Unencumbered Asset; (ii) a title report, dated within thirty (30) days of the date on which such Unencumbered Asset is included as an Approved Asset, running in favor of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders, together with a copy of each document referred to therein (collectively “ Title Evidence ”), evidencing that such Real Estate Asset is an Unencumbered Asset; (iii) a current, certified rent roll for such Unencumbered Asset; (iv) operating statements for the prior three (3) years, if available (but in no event less than the prior twelve (12) months); (v) market, location and demographic information; (vi) pro forma operating and capital budgets and (vii) such other information as may be reasonably requested by Agent.

I. Receipt of a Closing Certificate and a Compliance Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (if Borrower has requested that an Advance be funded on the Closing Date).

J. The Borrower agrees that at the request of Agent it will furnish supplements of all materials described in this Section 2.B.1 to Agent after the Closing Date, updating such material.

K. All proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all other documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Agent and to the Agent’s counsel, and the Agent and such counsel shall have received all information and such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the Agent may request.

L. The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent, for the account of the Lenders or for its own account, as applicable, all of the fees and expenses that are due and payable as of the Closing Date in accordance with this Agreement.

 

29


M. The obligation of the Agent to issue any Letter of Credit shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

(1) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Article IV shall be true and correct on and as of the date upon which Borrower requests that Agent issue the Letter of Credit and on the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit with the same force and effect as if made on such date.

(2) No Default . No default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date upon which Borrower requests that Agent issue the Letter of Credit and on the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit or will exist upon issuance of the Letter of Credit.

(3) Notices and Requests . The Agent shall have received the Borrower’s application for such Letter of Credit specified under Section 2.A.2 .

(4) No Legal Impediment . No change shall have occurred in any law or regulations thereunder or interpretations thereof that in the reasonable opinion of the Agent or Majority Lenders would make it illegal for Agent or Lenders to participate in the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit or, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, would make it illegal to issue, extend or renew such Letter of Credit.

2.B.2 Conditions Precedent to Approval of an Asset as an Approved Asset

If and when Borrower wishes to have Lenders approve an Unencumbered Asset or Proposed Acquisition for inclusion as an Approved Asset, Borrower shall submit to Agent a written request for such approval, together with a certificate, signed by Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-3 , that the Real Estate Asset or Proposed Acquisition complies with all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement (with respect to a Proposed Acquisition, subject only to the acquisition of the asset), and the following conditions must be satisfied in the sole discretion of Agent (in reliance upon documentation provided by Borrower, copies of which shall be provided to each Lender by Agent within two (2) Business Days after receipt by Agent):

A. Borrower shall provide, at the time of its request for approval, (i) a written description of the Real Estate Asset or Proposed Acquisition, including its size, legal description and location; (ii) Title Evidence evidencing that such asset is an Unencumbered Asset (or in the case of a Proposed Acquisition, would be an Unencumbered Asset upon acquisition by Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary; (iii) a current, certified rent roll for such asset; (iv) operating statements for the prior three (3) years, if available (but in no event less than the prior twelve (12) months); (v) market, location and demographic information; (vi) pro forma operating and capital budgets; (vii) evidence that such Unencumbered Asset or such Proposed Acquisition meets the Minimum Lease Up Requirement; and (viii) such other information as may be reasonably requested by Agent.

B. Agent shall have completed to its satisfaction, and at the Borrower’s expense, an inspection of the Unencumbered Asset or Proposed Acquisition, if it elects to do so.

 

30


C. All proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all other documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Agent and to the Agent’s counsel, and the Agent, such counsel and the Lenders shall have received all information and such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the Agent may request.

Upon receipt of the above-mentioned written request, certificate and other items (“ Approval Prerequisites ”), Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, engage legal counsel to review the deliveries, all at Borrower’s sole cost and expense. If the Approval Prerequisites are satisfied as determined by Agent, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and if the proposed Unencumbered Asset or Proposed Acquisition complies with the terms, provisions, requirements and conditions of this Agreement, also in Agent’s reasonable determination, Agent shall, after receiving approval from all Lenders, approve (x) the proposed Unencumbered Asset as an Approved Asset, or (y) the Proposed Acquisition as an Approved Asset subject to the consummation of the acquisition thereof by Borrower (or Approved Subsidiary), in writing, which approval shall be given or withheld within ten (10) business days of receipt of the Approval Prerequisites.

Nothing set forth herein or in any other Loan Document shall be read, deemed, construed or interpreted to impose any explicit or implicit obligation of any kind upon the Lenders to approve any Unencumbered Asset or Proposed Acquisition so that it is thereafter included as an Approved Asset, such approval to be, in each instance, subject to the sole discretion of the Lenders in all respects; provided, however, that if the Approval Prerequisites with respect to a property constituting a Proposed Acquisition are satisfactory to all Lenders, the Lenders will not unreasonably withhold their consent to such Proposed Acquisition becoming an Approved Asset.

In no event shall the Lenders be obligated to make advances for a Proposed Acquisition unless such property is acquired by Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary and approved as an Approved Asset by all Lenders (pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement).

2.B.3 Determination of Loan Availability

A. Loan Availability shall be calculated by Agent on behalf of the Lenders on the first day of each calendar quarter and on each Calculation Date.

B. For any period of determination, Loan Availability shall equal the sum of the Tranche A Loan Availability and Tranche B Loan Availability as determined in accordance with Sections 2.B.3.C and 2.B.3.D, respectively, as may be reduced in accordance with Section 2.B.3.E.

C. For any period of determination, Tranche A Loan Availability shall equal the sum of the following three amounts, rounded down to the nearest $1,000,000.00 increment:

1. With respect to Approved Assets which, as of the Calculation Date, either Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary has owned for more than one year (and which have been in operation for more than one year), the lesser of:

 

31


(x) Unencumbered Adjusted EBITDA for the then immediately preceding twelve (12) full calendar months (i) multiplied by sixty percent (60%) and (ii) divided by eight percent (8.00%) or

(y) The Permanent Loan Estimate (using Unencumbered Adjusted EBITDA for the then immediately preceding twelve (12) full calendar months) for such Approved Assets; and

2. With respect to Approved Assets which, as of the Calculation Date, either (a) Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary has owned for more than three (3) months but less than one (1) year, or (b) have been in operation for less than one (1) year, the lesser of:

(x) Unencumbered Adjusted EBITDA annualized based upon the most recent three-month period (i) multiplied by sixty percent (60%) and (ii) divided by eight percent (8.00%) or

(y) The Permanent Loan Estimate (using Unencumbered Adjusted EBITDA annualized based upon the most recent three-month period for such Approved Assets; and

3. With respect to Approved Assets which, as of the Calculation Date, either (a) Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary has owned for less than three (3) months or, (b) are Proposed Acquisitions which are Approved Assets to be acquired by Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary as of the Calculation Date, an amount equal to sixty percent (60%) of the Acquisition Costs for such Approved Assets.

D. For any period of determination, Tranche B Loan Availability shall equal the lesser of (i) the Maximum Availability and (ii) $60,000,000.00.

E. Each Letter of Credit issued by Agent and outstanding hereunder shall (x) reduce Tranche A Loan Availability on a dollar for dollar basis for so long as such Letter of Credit is outstanding, if and to the extent that the Total Revolving Outstandings as of the date of issuance is less than the Tranche A Loan Availability as of such date, and (y) reduce Tranche B Loan Availability on a dollar for dollar basis for so long as such Letter of Credit is outstanding to the extent that the face amount of such Letter of Credit does not reduce Tranche A Loan Availability under (x) above.

F. Tranche A Loan Availability shall be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis by (x) the aggregate balance of any Swing Loans made by the Swing Lender and outstanding hereunder, (y) one and one-half (1.5) times the amount of any Imposition, Lien or Encumbrance arising with respect to any Approved Asset until same is paid in full, discharged or bonded over to the satisfaction of the Agent (provided that such Imposition, Lien or Encumbrance is less than one percent (1%) of the Capitalization Value of the Approved Asset, it being acknowledged that for so long as any Imposition, Lien or Encumbrance in excess of such amount encumbers an Approved Asset, such Real Estate

 

32


Asset shall not be an Approved Asset) and (z) any other unsecured indebtedness of Borrower or Guarantor.

G. In no event shall Lenders be obligated to make Advances which in the aggregate exceed Loan Availability as determined by Agent from time to time. If at any time Loan Availability is less than the Total Revolving Outstandings, Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days of such determination by Agent, either (i) cure the cause of such reduction in Loan Availability, or (ii) pay the excess to Agent on behalf of the Lenders. No additional Advances shall be made hereunder and no additional Letters of Credit shall be issued hereunder until such time as Agent determines that Loan Availability exceeds the Total Revolving Outstandings. It shall be an Event of Default if Borrower fails to cure the cause of the reduction in Loan Availability or make the required payment within such thirty (30) day period.

H. If at any time Tranche A Loan Availability is less than the Total Revolving Tranche A Outstandings as determined by Agent, the excess of such Total Revolving Tranche A Outstandings over the Tranche A Loan Availability shall immediately upon such determination be deemed reallocated to the Total Revolving Tranche B Outstandings and shall thereafter be treated for all purposes as a Tranche B Advance (provided that in no event shall Total Revolving Outstandings ever exceed aggregate Loan Availability).

ARTICLE III.

ADVANCES OF LOAN PROCEEDS

3.1 General

Subject to the limitations on Advances contained elsewhere in this Agreement, the Loan proceeds shall be advanced by Agent, to or for the benefit of Borrower, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article III . All monies advanced by Agent and each Lender (including amounts payable to such Lender and advanced by such Lender to itself pursuant to the terms hereof) shall constitute loans made to Borrower under this Agreement, evidenced by the Note and secured by the other Loan Documents, and interest shall be computed thereon as prescribed by this Agreement and the Note, from the date advanced to or for the benefit of Borrower.

No Advance shall constitute a waiver of any condition precedent to the obligation of any Lender to make any further Advance or preclude Agent from thereafter requiring Borrower to satisfy any such condition precedent with respect to any prior or further Advance. No Advance shall constitute a waiver of any default or Event of Default hereunder which may exist at the time of said Advance, whether or not the same is known to such Lender. All conditions precedent to the obligation of Agent to make any Advance on behalf of Lenders are imposed hereby solely for the benefit of Agent and Lenders, and no other party may require satisfaction of any such condition precedent or shall be entitled to assume that Agent will make or refuse to make any Advance in the absence of strict compliance with such condition precedent. All requirements of this Agreement may be waived by Agent, in whole or in part, at any time.

 

33


Each Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, advance to itself, when due, from the proceeds of the Loan, without further order or request from Borrower, all interest payable to such Lender under the terms hereof or of the Note, and may, at such Lender’s option, without any obligation to do so, advance to itself all other sums due or to become due to such Lender under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents, including but not limited to its fees, administration fees, attorneys’ fees, other consultants’ fees and all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Lender in connection with this Agreement and with the Loan. Each Lender shall also have the right, but not the obligation, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, to advance to Agent the proceeds of the Loan for application by Agent to the satisfaction of any of Borrower’s other obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.

3.2 Inspections

Agent shall have access to each Real Estate Asset at all reasonable times and shall have the right to enter each Real Estate Asset and to conduct such inspections thereof as it shall deem necessary or desirable for the protection of the Lenders’ interests; provided that Agent gives reasonable prior notice thereof to Borrower. Borrower may elect to accompany Agent on any such inspections. No Lender shall be obligated to conduct any inspection of any Real Estate Asset.

Neither Borrower nor any third party shall have the right to use or rely upon any reports generated by Agent for any purpose whatsoever. Borrower shall be responsible for making its own inspections of each Approved Asset.

3.3 Agent and Lender Responsibility

It is expressly understood and agreed that neither Agent nor any Lender assumes liability or responsibility for any representations made by Borrower or for any acts on the part of Borrower.

3.4 Procedure for Advances

A. At the time of each Advance, there shall exist no default or Event of Default hereunder, and all representations and warranties made herein shall be true and correct on and as of each Advance Date with the same effect as if made on that date. Each Advance (other than under a Swing Loan) shall be made pursuant to a Draw Request submitted by Borrower to Agent on behalf of the Lenders. Each Advance under a Swing Loan shall be made pursuant to a Swing Loan Draw Request submitted by Borrower to Agent and Swing Lender (if a party other than Agent).

B. With respect to each Draw Request:

(I) Not later than 10:00 A.M. (Central time) three (3) Euro Business Days prior to the Advance Date if any portion of the requested Advance is desired by Borrower to be a LIBOR Rate Advance, and one Business Day prior to the Advance Date if any portion of the requested Advance is to be a Loan Rate Advance, Borrower shall deliver to Agent a request, in writing, designating the amount of such portion (in the minimum

 

34


amount of $1,000,000.00 and in integral multiples of $100,000.00 in excess thereof (provided that a $100,000 increment may consist in part of a Tranche A Advance and in part of a Tranche B Advance if the Advance will cause the Total Revolving Outstandings to exceed the Tranche A Loan Availability)) and designating the initial LIBOR Rate Period applicable thereto. If no such request is made by Borrower with respect to any Advance, the entire Advance shall be deemed to be a Loan Rate Advance.

(II) On each Advance Date, if all the terms and conditions of this Agreement have been complied with by Borrower, to the satisfaction of Agent, if no default or Event of Default exists hereunder, and if Agent has approved the Draw Request, each Lender shall advance to Agent its Commitment Percentage of the principal amount of the requested Advance by delivering to Agent a wire transfer of funds. Agent shall then forward the Advance to Borrower. All Advances actually so made shall be deemed to be loans to Borrower, shall reduce the available amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment, and shall bear interest at the rates provided herein from the date so advanced.

(III) All Advances shall constitute Tranche A Advances to the extent that the then Total Revolving Outstandings are less than or equal to the Tranche A Loan Availability, subject to subsequent reallocation in accordance with Section 2.B.3.G . All Advances in excess of the Tranche A Loan Availability shall constitute Tranche B Advances.

C. With respect to each Swing Loan Draw Request, Borrower shall deliver any such request no later than 10:00 A.M. (Central time) on the requested Advance Date. On each such Advance Date, if all the terms and conditions of this Agreement have been complied with by Borrower, to the satisfaction of Agent and Swing Lender (if a party other than Agent), if no default or Event of Default exists hereunder, and if Agent and Swing Lender (if a party other than Agent) have approved the Swing Loan Draw Request, the Swing Lender shall advance to Agent the amount of the approved Advance. Agent shall then forward the Advance to Borrower. All Advances actually so made shall be deemed to be loans to Borrower, shall reduce the available amount of the Swing Loan Commitment, and shall bear interest at the rates provided herein from the date so advanced.

D. Each Lender shall also have the right, but not the obligation, so long as an Event of Default exists hereunder, to advance to Agent the proceeds of any Advance for application to the satisfaction of any of Borrower’s Obligations. Any Advance by a Lender for such purpose shall be part of the Loan and shall be evidenced and secured by the Loan Documents from the date made. Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender, so long as an Event of Default exists hereunder, to hold, use, advance and apply Loan proceeds for the payment or performance of any obligation of Borrower hereunder, including but not limited to the obligation to pay interest on the Loan.

E. In the event that Agent (and/or the Swing Lender (if a party other than Agent) in the case of a Swing Loan Request) shall determine, in its sole judgment, that proper documentation to support a requested Advance, as required by this Agreement, has not been furnished, it may withhold payment of such Advance, or of such portion of such Advance as shall not be so supported by proper documentation, and shall promptly notify Borrower of the discrepancy in or omission of such documentation. Until such time as such

 

35


discrepancy or omission is corrected to the satisfaction of such Agent (and/or the Swing Lender, as applicable), it may withhold such funds.

F. Borrower shall provide notice to Agent in the Draw Request of the proposed use of the requested Advance. If Borrower anticipates using the Advance for purposes of financing construction on a Real Estate Asset Under Development, Borrower shall provide evidence to Agent at the time of each such Draw Request that Borrower or an Approved Subsidiary has entered into leases for not less than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square footage of such Real Estate Asset Under Development (which leases must be on arms-length terms and conditions if with an affiliate of Borrower). If Borrower fails to provide the foregoing evidence, Agent shall have no obligation to make the requested Advance for such construction.

3.5 Swing Loans .

(a) During the term of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make advances to Borrower pursuant to this Section from time to time in amounts such that (i) the aggregate of such advance and amount of Swing Loans theretofore advanced and still outstanding does not at any time exceed the Swing Loan Commitment and (ii) the amount of such advance does not exceed the Loan Availability. Each advance under this Section shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000 (except that any such advance may be in the aggregate available amount of Swing Loans determined in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence). With the foregoing limits, Borrower may borrow under this Section, repay or, to the extent permitted by Section 1.3 , prepay Swing Loans and reborrow under this Section at any time during the term of this Agreement.

(b) The Agent shall, on behalf of Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the Agent to act on its behalf), on notice given by Agent no later than 1:00 p.m. (Central time) on the Business Day immediately following the funding of any Swing Loan, request each Lender to make, and each Lender hereby agrees to make, an advance, in an amount (with respect to each Lender, its “ Swing Loan Refund Amount ”) equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Loans (the “ Refunded Swing Loans ”) outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swing Lender. Unless any of the events described in Section 6.1(J) with respect to Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing (in which case the procedures of Section 3.5(c) shall apply), each Lender shall make such advance to Agent at Agent’s office in immediately available funds, not later than 1:00 p.m. (Central time), on the fifth Business Day immediately following the date of such notice. Agent shall immediately apply such proceeds to repay Refunded Swing Loans. Effective on the day such advances are made, the portion of the Swing Loans so paid shall no longer be outstanding as Swing Loans, shall no longer be due as Swing Loans under the Swing Loan Note held by the Swing Lender, and shall be due as Advances under the respective Notes issued to the Lenders. Borrower authorizes the Agent to charge Borrower’s accounts with Agent (up to the amount available in each such accounts) in order to immediately pay the amount of such Refunded Swing Loans to the extent amounts received from the Lenders are not sufficient to repay in full such Refunded Swing Loans.

 

36


(c) If, prior to the time advances would have otherwise been made by Lenders pursuant to Section 3.5(b) , one of the events described in Section 6.1(J) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender shall, on the date such advances were to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 3.5(b) (the “ Refunding Date ”), purchase an undivided participating interest in the Swing Loans in an amount equal to such Lender’s Swing Loan Refund Amount. On the Refunding Date, each Lender shall transfer to the Agent, in immediately available funds, such Lender’s Swing Loan Refund Amount, and upon receipt thereof, the Agent shall deliver to such Lender a Swing Loan participation certificate dated the date of Agent’s receipt of such funds and in the Swing Loan Refund Amount of such Lender.

(d) Whenever, at any time after the Agent has received from any Lender such Lender’s Swing Loan Refund Amount pursuant to Section 3.5(c) , the Agent receives any payment on account of the Swing Loans in which the Lenders have purchased participations pursuant to said Section 3.5(c) , the Agent will promptly distribute to each such Lender its ratable share (determined on the basis of the Swing Loan Refund Amounts of all of the Lenders) of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded); provided, however, that in the event that such payment received by the Agent is required to be returned, such Lender will return to the Agent any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Agent.

(e) Each Lender’s obligation to make an advance under its Revolving Commitment as provided in Section 3.5(b) or to purchase a participating interest pursuant to Section 3.5(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender, Borrower or any other Person may have against the Agent or any other Person, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default, the termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments or the non-satisfaction of any condition precedent to the making of any advance of the Loans, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any other Person, (iv) any breach of this Agreement by Borrower, any other Lender or any other Person or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(f) For purposes of Article III , Advances of Swing Loans shall be deemed to be Loan Rate Advances.

(g) If not sooner paid in accordance with the terms hereof, Swing Loans shall be due and payable, in full, upon the earlier of five (5) Business Days after said amounts are advanced or the Maturity Date (the “ Swing Loan Maturity Date ”).

(h) Any Swing Loan made by the Swing Lender shall be evidenced by, and repaid with interest in accordance with, a promissory note of Borrower in the form of Exhibit G duly completed and executed by Borrower, payable to the Swing Lender (such note, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, extended , severed, assigned, substituted, renewed or restated from time to time, the “ Swing Loan Note ”).

 

37


3.6 Additional Loan Commitments .

(a) Borrower may, from time to time, up to a maximum of three (3) requests, request the Lenders to increase their Revolving Commitments, so as to increase the Revolving Commitment Amount to an amount no greater than the sum of (1) the Accordion Amount plus (2) $150,000,000. The increase in the Revolving Commitment Amount pursuant to any such particular request shall be at least an amount (the “ Minimum Request ”) equal to the lesser of (x) $10,000,000 or (y) the Accordion Amount less all previous increases in the Revolving Commitment Amount pursuant to this Section. Borrower shall make each such request by giving notice to Agent no later than forty-five (45) days prior to the Accordion Expiration Date, which notice shall set forth the amount (which shall be no less than the Minimum Request) of the requested increase in the Revolving Commitment Amount (the “ Requested Increase ”) and such other details with respect to such increase as Agent shall reasonably request. Agent will use commercially reasonable efforts, with the assistance of Borrower, to arrange a syndicate of Lenders with Revolving Commitments (including the then-existing Revolving Commitments) aggregating the then existing Revolving Commitment Amount plus the Requested Increase. Upon receipt of notice as aforesaid from Borrower, Agent shall promptly send a copy of such notice to each Lender and shall request that each Lender increase its Revolving Commitment by an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of the Requested Increase (the “ First Solicitation ”). Each Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to increase its Revolving Commitment by an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of the Requested Increase, and shall have a period of fifteen (15) days from the First Solicitation to notify Agent whether or not such Lender elects so to increase its Revolving Commitment. Any Lender that fails to respond to the First Solicitation in writing within such fifteen (15)-day period will be deemed to have elected not to increase its Revolving Commitment. If all Lenders elect to increase their respective Revolving Commitments by amounts equal to their respective Commitment Percentages of the Requested Increase, Agent shall so notify Borrower, Agent and each of the Lenders, and Borrower shall proceed in accordance with Section 3.6(b) below. If any Lender (any such Lender, a “ Declining Bank ”) shall not elect or shall be deemed to have elected not to increase its Revolving Commitment as aforesaid, (i) the amount of such Declining Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall be unchanged, (ii) Agent shall notify Borrower and each of the Lenders as to which Lenders have elected to increase their Revolving Commitments and by what amounts and (iii) if Borrower so requests, Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to either (A) solicit from the Lenders that elected to increase their respective Revolving Commitments a further increase in their Revolving Commitments in an aggregate amount equal to all or any portion of the aggregate amount of the Declining Lenders’ Commitment Percentage of the Requested Increase (the “ Shortfall ”) or (B) submit a list of proposed syndicate members that are not then a party to this Agreement to Borrower for its review and approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in order to obtain additional commitments in an amount equal to the Shortfall. From and after the Accordion Expiration Date, Agent shall have no further obligation to syndicate the Facility or to obtain or accept any additional Revolving Commitments except to the extent that Agent may be continuing to use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy any Requested Increase that is timely given in accordance with this Section 3.6(a) .

 

38


(b) In connection with increases to the Revolving Commitments of some or all of the Lenders as provided in Section 3.6(a) above, Borrower shall execute supplemental Notes (the “ Supplemental Notes ”) evidencing such increases, as well as such other confirmatory modifications to this Agreement as Agent shall reasonably request. In connection with the addition of lenders as a result of solicitations by Agent pursuant to clause (B) of Section 3.6(a) above (“ New Lenders ”), Borrower, Agent and each New Lender shall execute an acceptance letter in the form of Exhibit F (“ Acceptance Letter ”). Borrower shall execute a Note payable to each New Lender in the amount of the New Lender’s Revolving Commitment (a “ New Note ”) and Borrower and Agent (with the consent of only the New Lenders and those Lenders increasing their Revolving Commitments) shall execute such confirmatory modifications to this Agreement as Agent shall reasonably request, whereupon the New Lender shall become, and have the rights and obligations of, a “Lender”, with a Revolving Commitment in the amount set forth in such Acceptance Letter. The Lenders shall have no right of approval with respect to a New Lender’s becoming a Lender or the amount of its Revolving Commitment. Each Supplemental Note and New Note shall constitute one of the Unsecured Revolving Promissory Notes constituting the “Note” for all purposes of this Agreement.

(c) If at the time a New Lender becomes a Lender (or a Lender increases its Revolving Commitment) pursuant to this Section there is any principal outstanding under the Note of the previously admitted Lenders (the “ Existing Lenders ”), such New Lender (or Lender increasing its Revolving Commitment) shall remit to Agent an amount equal to the Outstanding Percentage (as defined below) multiplied by the Revolving Commitment of the New Lender (or the amount of the increase in the Revolving Commitment of a Lender increasing its Revolving Commitment), which amount shall be deemed advanced under the Revolving Commitment of the New Lender (or the Lender increasing its Revolving Commitment). Agent shall pay such amount to the Existing Lenders in accordance with the Existing Lenders’ respective Commitment Percentages (as calculated immediately prior to the admission of the New Lender (or the increase in a Lender’s Revolving Commitment)), and such payment shall effect an automatic reduction of the outstanding principal balance under the respective Notes of the Existing Lenders. For purposes of this Section, the term “ Outstanding Percentage ” means the ratio of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount under all of the Notes of the Existing Lenders, immediately prior to the admission of the New Lender (or the increase in the Revolving Commitment of a Lender), to (ii) the aggregate of the Revolving Commitments of the Existing Lenders (as increased pursuant to this Section, if applicable) and the New Lenders.

(d) The fees payable by the Borrower upon any increase of the Revolving Commitments shall be as set forth in the Fee Letter and agreed upon by the Borrower, the Agent, the New Lenders and those Lenders increasing their Revolving Commitments. Nothing in this Section 3.6 shall constitute or be deemed to constitute an agreement or commitment by any Lender to increase its Revolving Commitment hereunder.

ARTICLE IV.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that:

 

39


4.1 Legal Status of Borrower

Borrower is a limited partnership, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland and is duly authorized to transact business in the jurisdictions in which the Approved Assets owned by it are located, and has all power, authority, permits, consents, authorizations and licenses necessary to carry on its business, to acquire, develop, demolish, construct, renovate, expand, equip, own and operate each Approved Asset owned by Borrower and to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents executed to date by Borrower have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of Borrower so as to constitute this Agreement and said other Loan Documents the valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

4.2 No Breach of Applicable Agreements or Laws

The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the execution, delivery and/or performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will not result in any breach of or constitute a default under the organizational documents of Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary, any mortgage, deed of trust, lease, bank loan, credit agreement, guaranty or other instrument or violate any Governmental Requirements, to which Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary is a party, or by which Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary may be bound or affected.

4.3 No Litigation or Defaults

There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened, in writing, against or affecting Borrower, Guarantor, any Approved Subsidiary or the Approved Assets, in which an adverse result would have a material adverse effect upon Borrower, Guarantor, any Approved Subsidiary or the Approved Assets, except as listed on Schedule 4.3 attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof, or involving the validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the priority of the lien thereof, at law or in equity; and, to the best knowledge of Borrower, Guarantor and any Approved Subsidiary, none of Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary is in default under any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any court or any administrative body having jurisdiction over Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary.

4.4 Financial and Other Information

The financial statements of, and other financial and cash flow information for, Borrower, Guarantor and all Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis previously or hereafter delivered to Agent fairly and accurately present, or will, in all material respects, fairly and accurately present, the financial condition of Borrower, Guarantor and such Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the dates of such statements and information, and the cash flows of Borrower, Guarantor and such Subsidiaries for the periods covered by such information, and neither this Agreement nor any document, financial statement, financial, cash flow or credit information, certificate or statement referred to herein or furnished to Agent by Borrower, Guarantor and such Subsidiaries contains, or will contain, any untrue

 

40


statement of a material fact or omits, or will omit, a material fact, or is or will be misleading in any material respect.

4.5 No Defaults under Loan Documents or Other Agreements

There is no default or Event of Default on the part of Borrower under the Loan Documents and none of Borrower, Guarantor nor any Approved Subsidiary is in default beyond applicable notice, grace or cure periods under any instrument or agreement under and subject to which any recourse indebtedness in excess of $100,000.00 in the aggregate or any nonrecourse indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000.00 in the aggregate for borrowed money has been issued or is secured.

4.6 Fiscal Years

The fiscal year of Borrower, Guarantor and all Subsidiaries ends on December 31.

4.7 Guarantor

Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland, and has all power, authority, permits, consents, authorizations and licenses necessary to carry on its business in the State of Maryland and to execute, deliver and perform the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which it is or will be a party, and all actions required to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of the Guaranty and such other Loan Documents have been duly taken and are in full force and effect; and the Guaranty and such other Loan Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of Guarantor so as to constitute the Guaranty and such other Loan Documents, when executed by Guarantor, to be the valid and binding obligations of Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

4.8 No Brokers

Borrower has not (nor has any Approved Subsidiary) dealt with any brokers in connection with this Loan and no brokerage fees or commissions are payable by or to any person in connection with this Agreement or the Advances. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible for the payment of any fees or commissions to any broker and Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold Agent and Lenders harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, obligations, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) made against or incurred by Agent and Lenders as a result of claims made by any broker or person claiming by, through or under Borrower, Guarantor or their affiliates in connection with the Loan.

4.9 No Violation of Usury Laws

The undersigned represents and warrants that the Loan and this Note are made exclusively for business purposes in connection with holding, developing, and managing real estate for profit, within the meaning and intent of Maryland Code Annotated,

 

41


Commercial Law Section 12-103(e), as amended, and that none of the proceeds of the Loan or the Note will be used for personal, family or household purposes of any person.

4.10 Subsidiaries

Except for Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership, Saul Subsidiary II Limited Partnership, Guarantor, Saul QRS, Inc., Avenel VI, Inc., Briggs Chaney Plaza, LLC, Kentlands Lot 1, LLC, Smallwood Village Center LLC, Westview Village Center LLC and Saul Monocacy, LLC, there are no entities which are required under GAAP to be consolidated with Borrower for financial reporting purposes, except as otherwise disclosed to Agent in writing from time to time. Each Approved Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in the state of its organization and is duly authorized to transact business in the jurisdictions in which the Approved Assets owned by it are located, and has all power, authority, permits, consents, authorizations and licenses necessary to carry on its business, to acquire, develop, demolish, construct, renovate, expand, equip, own and operate each Approved Asset owned by it and to execute, deliver and perform the Subsidiary Guaranty required under Section 5.9.E hereof, and such Subsidiary Guaranty and any other Loan Documents executed to date by such Approved Subsidiary have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of such Approved Subsidiary so as to constitute such Subsidiary Guaranty and said other Loan Documents the valid and binding obligations of said Approved Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

4.11 Miscellaneous

Borrower is not (nor is any Approved Subsidiary),

A. Engaged principally or as one of its important activities in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board), and the value of all margin stock owned by Borrower does not constitute more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of the assets of Borrower. No portion of any Advance is to be used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit is to be obtained, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin security” or “margin stock” as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

B. An “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

C. A “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a holding company or an “affiliate” of a holding company or a subsidiary company of a holding company within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

4.12 REIT Status

Guarantor has not taken any action that would prevent it from maintaining its existence as a qualified real estate investment trust within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code or from maintaining such qualification at all times during the term of the Revolving Commitment and for so long as any Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

 

42


4.13 Title to Properties

The Borrower (or an Approved Subsidiary) has good title to (or with respect to Beacon, Olney and Southdale, a leasehold interest in), as of the Closing Date, the Approved Assets (with respect to Approved Assets designated as such on the Closing Date, as identified on Exhibit E hereto) or the date of designation as an Approved Asset (with respect to Approved Assets acquired and/or designated as such after the Closing Date), and in each case to the best of its knowledge thereafter; the Borrower (or an Approved Subsidiary) holds good and clear record and marketable fee simple title thereto (or with respect to Beacon, Olney and Southdale, a leasehold interest therein), subject to no mortgages, conditional sales agreements, title retention agreements, liens or, except as otherwise set forth in the title reports delivered by Borrower, encumbrances.

4.14 Representation as to Environmental Matters . Borrower, and each Approved Subsidiary as to Real Estate Assets owned by it, hereby represents and warrants that as of the date hereof, no Disqualifying Environmental Event, release or, to Borrower’s (and such Approved Subsidiary’s, as applicable) knowledge, threatened release of Hazardous Substances, violation of Environmental Laws or similar environmental event with respect to any Approved Asset that could become a Disqualifying Environmental Event has occurred with respect to the Approved Assets which remains uncured.

THE WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS IN THIS ARTICLE IV , AND ANY ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED HEREIN AND IN THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN RENEWED AND RESTATED BY BORROWER AND GUARANTOR AT THE TIME OF EACH REQUEST BY BORROWER FOR AN ADVANCE.

ARTICLE V.

COVENANTS OF BORROWER

While this Agreement is in effect, and until Agent and Lenders have been paid in full the principal of and interest on all Advances made by Lenders hereunder and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and so long as any Letter of Credit is outstanding:

5.1 Paying Costs of Loan

Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent and all costs and expenses of Borrower (and any Approved Subsidiary) in connection with each Approved Asset and the Loan, the preparation and review of the Loan Documents and the evaluation, making, closing, funding, administration, transfer and/or repayment of the Loan and the review of Unencumbered Assets, including but not limited to the attorneys’ fees, consultants’ fees, administration fees, and all other costs and expenses payable to third parties incurred by Agent or Borrower in connection with the Loan. Such costs and expenses shall be so paid by Borrower whether or not the Loan is fully advanced.

5.2 Maintenance of Ownership Structure

 

43


B.F. Saul II or B.F. Saul III, members of their respective families and trusts for the benefit of any of the same and companies or other entities controlled directly or indirectly, by any of the same, shall at all times own, directly or indirectly, at least ten percent (10%), in the aggregate, of (x) the limited partnership units of Borrower, and (y) the common stock of Guarantor on a fully diluted basis.

5.3 Keeping of Records

Borrower shall set up and maintain accurate and complete books, accounts and records pertaining to each Approved Asset in a manner reasonably acceptable to Agent. Borrower will permit representatives of Agent to have free access to and to inspect and copy all books, records and contracts of Borrower relating to each Approved Asset, and will permit representatives of Agent to have free access to and to inspect and copy all other books, records and contracts of Borrower at all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to Borrower. Any such inspection shall be for the sole benefit and protection of Agent, and neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to disclose the results thereof to Borrower or to any third party.

5.4 Providing Financial Information

Borrower shall furnish to Agent such financial information concerning Borrower and Guarantor, and Borrower’s and Guarantor’s other assets and investments, as Agent may reasonably request, and shall furnish to Agent, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense the following:

A. Fiscal Year . Not later than one hundred ten (110) days after the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet, a consolidated statement of profit and loss and consolidated statement of cash flows, as of the end of such fiscal year, for the Borrower and Guarantor, on a consolidated basis certified by independent accountants satisfactory to Agent as being complete and correct and fairly presenting the financial condition and results of operations as of the end of such year and for that fiscal year for Borrower and Guarantor together with a statement from the chief financial officer for Borrower and the Guarantor, in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits B-4 and B-5 .

B. Fiscal Quarter .

(i) Not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, ending March 31, June 30 and September 30, a balance sheet, statement of profit and loss and statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, for the Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries, to be prepared on an accrual basis and certified as complete and correct by the chief financial officer of such entities; and

(ii) Not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, a statement from the chief financial officer for the Borrower and the Guarantor, in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits B-4 and B-5 , together with documentation showing all calculations necessary to support such statement.

 

44


C. Copies of all 8Ks, 10Ks and 10Qs filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Maryland State Securities Commission, and any other state regulators regarding the Guarantor, which shall be delivered to Agent as and when filed or distributed; and

D. Not later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of the pro forma operating and capital budgets for each of the Approved Assets for the succeeding fiscal year, which Budget shall be in form satisfactory to the Agent, in its reasonable discretion.

E. Not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, a copy of the rent roll for each of the Approved Assets as of the end of such quarter in form satisfactory to the Agent, and a tenant lease expiration summary, each certified as being true, correct and complete by the chief financial officer of the Borrower.

F. Such other statements or reports as the Lenders may through Agent reasonably request in form and detail satisfactory to such Lenders.

All such financial statements shall be in reasonable detail, shall be prepared in general accordance with GAAP (except that assets may be valued based on market value), or in accordance with another accounting method acceptable to Agent, and shall be certified as true, correct and complete by Borrower (by its chief financial officer) or Guarantor. In addition, Borrower shall permit Agent and each Lender to examine all of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s books and records pertaining thereto.

5.5 Maintaining Insurance Coverage

Borrower shall, at all times until Agent and Lenders have been fully repaid all indebtedness evidenced by the Note, maintain, or cause to be maintained, in effect, adequate insurance with respect to each Approved Asset, including casualty insurance on a 100% replacement cost basis.

5.6 Transferring, Conveying or Encumbering Approved Assets; Payment of Impositions and Liens; Maintenance of Existence

Borrower shall not voluntarily or involuntarily agree to, cause, suffer or permit (A) any sale, transfer or conveyance of any interest of Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary, legal or equitable, in any Approved Asset or any part or portion thereof; or (B) any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or lien to be imposed or remain outstanding against any Approved Asset, or any security interest to exist therein (hereinafter each called an “ Encumbrance ”), except as created by the Loan Documents (if any). In the event that any Encumbrance arises against any Approved Asset, Borrower shall give written notice thereof to Agent within five (5) days after the imposition of such Encumbrance. Agent shall thereupon recalculate Loan Availability taking into account such Encumbrance. If necessary, Borrower shall make a payment as required pursuant to Section 2.B.3 if Loan Availability is then less than Total Revolving Outstandings.

 

45


Borrower shall, before any penalty or interest attaches thereto because of delinquency in payment, pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged, all taxes, assessments, levies and governmental charges imposed upon or against each Approved Asset or upon or against the Note or the indebtedness evidenced hereby (hereinafter referred to as “ Impositions ”). In the event any Impositions are payable in installments, Borrower shall have the right to pay the same in such installments, even though such Impositions then bear interest, so long as Borrower pays each such installment prior to delinquency. Borrower shall not suffer to exist and shall promptly pay and discharge (or cause to be paid and discharged) any mechanic’s, statutory or other lien or Encumbrance on the Approved Asset or any part thereof (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Liens ”). In the event that any Imposition or Lien arises against any Approved Asset, Borrower shall give written notice thereof to Agent within five (5) days after the occurrence of such Imposition or Lien. Agent shall thereupon recalculate Loan Availability taking into account such Imposition or Lien. If necessary, Borrower shall make a payment as required pursuant to Section 2.B.3 if Loan Availability is then less than Total Revolving Outstandings.

Borrower shall maintain (and shall cause any Approved Subsidiary to maintain) its existence as a duly organized and qualified limited partnership (or such other entity, in the case of any Approved Subsidiary), in good standing under the laws of the state of its formation and the laws of each state in which any Approved Asset owned by it is located, and none of Borrower, Guarantor nor any such Approved Subsidiary shall be dissolved, merged, wound-up or terminated. Borrower shall cause Guarantor at all times to (x) maintain its existence as a qualified real estate investment trust (a “ REIT ”) within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code and not to take any action which could lead to its disqualification as a REIT, (y) except with the prior written consent of Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld, cause its shares to be listed and admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or a successor stock exchange and (z) maintain its existence as a Maryland corporation. Within thirty (30) days after request by Agent from time to time, Guarantor shall provide evidence that Guarantor continues to qualify as a REIT.

5.7 Complying with the Loan Documents, Contracts and Laws

Borrower shall cause all of the representations, warranties and covenants herein to remain true and correct during the term of the Loan, shall comply with and perform all of its agreements and obligations under the Loan Documents, and shall comply with all requests by Agent which are consistent with the terms thereof. Borrower shall promptly provide Agent with copies of any notices of default or deficiency received from any creditor under loans with a principal balance in excess of $100,000.00 and shall promptly cure the same. Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and directions of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over it or its business.

5.8 Financial Covenants

Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that so long as the Revolving Commitment remains outstanding, as of the end of each fiscal quarter and on each Calculation Date:

 

46


A. Minimum Equity Value . Borrower shall have Minimum Equity Value of not less than the sum of $600,000,000.00 plus ninety percent (90%) of Net Equity Proceeds.

B. Portfolio Loan to Value . The ratio of Total Adjusted Outstanding Indebtedness to Capitalization Value shall not exceed sixty percent (60%).

C. Interest Expense Coverage . The ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Interest Expense for the then immediately preceding twelve (12) full calendar months shall not be less than 2.50 to 1.

D. Debt Service Coverage . The ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Debt Service for the then immediately preceding twelve (12) full calendar months shall not be less than 1.60 to 1.

E. Minimum Fixed Rate Debt . Not less than sixty percent (60%) of Total Adjusted Committed Indebtedness (other than the Loan, with respect to which only the principal outstanding on the date of calculation shall be included) shall (x) accrue interest at a fixed rate of interest and (y) have an initial term of not less than five (5) years. Absent Majority Lenders’ prior written approval, the Revolving Commitment shall constitute the only unsecured indebtedness incurred by Borrower. In addition, Borrower hereby agrees that to the extent Borrower would like to incur secured indebtedness accruing interest at a floating rate of interest from time to time, Borrower shall provide prior written notice to Agent. In the event that at any time Borrower intends to receive advances under indebtedness accruing interest at a floating rate of interest (including the Revolving Commitment), which advances aggregate in excess of the Revolving Commitment Amount, then Borrower shall provide prior written notice thereof to Agent and Agent may thereupon require that the Borrower make interest rate protection arrangements satisfactory to Borrower and Agent with respect to all advances of floating rate indebtedness (including the Revolving Commitment) exceeding in the aggregate the Revolving Commitment Amount. The Borrower shall thereafter maintain such arrangements in full force and effect, and shall not, without the approval of the Majority Lenders, modify, terminate, or transfer such arrangements.

F. Payout Ratio . Distributions shall not exceed ninety percent (90%) of Funds from Operations with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantor on a consolidated basis (or, if greater, the amount required to be distributed under Section 857(a) of the Code).

G. Constant Carried Test . The ratio of Adjusted EBITDA for the then immediately preceding twelve (12) full calendar months to the sum of Total Adjusted Outstanding Indebtedness and undrawn Loan Availability shall be greater than 12.5%.

H. Permitted Investments. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit Guarantor or any Subsidiaries to, make investments in the following which in the aggregate would exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Gross Asset Value:

(i) Investments in any Subsidiaries or any unconsolidated entities that are not Approved Subsidiaries, valued at the lower of cost or market;

 

47


(ii) Land held for development, valued at the lower of cost or market;

(iii) Real Estate Assets Under Development (excluding the Clarendon Center Project), valued at the aggregate amount of the total budgeted costs, inclusive of capitalized interest costs necessary to complete the applicable projects; and

(iv) Indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust or other liens on real property in favor of the Borrower, Guarantor or any Subsidiary (exclusive of Real Estate Assets), valued at the aggregate book value thereof.

5.9 Miscellaneous

Borrower shall, and shall cause each Approved Subsidiary, if applicable, to, also:

A. Maintain its qualification to transact business in its state of organization, in each state in which an Approved Asset owned by it is located, and in each jurisdiction where failure so to qualify would permanently preclude Borrower (or such Approved Subsidiary) from enforcing its rights with respect to any material asset or would expose Borrower (or such Approved Subsidiary) to any material liability.

B. File all tax returns and reports which are required by law to be filed by it and pay before they become delinquent all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies imposed upon it and all claims or demands of any kind which, if unpaid, might result in the creation of a lien upon its property.

C. Give prompt written notice to Agent of (i) the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement or in any of the Loan Documents (which notice shall be accompanied by a certificate from Borrower in the form of Exhibit B-8 attached hereto); (ii) the creation of any Encumbrance, Lien or Imposition in excess of $50,000.00 against any Approved Asset; (iii) the occurrence of any Capital Event (which notice shall be accompanied by a certificate from Borrower in the form of Exhibit B-6 attached hereto) and any release or threatened release of Hazardous Substances, any violation of Environmental Laws or similar environmental event with respect to a Real Estate Asset that could become a Disqualifying Environmental Event; and (iv) the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding before any court or arbitrator or any governmental department, board, agency or other instrumentality affecting Borrower or Guarantor or any property of Borrower or Guarantor or to which Borrower or Guarantor is a party in which an adverse determination or result could have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or Guarantor or on the ability of any of them to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, stating the nature and status of such action, suit or proceeding. The Borrower will and will cause the Guarantor to give notice to the Agent in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, within ten (10) days of any judgment not covered by insurance, final or otherwise, against the Borrower the Guarantor in an amount in excess of $100,000.

D. Maintain, preserve, protect and keep the Real Estate Assets in good repair, working order and condition and make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals and

 

48


replacements, normal wear and tear excepted. Borrower further covenants and agrees to continue (and cause each Approved Subsidiary to continue) to operate its business in substantially the same fashion as currently in effect, including, without limitation, acquiring Real Estate Assets of the same quality as the Real Estate Assets currently owned by Borrower and operating and maintaining such Real Estate Assets in substantially the same manner and with the same standard of care and quality as is currently employed by Borrower.

E. Within thirty (30) days of any entity becoming a Subsidiary of Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Agent each of the following in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent: (a) a guaranty executed by such Subsidiary in substantially the same form as the guaranty provided by Guarantor of even date herewith (each, a “ Subsidiary Guaranty ”), pursuant to which the Subsidiary guaranties the full and prompt payment and performance of all of the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan and (b) the items listed in Sections 2.B.1.C through G with respect to such Subsidiary; provided, however, (i) if such Subsidiary is expressly prohibited from becoming a guarantor of the Loan pursuant to a written agreement with a third party financial institution making a loan to such Subsidiary (the “ Third Party Loan ”), then, such Subsidiary shall not be required to enter into a Subsidiary Guaranty of the Loan until such time as the Third Party Loan has been repaid in full or the documents evidencing such Third Party Loan no longer contain such a restriction, or (ii) if such Subsidiary is created solely for administrative purposes and holds no interest in real property, then, such Subsidiary shall not be required to enter into a Subsidiary Guaranty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (x) an Unencumbered Asset owned by a Subsidiary qualify as an Approved Asset or (y) a Subsidiary qualify as an Approved Subsidiary, unless such Subsidiary shall have provided a Subsidiary Guaranty pursuant to this Section 5.9.E that remains in full force and effect.

5.10 Covenants relating to Environmental Law .

Borrower covenants and agrees as follows:

A. Except for substances of a quantity normally used for maintenance or operation of a commercial office building or retail shopping center, as applicable, which are used, stored and disposed of in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), Borrower shall not (and shall not permit any Approved Subsidiary to) place, store, locate, generate, produce, create, process, treat, handle, transport, incorporate, discharge, emit, spill, release, deposit or dispose of any Hazardous Substance (as hereinafter defined) in, upon, under, over or from the Approved Assets, and shall not permit any Hazardous Substance to be placed, stored, located, generated, produced, created, processed, treated, handled, transported, incorporated, discharged, emitted, spilled, released, deposited, disposed of or to escape therein, thereupon, thereunder, thereover or therefrom. Borrower shall cause all Hazardous Substances found on or under the Approved Assets to be properly removed therefrom and properly disposed of at Borrower’s sole cost and expense in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws. Borrower shall not (and shall not permit any Approved Subsidiary to) install or permit to be installed any underground storage tank therein or thereunder, and shall comply (and cause each Approved Subsidiary to comply) with all Environmental Laws which are applicable to the Approved Assets. At any time, and from time to time, in the event Agent

 

49


determines, in its sole discretion, that there may be an issue with respect to Hazardous Substances or compliance with Environmental Laws with respect to the Approved Assets or if an Event of Default exists hereunder, if Agent so requests, Borrower shall provide to Agent an environmental review, audit, assessment and/or report relating to the Approved Assets, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, by an engineer or scientist acceptable to Agent.

B. Borrower shall comply (and shall cause each Approved Subsidiary to comply) with all Accessibility Regulations which are applicable to the Approved Assets.

C. Borrower shall, promptly after obtaining knowledge thereof, advise Agent in writing of (i) any activity in violation of any applicable Environmental Law relating to the Approved Assets, (ii) any governmental or regulatory actions (including, without limitation, information requests) instituted or threatened in writing under any Environmental Law or any Accessibility Regulation affecting the Approved Assets, including, without limitation, any notice of inspection, abatement, noncompliance or potential liability, (iii) all claims made or threatened in writing by any third party against Borrower or the Approved Assets relating to any Hazardous Substance or a violation of any Environmental Law or any Accessibility Regulation and (iv) discovery by Borrower of any occurrence or condition on or under the Approved Assets or on or under any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of the Approved Assets which could subject Borrower, Agent, the Lenders or the Approved Assets to a claim under any Environmental Law or Accessibility Regulation or to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of the Approved Assets under any Environmental Law or Accessibility Regulation. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Agent copies of all orders, notices, permits, applications, or other communications and reports, and of such other documentation or records as Agent may reasonably request, relating to any such activity, Environmental Law, Accessibility Regulation, violations, actions, claims, discovery or event which Borrower receives or which are susceptible of being obtained by Borrower without undue cost or expense and without the necessity for initiating legal proceedings to obtain the same.

D. If Borrower or any other Person (including, without limitation, any Approved Subsidiary) undertakes any investigation or corrective action, including, without limitation, any response, removal, detoxification or other remedial action, pursuant to any requirement of any Environmental Law or Accessibility Regulation, Borrower shall obtain and deliver to Agent a written report, in form and substance acceptable to Agent, from a consultant acceptable to Agent, stating that all required action has been properly taken and that, upon completion of said action, the Approved Assets is in compliance with such Environmental Law and/or Accessibility Regulation.

ARTICLE VI.

DEFAULTS

6.1 Events of Default

Each of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

50


A. Borrower shall default in the payment of principal due according to the terms hereof or of the Note and shall fail to cure said default within five (5) days after the due date thereof, provided, however, in no event shall such grace period apply with respect to payments due on the Termination Date;

B. Borrower shall default in the payment of interest on Advances made by Lenders, or in the payment of any fees, including any Letter of Credit Fee, or any other amounts payable hereunder, under the Note or under any of the other Loan Documents and shall fail to cure said default within five (5) days after the due date thereof;

C. Borrower or any Approved Subsidiary shall default in the performance of or fail to observe any of the covenants contained in Section 5.8 of this Agreement and such default, if curable, as determined by Agent, is not cured within ten (10) days;

D. Borrower or any Approved Subsidiary shall default in the performance or observance of any other agreement, covenant or condition required to be performed or observed by Borrower under the terms of this Agreement or the Loan Documents, which default, if curable, is not cured within thirty (30) days after Agent gives Borrower written notice thereof other than a default under Section 5.10 hereof or any other event, circumstance or omission as to which another notice and/or cure period is provided for hereunder or which otherwise is separately addressed in this Section 6.1 .

E. Borrower or any Approved Subsidiary shall default in the performance of any covenant contained in Section 5.10 hereof which is not cured within sixty (60) days; provided, however, in the event that such breach is susceptible of cure but is not cured within said sixty (60) days, so long as Borrower or such Approved Subsidiary is diligently and continuously pursuing such cure, as evidenced to Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, Agent shall permit Borrower or such Approved Subsidiary an additional one hundred twenty (120) days to effectuate such cure;

F. Any representation or warranty made by Borrower or Guarantor in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents, or in any certificate or document furnished under the terms of this Agreement or in connection with the Loan, shall be untrue or incomplete in any material respect;

G. Any other event or occurrence herein expressly stated to be an Event of Default occurs or exists;

H. Any Loan Document is not in full force and effect or a default has occurred and is continuing thereunder after giving effect to any cure or grace period in any such document;

I. Any mortgaging, conveyance or other voluntary transfer or encumbrance of any of the Approved Assets or any portion thereof occurs without the prior consent of Agent; provided, however, the prior written consent of all Lenders shall be required with respect to any mortgaging, conveyance or other voluntary transfer or encumbrance of any of the Major Assets or any portion thereof;

 

51


J. Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary shall commit an act of bankruptcy, shall file a voluntary petition in a bankruptcy, reorganization, composition, readjustment, arrangement, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or similar proceeding under any present or future statute, law or regulation, shall consent to voluntary or involuntary adjudication in bankruptcy or to reorganization, or shall be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent under any applicable law or laws pursuant to a voluntary proceeding, or admits, in writing, to having become insolvent or to be unable to pay its debts as they become due, or becomes unable to pay its debts as they mature, or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or is dissolved, liquidated, terminated or merged, or if it applies for, or if it consents to, the appointment of a trustee, custodian or receiver for it or a substantial portion of its assets;

K. A custodian, trustee or receiver is appointed for any portion of the assets of Borrower, Guarantor, or any Approved Subsidiary, or an involuntary petition in bankruptcy or insolvency is filed against Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary and is not discharged within ninety (90) days after such appointment or filing;

L. Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary, permits the attachment or judicial seizure of any of its assets with a value in excess of One Hundred Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($100,000.00);

M. Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary, shall be dissolved, liquidated, terminated or merged without the Lenders’ unanimous prior written consent or Guarantor shall amend its articles of incorporation without the prior written consent of Agent (except as may be expressly required by law or regulation) or Guarantor shall fail to (x) maintain its existence as a qualified REIT within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code, (y) list and trade its shares on the New York Stock Exchange or a successor stock exchange at any time, except with the prior written consent of Agent and the Majority Lenders, not to be unreasonably withheld, or (z) maintain its existence as a Maryland corporation;

N. Guarantor shall be terminated, dissolved, liquidated or wound-up, or shall contest, repudiate or purport to revoke the Guaranty, or the Guaranty for any reason (except pursuant to the express terms thereof) shall cease to be in full force and effect as to Guarantor or shall be judicially declared unenforceable or null and void, or any Approved Subsidiary shall contest, repudiate or purport to revoke its Subsidiary Guaranty given pursuant to Section 5.9.E , or its Subsidiary Guaranty for any reason (except pursuant to the express terms thereof or pursuant to the dissolution or merger of such subsidiary and consequent distribution of assets to Borrower) shall cease to be in full force and effect as to such Approved Subsidiary or shall be judicially declared unenforceable or null and void;

O. Any entity comprising the Borrower or Guarantor is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by any court order or judgment or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to all or any part of the Approved Assets by any governmental department, office or agency which could materially adversely affect the performance of the obligations of such parties hereunder or under the Loan Documents, or if any proceeding is filed or commenced seeking to enjoin, restrain or in any way prevent the foregoing parties from conducting all or a substantial part of their respective business

 

52


affairs and failure to vacate, stay, dismiss, set aside or remedy any of the foregoing within sixty (60) days after the occurrence thereof;

P. The default (after the expiration of any notice or cure periods) under any recourse indebtedness in excess of $100,000.00 in the aggregate or any nonrecourse indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000.00 in the aggregate of Borrower or Guarantor, or the maturity of any recourse indebtedness in excess of $100,000.00 in the aggregate or any nonrecourse indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000.00 in the aggregate of Borrower or Guarantor (other than indebtedness under this Agreement) shall be accelerated, or Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to pay any such recourse indebtedness in excess of $100,000.00 in the aggregate or any nonrecourse indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000.00 in the aggregate, in each case when due (after the lapse of any applicable grace period) or, in the case of such indebtedness payable on demand, when demanded (after the lapse of any applicable grace period), or any event shall occur or condition shall exist and shall continue for more than the period of grace, if any, applicable thereto and shall have the effect of causing, or permitting the holder of any such indebtedness or any trustee or other person, party or entity acting on behalf of such holder to cause, such recourse indebtedness in excess of $100,000.00 in the aggregate or any nonrecourse indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000.00 in the aggregate to become due prior to its stated maturity or to realize upon any collateral given as security therefor;

Q. There shall occur a material adverse change of any kind, financial or otherwise with respect to Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary, as determined by Agent in its sole discretion;

R. There shall occur any default (after the expiration of any notice or cure periods) under any other loans from one or more Lenders to Borrower, Guarantor or any Approved Subsidiary.

6.2 Rights and Remedies

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, unless such Event of Default is subsequently waived in writing by Agent on behalf of Lenders, Agent, acting on behalf of the Lenders, or Lenders, as the case may be, in each case subject to Section 8.4.C, shall be entitled to exercise any or all of the following rights and remedies, consecutively or simultaneously, and in any order:

A. Agent may make one (1) or more further Advances, without liability on the part of the Lenders to make any subsequent Advances.

B. Agent may suspend the obligation of the Lenders to make Advances under this Agreement, without notice to Borrower.

C. Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.A.9 and 2.A.10 , Agent may terminate the obligation of the Lenders to make Advances under this Agreement, and declare the entire unpaid principal balance of the Advances made under this Agreement and all Reimbursement Obligations to be immediately due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest on such Advances, without notice to or demand on Borrower.

 

53


D. Agent may terminate its obligation to issue, extend or renew Letters of Credit.

E. Agent may exercise any or all remedies specified herein and/or in the other Loan Documents, and/or any other remedies available at law, in equity or under statute.

F. Agent may take action on behalf of Borrower to correct the circumstances which are the subject of the Event of Default, which action shall not be deemed to cure the Event of Default.

G. Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Lenders to set off any sum due to or incurred by Lenders against all deposits and credits of Borrower with, and any and all claims of Borrower against, Lenders. Such right shall exist whether or not Agent shall have made any demand hereunder or under any other Loan Document, whether or not said sums, or any part thereof, or deposits and credits held for the account of Borrower is or are matured or unmatured, and regardless of the existence or adequacy of any collateral, guaranty or any other security, right or remedy available to Agent. Agent agrees that, as promptly as is reasonably possible after the exercise of any such setoff right, Agent shall notify Borrower of the exercise of such setoff right; provided, however, that the failure of Agent to provide such notice shall not affect the validity of the exercise of such setoff rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver or prohibition of or restriction on Lenders to all rights of banker’s lien, setoff and counterclaim available pursuant to law.

ARTICLE VII.

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Binding Effect; Waivers; Cumulative Rights and Remedies

The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, legal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 5.6 ; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor the proceeds of the Loan may be assigned by Borrower voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Agent (it being agreed that the prior written consent of all Lenders shall be required if Borrower desires to assign this Agreement). No delay on the part of Agent or Lenders in exercising any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder constitute such a waiver or exhaust the same, all of which shall be continuing. The rights and remedies of Agent and Lenders specified in this Agreement shall be in addition to, and not exclusive of, any other rights and remedies which Agent would otherwise have at law, in equity or by statute, and all such rights and remedies, together with Agent’s rights and remedies under the other Loan Documents, are cumulative and may be exercised individually, concurrently, successively and in any order.

7.2 Survival

 

54


All agreements, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement, the making of the Advances by Lenders, and the execution of the other Loan Documents, and shall continue until Lenders receive payment in full of all indebtedness of Borrower incurred under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents and for so long as any Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

7.3 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial

THIS AGREEMENT, THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER, AND THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY HEREOF AND OF ALL OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES RELATING TO NATIONAL BANKS. BORROWER, AGENT AND LENDERS HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THE LOAN, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND/OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. AT THE OPTION OF LENDERS, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE STATE OF MARYLAND OR MARYLAND STATE COURT; AND BORROWER CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUM IS NOT CONVENIENT. IN THE EVENT BORROWER COMMENCES ANY ACTION IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AGENT, AT ITS OPTION, SHALL BE ENTITLED TO HAVE THE CASE TRANSFERRED TO ONE OF THE JURISDICTIONS AND VENUES ABOVE-DESCRIBED, OR IF SUCH TRANSFER CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO HAVE SUCH CASE DISMISSED WITHOUT PREJUDICE.

7.4 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute a single agreement.

7.5 Notices

Any notice required or permitted to be given by either Borrower to Agent on behalf of the Banks or by Agent on behalf of the Banks to Borrower under the terms of this Agreement, or documents related hereto, shall be in writing and shall be sent by manual delivery, telegram, facsimile transmission, overnight courier, or United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested (postage prepaid), addressed to such party at the address specified on the signature page hereof, or at such other address in the United States of America as such party shall have specified to the other party hereto in writing, at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of said change of address. All periods of notice shall be measured from the date of delivery thereof if manually delivered, from the date of sending thereof if sent by telegram or facsimile transmission, from the first Business Day after the date of sending if sent by overnight courier, or from four (4) days after the date of

 

55


mailing if so mailed; provided, however, that any notice to Lenders designating, continuing or converting any Advance as or into a LIBOR Rate Advance shall be deemed to have been given upon telephonic notice from Borrower to Agent, as more particularly set forth herein.

7.6 No Third Party Reliance

No third party shall be entitled to rely upon this Agreement or to have any of the benefits of any Lender’s interest hereunder, unless such third party is an express assignee of all or a portion of Lenders’ interest hereunder.

7.7 [ Intentionally Omitted.]

7.8 Time of the Essence

Time is of the essence hereof with respect to the dates, terms and conditions of this Agreement.

7.9 Entire Agreement; No Oral Modifications

This Agreement, the Guaranty, the other Loan Documents and the other documents mentioned herein set forth the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the Loan and supersede all prior written or oral understandings and agreements between them with respect thereto. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

7.10 Captions

The headings or captions of the Articles and Sections set forth herein are for convenience only, are not a part of this Agreement and are not to be considered in interpreting this Agreement.

7.11 Borrower-Lender Relationship

The relationship between Borrower, Agent and Lenders created hereby and by the other Loan Documents shall be that of a borrower and a lender only, and in no event shall Agent or any Lender be deemed to be a partner of, or a joint venturer with, Borrower.

7.12 Rules of Interpretation

In this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, unless otherwise stated, the word “from” means “from and including” and the word “to” or “until” each means “to but excluding”. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. References to Sections, Subsections, Exhibits, schedules and like references are to this Agreement unless otherwise expressly provided. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. Unless the

 

56


context in which used herein otherwise clearly requires, “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or” where permitted by the context.

7.13 Expenses

Borrower agrees to pay (a) the costs of producing and reproducing this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other agreements and instruments mentioned herein, (b) the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent’s outside counsel or any local counsel to the Agent incurred in connection with the preparation, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein, each closing hereunder, and amendments, modifications, approvals, consents or waivers hereto or hereunder, (c) the fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein, including, without limitation, the costs incurred by the Agent in connection with its inspection of the Unencumbered Assets, and the fees and disbursements of the Agent’s counsel in preparing the documentation, (d) [intentionally omitted], (e) all expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs, which attorneys may be employees of any Lender or the Agent, and the fees and costs of appraisers, engineers, investment bankers, surveyors or other experts retained by the Lender or Agent in connection with any such enforcement proceedings) incurred by any Lender or the Agent in connection with (i) the enforcement of or preservation of rights under any of the Loan Documents against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Guarantor or the administration thereof after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (including, without limitation, expenses incurred in any restructuring and/or “workout” of the Loan), and (ii) any litigation, proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or otherwise, in any way related to any Lender’s or the Agent’s relationship with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Guarantor, (f) all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent incurred in connection with title searches, and (g) all costs incurred by the Agent in the future in connection with its inspection(s) of the Unencumbered Assets. The covenants of this Section shall survive payment or satisfaction of payment of amounts owing with respect to the Note.

ARTICLE VIII.

AGENCY PROVISIONS

8.1 Agency .

A. Appointment and Authorization . Each Lender hereby appoints and authorizes Agent to act as sole agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, authorizes and directs Agent to enter into the Loan Documents other than this Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders, and authorizes the Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the Loan Documents and to exercise such powers as are set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In furtherance thereof, Lenders hereby ratify the execution and delivery by Agent of this Agreement, the acceptance by Agent of all of the other Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents. The Agent hereby accepts such appointment. Agent shall exercise all rights and powers of Agent under this Agreement, including the administration of the Loan and disbursement of Advances,

 

57


except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. The Borrower, without further inquiry or investigation, shall, and is hereby authorized by the Lenders to, assume that all actions taken by the Agent hereunder and in connection with or under the Loan Documents are duly authorized by the Lenders.

B. Non-Liability of Agent and Indemnity .

(1) Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents. Agent shall administer the Loan in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement in the same manner as it customarily does for similar loans for its own account. The duties of the Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature; the Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender; and nothing in this Agreement or any Loan Document, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon the Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement or any Loan Document except as expressly set forth herein or therein. Neither Agent nor any of its respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable to any Lender for any action taken or not taken by them under or in connection with this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents other than Agent’s gross negligence and willful misconduct. In this regard, Agent may consult with independent legal counsel, accountants and other professionals or experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it or them in good faith in accordance with the advice of such legal counsel, accountants or other professionals or experts. In the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, Agent shall not be liable for any apportionment or distribution of payments made by it in good faith pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and if any such apportionment or distribution is subsequently determined to have been made in error, the sole recourse of any person to whom payment was due, but not made, shall be to recover from the recipients of such payments any payment in excess of the amount to which they are determined to have been entitled.

(2) In the event the Agent is not reimbursed and indemnified by the Borrower, within ten (10) Business Days of demand therefor by Agent, each Lender will reimburse and indemnify the Agent, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, in proportion to its respective Commitment Percentage of the Loan, for and against any claims, actions, judgments, costs, expenses or disbursements of whatsoever kind or nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Agent, or its directors, officers, agents, or employees in performing its duties hereunder or under any Loan Document; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent that they arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 8.1.B(2) shall survive the payment in full of all obligations of Borrower and the termination of this Agreement.

8.2 Resignation of Agent; Removal .

A. U.S. Bank National Association or any successor agent may resign as Agent at any time by written notice delivered to the Borrower and the Lenders (if any). Such resignation shall be effective upon the earlier to occur of thirty (30) days following such notice or a successor’s acceptance of appointment as the Agent. In addition, in the event of

 

58


Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by all Lenders) or for cause duly shown (as determined by the Majority Lenders), Agent may be removed by giving thirty (30) days prior written notice to Agent and Borrower; provided, however, for purposes of calculating such approval in this context, Agent shall be deemed a Defaulting Lender and its Commitment Percentage shall therefore be disregarded and excluded for voting purposes only.

B. In the case of any of the events described in Section 8.2.A , (A) the Majority Lenders shall appoint a successor Agent from among the Lenders so long as such successor meets the requirements described in Sections 8.8.A(2) and 8.8.A(3) hereof; provided, however, that the resigning Agent shall be entitled to appoint a successor agent who, so long as no Event of Default exists hereunder, has been approved by Borrower, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and who meets the requirements of Sections 8.8.A(2) and 8.8.A(3) as Agent, if the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor within thirty (30) days after the date the resigning Agent gave notice of resignation; (B) upon a successor’s acceptance of appointment (and assumption of the Agent’s obligations hereunder arising after the date of such appointment), the successor will thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning or removed Agent; (C) upon the effectiveness of any resignation or removal, the resigning or removed Agent will thereupon be discharged from the duties and obligations of Agent which thereafter arise under the Credit Agreement; and (D) any resigning Agent shall have the benefit of any indemnities provided in the Loan Documents and this Agreement.

8.3 Administration .

A. Expenses . Each Lender shall reimburse the Agent for its Commitment Percentage of any expenses with respect to the administration, enforcement or collection of the Loan which are not reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to and within the period required by the Loan Documents, or if not specified in the Loan Documents, promptly after the date of demand therefor made by the Agent, other than those resulting directly from Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to incur such expenditures prior to reimbursement therefor by the Lenders.

B. Documents; Information; Inspection . Except for the Note executed in favor of each Lender and for Loan Documents sent for filing or recording (which are not returned following recording), Agent shall hold and maintain a duplicate set of all original Loan Documents. The Agent shall promptly deliver to each Lender a copy or counterpart of execution copy of each Loan Document. The Agent shall forward, within four (4) Business Days after receipt, to each Lender a copy of each financial statement of Borrower or rent roll or other financial statement for the Real Estate Assets received from Borrower. Upon request of any Lender, the Agent shall promptly forward to such Lender each financial statement of Borrower received by Agent. The Lenders may, upon reasonable prior notice and during the Agent’s normal business hours, inspect and make copies of such books and records of Agent that relate to this Loan.

8.4 Actions by Agent; Required Consents .

 

59


A. Except as specified below, Agent shall exercise its sole discretion to act or not to act under the Loan Documents and the appropriate action with respect thereto. Such discretion may be exercised with respect to the granting of approvals, consents, and modifications under the Loan Documents and with respect to the exercise or refraining from exercise of rights under the Loan Documents.

B. Notwithstanding Section 8.4.A , the following matters shall require the prior consent of all of the Lenders:

(1) any change (other than as currently contemplated in the Loan Documents) in the interest rate under the Loan;

(2) any reduction in the amount of any payment of any fees other than fees paid solely to the Agent;

(3) release of any guarantor;

(4) any change (other than by operation of the Loan Documents) in the Maturity Date of the Loan or in the conditions for extension of the Maturity Date;

(5) any release, termination, modification or amendment of any indemnity provided in the Loan Documents;

(6) any forgiveness of principal, interest or other amounts payable under the Loan (other than the forgiveness of late fees up to three (3) times during the term of this Agreement, after which Majority Lender consent shall be required) or any extension of time for payment of principal or interest;

(7) any increase in the Revolving Commitment Amount (as such may be increased in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.6(a) hereof) or the Loan;

(8) any amendment to the covenants contained in Section 5.8 hereof;

(9) any amendment to this Section 8.4.B or Section 8.2 ;

(10) any change in the definition of “Majority Lenders”; and

(11) those matters for which consent of all of the Lenders is required pursuant to Section 6.1.M .

C. Notwithstanding Section 8.4.B , the prior consent of the Majority Lenders shall be required for the acceleration of any indebtedness under the Loan Documents, or the pursuit of remedies against the Borrower;

D. In case one or more Events of Default have occurred and shall be continuing, and whether or not acceleration of the Loan shall have occurred, the Agent shall, if (a) so requested by the Majority Lenders and (b) the Lenders have provided to the Agent such additional indemnities and assurances against expenses and liabilities as the Agent may

 

60


reasonably request, proceed to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and exercise all or any such other legal and equitable and other rights or remedies as it may have in respect of enforcement of the Lenders’ rights against the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Majority Lenders may direct the Agent in writing as to the method and the extent of any such enforcement, the Lenders (including any Lender which is not one of the Majority Lenders so directing the Agent in writing) hereby agreeing to ratably and severally indemnify and hold the Agent harmless from all liabilities incurred in respect of all actions taken or omitted in accordance with such directions, provided that the Agent need not comply with any such direction to the extent that the Agent reasonably believes the Agent’s compliance with such direction to be unlawful or commercially unreasonable in any applicable jurisdiction.

8.5 Payments .

A. Interest Rates and Disbursement Matters . Lenders and Agent specifically agree to the following operational and administrative procedures as between themselves:

(1) The Prime Rate (as established from time to time) shall in each instance be the rate established from time to time by Agent.

(2) Agent shall notify each Lender by telephone or facsimile of the election by the Borrower (A) to apply the Loan Rate one (1) Business Day prior to the date on which the Loan Rate shall be effective and (B) to apply the LIBOR Rate two (2) Business Days prior to the date on which the LIBOR Rate shall be effective. Agent shall notify each Lender by telephone or facsimile of its Commitment Percentage of a proposed Advance of the Loan and the date of such disbursement two (2) Business Days prior to such disbursement with respect to disbursements which are to bear interest at the Loan Rate or the LIBOR Rate, such notice to be delivered by facsimile. All notices from Agent to the Lenders shall also include: (i) the amount of such Advance requested by Borrower, (ii) the amount approved for advance by Agent, (iii) each Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such proposed Advance, and (iv) the date such Advance is scheduled to be made to Borrower. Each Lender may request copies of any additional materials submitted to Agent by Borrower after Agent and the Lenders have made any Advance. Each Lender shall deposit by wire transfer of Immediately Available Funds to Agent’s account as specified on Exhibit D hereto the amount of such Commitment Percentage no later than 11:00 a.m. (Central time) on the date of such disbursement.

Unless Agent shall have been notified by any Lender not later than the close of business (Central time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the date for funding in respect of any Advance that such Lender does not intend to make available to Agent such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such Advance, Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to Agent. In any case where a Lender does not for any reason make available to Agent such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such Advance, Agent, in its sole discretion, may, but shall not be obligated to, fund to Borrower such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such Advance. If the amount so funded by Agent is not in fact made available to Agent by the responsible Lender, then such Lender hereby

 

61


assigns to Agent any payments received by Agent from Borrower in repayment of such amount, together with interest thereon at the rate applicable to such Advance.

(3) If any Lender fails to deliver funds to Agent for a disbursement by the time required by subsection (2)  above, such Lender shall pay to Agent interest on such funds at the Federal Funds Rate, as announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, for each day (or portion thereof) until such funds are delivered. Any interest paid pursuant to this section shall be divided among the Lenders which funded the applicable disbursement.

(4) Agent shall wire transfer to each Lender at such Lender’s account as designated on Exhibit D hereto its Commitment Percentage of any payments (to the extent payable pursuant to Section 8.5.B) ) within one (1) Business Day of Agent’s receipt of such payment. Agent shall pay to the Lenders interest thereon, at the Federal Funds Rate from the Business Day following receipt of such funds by Agent until such funds are paid in Immediately Available Funds to the Lender.

(5) Any Lender desiring to make a claim for costs or taxes payable by Borrower shall deliver a certificate to Agent setting forth the basis and calculation thereof and the Agent shall forward such certificate to the Borrower. Except as provided in the Loan Documents, each Lender shall be responsible for any taxes payable in respect of amounts paid hereunder. All payments made by Agent to Lenders shall be made without withholding for taxes, charges, or levies, except as may be required by law. Each Lender shall on demand from Agent provide completed and signed copies of certificates required to show exemption of such Lender from United States withholding taxes.

B. Application of Recoveries . Lenders and Agent agree that all payments made and actually received by the Agent in respect of the Loan (from any person or source) shall be applied in the following order of priority (based on Commitment Percentages thereof):

(1) to the reimbursement of any costs incurred by the Agent to administer, enforce, collect or deal with the Loan (including payments made pursuant to Sections 8.5.A(2) and (3)  hereof (or to reimbursement of the Lenders to the extent such costs have been paid by the Lenders);

(2) to the payment of all interest (including interest calculated at the Default Rate) due and payable on the Note;

(3) to the payment of fees payable under the Loan Documents;

(4) to the payment of principal of the Note; and

(5) to the Borrower.

C. Excess Payments . If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off or otherwise) on account of its interest in the Loan in excess of its Commitment Percentage in the Loan, such

 

62


Lender will pay the excess to Agent and Agent shall pay to the other Lenders their respective proportionate share thereof; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered by the Borrower or other party entitled thereto through legal action or otherwise, each Lender shall reimburse the party returning such excess payment in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the excess payment.

D. Liability for Advances . If in the reasonable opinion of the Agent the distribution of any amount received by it in such capacity hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents might involve it in material liability, it may refrain from making distribution until its right to make distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that the Agent shall invest any such undistributed amounts in overnight obligations on behalf of the Lenders and interest thereon shall be paid pro rata to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that any amount received and distributed by the Agent is to be repaid, each Person to whom any such distribution shall have been made shall either repay to the Agent its proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to be repaid or shall pay over the same in such manner and to such Persons as shall be determined by such court.

8.6 Defaulting Lender .

A. Defaults . If for any reason any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then in addition to the rights and remedies that may be available to the Agent and the other Lenders at law and in equity, such Defaulting Lender’s right to participate in the administration of the Loan and the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any rights to consent to or direct any action or inaction of the Agent, shall be suspended during the pendency of such failure or refusal. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several, (b) no Lender is or will be obligated to lend Borrower more than the amount set forth in Schedule 1 hereto for such Lender, nor to fund any part of any advance except upon fulfillment of all applicable conditions precedent provided herein and in the other Loan Documents, (c) except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, Borrower shall have no recourse or claim against a non-defaulting Lender nor against Agent (so long as the same have otherwise complied with their obligations under this Agreement), for any deficiency or any liability, loss, damage or expense resulting from the default of a Defaulting Lender, and (d) the Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Commitment Amount of any Lender shall not be increased or decreased as a result of the failure by any other Lender to perform its obligation to make an advance.

B. Remedies . If for any reason the Defaulting Lender fails to make timely payment to any other party to this Agreement of any amount required to be paid to it hereunder, in addition to other rights and remedies which such other party may have under Section 8.6.A or otherwise, such other party shall be entitled (1) to collect interest from the Defaulting Lender for the period from the date on which the payment was due until the date on which the payment is made for each day during such period at the Federal Funds Rate, (2) to withhold or set off, and to apply to the payment of the defaulted amount and any related interest, any amounts to be paid to the Defaulting Lender under

 

63


this Agreement, (3) to bring an action or suit against the Defaulting Lender in a court of competent jurisdiction to recover the defaulted amount and any related interest, (4) to arrange for the purchase of the Commitment Percentage of the Defaulting Lender as provided in Section 8.6.D , and (5) to advance funds on behalf of the Defaulting Lender as provided in Section 8.6.E .

C. Indemnity . The Defaulting Lender shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and each of the other Lenders harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, and expense (including attorneys’ fees) which they may actually sustain or incur by reason of or in consequence of the Defaulting Lender’s failure or refusal to abide by the terms of this Agreement.

D. Purchase Right . If a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the other Lenders who are not Defaulting Lenders shall have the right, but not the obligation, in their sole discretion, to acquire (pro rata based on the Commitment Percentages of the Lenders exercising such right) all of such Defaulting Lender’s right, title, and interest in and to the Loan. The purchase price shall be the principal and accrued interest allocable to the Defaulting Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loan and shall be paid on the closing day of such purchase. On the date of closing of such purchase, the Defaulting Lender shall pay the Agent a processing fee of $3,500. The Defaulting Lender shall retain liability for all obligations in respect of the Loan and this Agreement arising prior to the date of transfer (but releasing Defaulting Lender’s liability for all obligations in respect of the Loan and this Agreement arising from and after the date of transfer) and shall execute and deliver such documents as may be reasonably necessary to effect such transfer.

E. Default Loans . If a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the other Lenders may (pro rata based on the Commitment Percentages of the Lenders exercising such right), but are not obligated to, make advances to the Agent in the aggregate amount that the Defaulting Lender is obligated to advance under the Credit Agreement or this Agreement. Such advances shall be treated as loans made to the Defaulting Lender, shall bear interest at the Default Rate (payable on demand), shall be due and payable upon demand, and shall be paid prior to any payment being made to the Defaulting Lender.

F. Cumulative Remedies and Survival . The exercise of the above remedies shall not reduce, diminish or liquidate the Defaulting Lender’s obligation for the sharing of losses and reimbursement of costs, liabilities, and expenses under the Loan Documents and this Agreement. The obligations of the Defaulting Lender arising prior to any purchase pursuant to Section 8.6.D shall survive any such purchase.

8.7 Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgments .

A. Authorization, etc. Each Lender represents and warrants, as of the date hereof, as follows:

(1) Such Lender has all necessary corporate power and authority to own its interest in the Loan and the Loan Documents, and has all necessary corporate power and authority to perform its obligations with respect to this Agreement and the Loan Documents;

 

64


(2) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and all other instruments and documents executed and delivered in connection therewith by such Lender have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action of such Lender; and

(3) No approval, authorization, order, license or consent of, or registration of filing with, any governmental authority or other person is required in connection with such Lender’s execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Lender.

B. Independent Decision . Each Lender agrees that it has, independently and without reliance upon any other party hereto, or upon the directors, officers, agents or employees of any other party hereto, but only in reliance upon information supplied to it by or on behalf of the Borrower and upon such other information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own independent credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and the Loan Documents. Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender acknowledges that it has received copies of the Loan Documents and financial statements, certificates, instruments, documents, affidavits, resolutions and agreements as it deems necessary to make its credit analysis and decisions in respect of the Loan. Each Lender also agrees that it shall, independently and without reliance upon any other party hereto, continue to make its own independent credit analyses and decisions in acting or not acting under the Loan Documents. Except as specifically provided herein, the Agent shall have no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the Closing Date or at any time or times thereafter.

C. No Reliance . Each Lender hereby acknowledges that, except as specifically set forth herein, Agent (i) makes no warranty or representation to Lenders for any statements, warranties or representations (written or otherwise, express or implied) made in or in connection with the Loan Documents for the financial condition of the Borrower or for the title or the value of any of the collateral for the Loan, and (ii) shall not be responsible to the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties herein or for the due execution, effectiveness, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency, or collectibility of any of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto or in connection with the Loan or the legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency, perfection or priority of any rights in all or any portion of the collateral for the Loan. The Agent shall not be bound to ascertain whether any notice, consent, waiver or request delivered to it by the Borrower or any holder of any Note shall have been duly authorized or is true, accurate and complete. Agent shall not be required to make any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the financial condition of the Borrower or Guarantor, or the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or any default which, with the giving of notice, passage of time, or both, would become an Event of Default.

8.8 Assignments .

A. Permitted Assignments . Any Lender may assign to any affiliate of such Lender all or a portion of its respective Commitment Percentage of the Loan, in such a

 

65


manner as to create privity of contract between such affiliate and the Borrower and to make such affiliate a Lender for all purposes hereunder; provided, however any Lender serving as Agent hereunder shall hold not less than $20,000,000.00 of the total commitment so long as there exists no Event of Default. Any Lender may assign to any entity which meets the following conditions (“ Assignee Lender ”) all or a portion of its respective Commitment Percentage of the Loan, in such a manner as to create privity of contract between such person and the Borrower and to make such person a Lender for all purposes hereunder:

(1) The minimum portion of the total commitment which the assigning Lender may assign to an Assignee Lender (the “ Assigned Interest ”) shall be Five Million and 00/100ths Dollars ($5,000,000.00).

(2) An Assignee Lender (or its direct or indirect parent) shall be either (A) a commercial lender organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having total assets in excess of Ten Billion Dollars ($10,000,000,000) or (B) a U.S. branch of a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country which has total assets in excess of Ten Billion Dollars ($10,000,000,000) or (C) any other U.S. financial institution which has total assets in excess of Ten Billion Dollars ($10,000,000,000).

(3) The senior unsecured debt of an Assignee Lender (or its direct or indirect parent) shall have a rating of Baa-2 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or a comparable rating agency.

(4) Such assignment shall have been approved by Agent and, so long as no Event of Default exists hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, by Borrower. Borrower shall notify Agent within five (5) Business Days after receipt of notice of such proposal to advise Agent of whether it approves the proposed assignee. If Borrower disapproves such assignee, then, unless Borrower provides a reasonable basis for withholding its consent to such proposed assignee, Agent shall notify all of the Lenders who shall thereupon have a right of first refusal, exercisable within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of Agent’s notice, to elect to acquire, pro rata based upon the percentage which its respective Commitment Percentage bears to the aggregate Commitment Percentages of all Lenders electing to purchase the Assigned Interest. The closing of such assignment to the electing Lenders shall occur twenty (20) Business Days after Agent’s notice. If none of the Lenders exercise their right to purchase, the assigning Lender may thereafter convey the Assigned Interest to the originally proposed assignee, notwithstanding that Borrower did not approve such proposed assignee. It shall not be deemed to be reasonable for the Borrower to withhold its consent if such proposed assignee meets the criteria outlined in Section 8.8(A)((2) and (3)  hereof. No sub-assignments shall be permitted.

(5) The Assignee Lender shall have paid to the Agent an administrative fee of $3,500.00 to process the admission of such Assignee Lender.

(6) The Assignee Lender shall not be Borrower or any affiliates of Borrower.

 

66


B. Assignment and Assumption . The Borrower and Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with the assigning Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee Lender (or to an affiliate of such Lender) until such time as (i) written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses and related information with respect to the Assignee Lender (or such affiliate) shall have been given to the Borrower and Agent by the assigning Lender and the Assignee Lender (or such affiliate); (ii) the assigning Lender and the Assignee Lender (or such affiliate) shall have delivered to the Borrower and Agent an Assignment and Assumption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Promptly following a request therefor, Borrower will execute and deliver to Agent an appropriate replacement promissory note or replacement promissory notes, in each case designated as such, in favor of each assignee (and assignor, if such assignor is retaining a portion of its Commitment Percentage and advances) reflecting such assignee’s (and assignor’s) Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Commitment Amount. Promptly following the execution and delivery of such replacement promissory note(s) the original promissory note or notes evidencing all or a portion of the Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Commitment Amount and advances being assigned shall be canceled and returned to Borrower.

C. Notice by Agent . Promptly following receipt by Agent of an executed Assignment and Assumption Agreement, Agent shall give notice to the Borrower and to the Lenders of: (i) the effectiveness of the assignment by the assigning Lender to the Assignee Lender (or the affiliate of the Lender); and (ii) the revised percentages and maximum amounts of the Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Commitment Amount in effect as a result of such assignment.

D. Adjustment of Shares . Immediately upon delivery of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement to Agent, this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of the Assignee Lender (or affiliate of the Lender) and the resulting adjustment of the Commitment Percentage arising therefrom. The Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Commitment Amount assigned to each Assignee Lender (or such affiliate) shall reduce the Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Commitment Amount of the assigning Lender by a like amount.

E. Rights of Assignee . From and after the date upon which Agent notifies the assigning Lender that it has received an executed Assignment and Assumption Agreement: (1) the Assignee Lender (or the Lender’s affiliate) thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption Agreement, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement; and (2) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations under this Agreement have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption Agreement, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement.

F. Assignee’s Agreements . By executing and delivering an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Assignee Lender (or the Lender’s affiliate) thereunder

 

67


confirms and agrees as follows: (1) other than as provided in such Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, the Note or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant to the Loan; (2) the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or any other parties or the performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its Obligations; (3) the Assignee Lender (or such affiliate) has received a copy of this Agreement, together with such other documents and information as the Assignee Lender (or such affiliate) has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into the Assignment and Assumption Agreement; (4) the Assignee Lender (or such affiliate) will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (5) the Assignee Lender (or such affiliate) hereby appoints and authorizes Agent to take such action as administrative agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Documents and this Agreement as are delegated to Agent thereunder and hereunder, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (6) the Assignee Lender (or such affiliate) agrees that it will perform all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender and confirms the representations and warranties of the assigning Lender under this Agreement.

G. Participations . Subject to Borrower’s prior written consent so long as no Event of Default exists hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, any Lender may at any time grant to an affiliate of such Lender, or one or more banks or other financial institutions (each a “ Participant ”) participating interests in its Percentage Interest of the Revolving Commitment Amount or the obligations owing to such Lender hereunder. No Participant shall have any rights or benefits under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. In the event of any such grant by a Lender of a participating interest to a Participant, such Lender shall remain responsible for the performance of it obligations hereunder, and the Borrower and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which any Lender may grant such a participating interest shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Borrower hereunder including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided however, such Lender may agree with the Participant that it will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to (i) increase such Lender’s Percentage Interest of the Revolving Commitment Amount, (ii) extend the date fixed for the payment of principal on the Loan or a portion thereof owing to such Lender, or (iii) reduce the rate at which interest is payable thereon.

8.9 Other Business . The Agent and each Lender may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with Borrower or any affiliate of Borrower as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other considerations from the Borrower or any such affiliate for services in connection with this Agreement and otherwise without having to account for the same to the other parties hereto.

 

68


8.10 Consents . If the Agent requests in writing the consent or approval from the Lenders and any Lender does not respond to such request within seven (7) Business Days (or such other period as may be provided herein), such Lender shall be deemed to have given such consent or approval.

8.11 Agent as Lender . In its individual capacity as a Lender, U.S. Bank National Association shall have the same obligations and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect to its Commitment Percentage and the Advances made by it, and as the holder of a Note as it would have were it not also the Agent.

8.12 Notification of Defaults and Events of Default . Agent and each Lender hereby agree that, upon learning of the existence of a default or an Event of Default, it shall (to the extent notice has not previously been provided) promptly notify the other parties to this Agreement (other than Borrower) thereof. The Agent hereby agrees that upon receipt of any notice under this provision it shall promptly notify the other Lenders of the existence of such default or Event of Default. Agent shall provide to Lenders copies of any notice of a default or an Event of Default which Agent delivers to Borrower.

8.13 No Reliance by Borrower . The provisions of this Article VIII are for the benefit of Agent, the Lenders, and other than the portions of Section 8.8 that pertain specifically to Borrower, Borrower shall have no right to rely on or enforce any of the provisions hereof; provided, however, the foregoing shall in no way limit Borrower’s obligations under this Article VIII . In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement, Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation toward or relationship of agency or trust with or for Borrower or any other person.

8.14 Reliance . Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written notices, statements, certificates, orders or other documents, telecopies or any telephone message believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person, and with respect to all matters pertaining to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and its duties hereunder or thereunder, upon advice of legal counsel (including counsel for Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it.

8.15 Pledge to Federal Reserve Bank . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, without the need to comply with any of the formal or procedural requirements of this Agreement, including this Section 8.15 , any Lender may at any time and from time to time pledge and assign all or any portion of its rights under all or any of the Loan Documents to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from its obligations thereunder. To facilitate any such pledge or assignment, Agent shall, at the request of such Lender, enter into a letter agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank in, or substantially in, the form of the exhibit to Appendix C to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Operating Circular No. 10.

8.16 USA Patriot Act Notice; Compliance . The USA Patriot Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56) and federal regulations issued with respect thereto require all financial

 

69


institutions to obtain, verify and record certain information that identifies individuals or business entities which open an “account” with such financial institution. Consequently, Lender (for itself and/or as Agent for all Lenders hereunder) may from time-to-time request, and Borrower shall provide to Lender, Borrower’s name, address, tax identification number and/or such other identification information as shall be necessary for Lender to comply with federal law. An “account” for this purpose may include, without limitation, a deposit account, cash management service, a transaction or asset account, a credit account, a loan or other extension of credit, and/or other financial services product.

 

70


[Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above set forth.

 

SAUL HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , a Maryland limited partnership
By:   Saul Centers, Inc., a Maryland corporation, its sole general partner
  By:  

/s/ B. Francis Saul II

  Name:   B. Francis Saul II
  Its:   Chief Executive Officer
Address:  

7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1500

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

 

71


[Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

AGENT:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ A. Jeffrey Jacobson

  A. Jeffrey Jacobson
  Senior Vice President
  Address:  

1650 Tysons Boulevard Suite 250

McLean, Virginia 22102

    Attn:  

A. Jeffrey Jacobson

Senior Vice President

 

72


[Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

SYNDICATION AGENT:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Mark F. Monahan

  Mark F. Monahan
  Vice President
Address:  

1750 H Street, N.W., Suite 400

Washington, D.C. 20006

Attn: Manager, Loan Administration

 

73


[Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

LENDER:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ A. Jeffrey Jacobson

  A. Jeffrey Jacobson
  Senior Vice President
  Address:  

1650 Tysons Boulevard

Suite 250

McLean, Virginia 22102

   

Attn:

 

A. Jeffrey Jacobson

Senior Vice President

 

74


[Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

LENDER:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Mark F. Monahan

  Mark F. Monahan
  Vice President
Address:  

1750 H Street, N.W., Suite 400

Washington, D.C. 20006

Attn: Manager, Loan Administration

 

75


[Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

LENDER:
COMPASS BANK
By:  

/s/ S. Kent Gorman

Name:   S. Kent Gorman
Title:   Senior Vice President
Address:  

15 South 20 th Street, Suite 1500

Birmingham, AL 35233

Attn: Kent Gorman

 

76


[Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

LENDER:
SOVEREIGN BANK
By:  

/s/ Jill A. Murphy

Name:   Jill A. Murphy
Title:   Senior Vice President
Address:    

2312 New Road, Suite 1

Northfield, NJ 08225

   

Attn:

   

Jill A. Murphy

Senior Vice President

[SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

77

Exhibit 10.o

GUARANTY

THIS GUARANTY is made and entered into as of the 19th day of December, 2007 by SAUL CENTERS, INC. , a Maryland corporation, having an address at 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1500, Bethesda, Maryland 20814 ( “Guarantor” ), in favor of U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association, whose address is 1650 Tysons Boulevard, Suite 250, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attention: Real Estate Banking Group, Division Head (“ Agent ”) as administrative agent and sole lead arranger for itself and for the other financial institutions (collectively, the “Lenders” ) which are or may become parties to the Credit Agreement (as herein defined).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS , the Lenders have agreed upon certain conditions to make a revolving loan to SAUL HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , a Maryland limited partnership (“ Borrower ”), in the aggregate principal amount of up to One Hundred Fifty Million and 00/100ths Dollars ($150,000,000.00) ( “Loan” ), as such amount may be increased from time to time, pursuant to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement of even date herewith between Agent, Lenders and Borrower (as amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement” ), which Loan shall be evidenced by one or more Unsecured Revolving Promissory Notes of even date herewith (whether one or more, as modified, amended, restated or replaced from time to time, the “Note” ) in the aggregate face amount of $150,000,000.00 (as may be increased pursuant to the Credit Agreement); and

WHEREAS , Borrower has on this date executed and delivered to Agent the Note, the Credit Agreement, and certain other Loan Documents more particularly defined in the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS , the Guarantor is the sole general partner of Borrower; and

WHEREAS , in order to induce Lenders to make the Loan, and as additional security for the Loan and for all sums advanced under the Note, the Credit Agreement, and the other Loan Documents, and for the payment and performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Note, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower has agreed to obtain, and Guarantor has agreed to execute, deliver and perform, this Guaranty; and

WHEREAS , Lenders have refused to make the Loan to Borrower or to make any advances under the Loan Documents unless this Guaranty is executed by Guarantor and is delivered to Agent on behalf of Lenders.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the Lenders’ agreement to make the Loan to Borrower in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Guarantor, Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with Agent and Lenders as follows:

1.    Guarantor, for itself, its heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby primarily, unconditionally, absolutely and irrevocably, guaranties to Agent and Lenders and to their respective successors and assigns that all payments due and payable under the Note, including, but not limited to, payments of principal, interest (including, but not limited to, interest accruing under the Note after the filing of any petition under applicable federal bankruptcy laws and any amounts paid by Borrower to Agent or Lenders and required to be disgorged by Lenders or Agent as preferential payments under any applicable bankruptcy laws) and all other amounts

 

- 1 -


owing under the Loan Documents, shall be fully and punctually paid in accordance with the terms of the Note, as and when due, and whether or not accelerated pursuant to the terms of the Note, that Borrower shall fully and punctually pay, comply with and perform all of the obligations, terms, covenants and conditions of the Loan Documents to be by it paid, complied with and performed, and that all warranties and representations made by Borrower in the Loan Documents and/or in connection therewith are true and correct in all material respects; and, if the payments due and payable under the Loan Documents shall not be so paid, and/or if Borrower shall fail or refuse to so pay, comply with or perform said obligations, terms, covenants and conditions of the Loan Documents, Guarantor shall fully and punctually so pay such payments and shall so pay, comply with and perform the obligations, terms, covenants and conditions with respect to which Borrower has failed or refused to pay, comply with or perform, whether or not the Note has been accelerated pursuant to the terms thereof, shall pay the attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by Agent and Lenders in enforcing or protecting, or obtaining the right to enforce or protect, whether in bankruptcy court, probate court or otherwise, any of the rights, remedies or recourses of Agent hereunder or thereunder (prior to trial, at trial and on appeal and whether or not Agent prevails therein), and shall reimburse Agent and the Lenders for all damages suffered thereby as the result of the incorrectness or untruthfulness of said warranties and representations, all without cost or expense to Agent and Lenders. The obligations and liabilities of Guarantor hereunder shall be primary and not secondary. In addition to all other rights of Agent and Lenders to accelerate the indebtedness evidenced by the Note, if (a) an event of default shall occur which, pursuant to the terms of the Note, would entitle Agent to accelerate said indebtedness, but (b) there shall be filed with respect to Borrower a petition in bankruptcy or similar relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar law, and by reason of such filing or as a result of any order of court, Agent shall be prevented from accelerating or collecting said indebtedness, then Agent shall have the right, on behalf of Lenders, to demand from Guarantor payment in full of, and Guarantor shall pay in full, all indebtedness evidenced or secured by the Loan Documents, including all principal, interest, costs, expenses, fees and charges, whether or not then due and payable by Borrower. This is a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection only.

2.    The Note, the Credit Agreement, and all other Loan Documents are hereby made a part of this Guaranty by reference thereto with the same force and effect as if fully set forth herein. Guarantor hereby acknowledges having received a true, correct and complete copy of each of the Loan Documents.

3.    Guarantor hereby agrees that Agent may take other guaranties, collateral or security to further secure the Loan Documents, or any of them, and consents that any of the obligations, terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Loan Documents may be renewed, altered, extended, changed, modified or released at the written direction of or with the written consent of Agent on behalf of Lenders, without in any manner affecting this Guaranty or releasing Guarantor herefrom, and without the further consent of or notice to Guarantor, and Guarantor shall continue to be liable hereunder to pay and perform pursuant hereto and to the Loan Documents, as so renewed, altered, extended, changed, modified or released, and notwithstanding the taking of such other guaranties, collateral or security. This Guaranty is additional and supplemental to any and all other guaranties heretofore or hereafter executed by Guarantor, or by any other person, party or entity for the benefit of Agent, Borrower or any other person, party or entity, in connection with the Loan, or any property, or relating to the Loan Documents or any other loan documents, and shall not supersede or be superseded by any other document or guaranty executed by Guarantor, or by any other person, party or entity, for any purpose. Guarantor hereby agrees that (a) all or any part of any collateral may be released from, and any new or additional security may be added to, the lien and security interest of the Loan Documents; (b) Borrower, Guarantor and any additional parties who are or may become liable for payment or performance of the Loan Documents may hereafter be released from its or their liability hereunder and/or under the Loan Documents; and (c) Agent may perfect or fail to perfect, or to continue the perfection of, any lien or security interest; and

 

- 2 -


Agent may take, or delay in taking, or refuse to take, any and all action with reference to the Loan Documents (regardless of whether the same might vary the risk or alter the rights, remedies or recourses of Guarantor), including specifically the settlement or compromise of any amount allegedly due thereunder, all without notice to, consideration to or the consent of Guarantor, and without in any way releasing, diminishing or affecting the absolute nature of Guarantor’s obligations and liabilities hereunder.

4.    Guarantor hereby waives any and all legal requirements that Agent, on behalf of Lenders, or their respective successors or assigns, must institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity or exhaust their rights, remedies and/or recourses against Borrower or anyone else with respect to the Loan Documents, as a condition precedent to bringing an action against Guarantor under this Guaranty. Guarantor agrees that Agent, on behalf of Lenders, may simultaneously maintain an action upon this Guaranty and an action or proceeding upon the Note or the Credit Agreement, and/or to foreclose or otherwise enforce the other Loan Documents. All remedies afforded to Agent and Lenders, and their successors or assigns, by reason of this Guaranty and the Loan Documents, are separate and cumulative remedies, and no one of such remedies, whether exercised by Agent, Lenders, or their respective successors or assigns, or not, shall be deemed an exclusion of any of the other remedies available to Agent, Lenders or their respective successors or assigns, at law, in equity, by statute, under the Loan Documents, hereunder or otherwise, and shall in no way limit or prejudice any such other remedies which Agent, Lenders, or their respective successors or assigns, may have. Guarantor further waives any requirement that Agent demand or seek payment or performance by Borrower or by any other party of the amounts owing or the covenants to be performed under the Loan Documents, as a condition precedent to bringing any action against Guarantor under this Guaranty, it being agreed that a failure to pay, comply with or perform the obligations, terms, covenants and conditions herein guarantied, or any breach of a representation or warranty herein guarantied, shall, without further act, make Guarantor liable as herein set forth. All payments made by Borrower, by Guarantor or by any other party, and/or the proceeds of any security, may be applied by Agent upon such items of indebtedness owed to Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents in such order as Agent may determine, whether the same be due or not.

5.    Guarantor specifically agrees that, in the event of the foreclosure of any collateral for the Loan or sale of any property, and in the event the proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the indebtedness secured thereby, Guarantor shall be and hereby is expressly made liable to Agent for the amount of the deficiency, notwithstanding any provision of any law or contract which may prevent Agent from enforcing such deficiency against, or collecting such deficiency from, Borrower, or its successors or assigns, or which provides that the indebtedness has been satisfied as the result of the foreclosure thereof.

6.    Until the indebtedness evidenced and secured by the Loan Documents is indefeasibly paid in full, and until each and all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Loan Documents and of this Guaranty are fully performed, Guarantor shall not be released by any act, omission or thing which might, but for this provision of this Guaranty, be deemed a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor, or by reason of any waiver, extension, modification, forbearance or delay by Agent, Lenders, or their respective successors or assigns, or its or their failure to proceed promptly or otherwise, or by reason of any further obligation or agreement between Borrower and/or the then owner of any collateral for the Loan and Lenders, relating to the payment of any sum evidenced thereby or to any of the other terms, covenants and conditions contained therein or in the other Loan Documents, and Guarantor hereby expressly waives and surrenders any defense to liability hereunder based upon the foregoing acts, omissions, things, waivers, extensions, modifications, forbearances, delays, obligations, agreements, or any of them. Guarantor also waives any defense arising by virtue of any disability, insolvency, bankruptcy, lack of authority or power, death, insanity, incompetence, liquidation or dissolution of Borrower, Guarantor or any other surety, co–maker, endorser or guarantor, even though rendering the

 

- 3 -


Note or any of the other Loan Documents invalid, void, unenforceable or otherwise uncollectible, it being agreed that Guarantor shall remain liable hereunder, regardless of whether Borrower, any other guarantor or any other person, firm or entity be found not to be liable thereunder or hereunder for any reason, and regardless of any claim which Guarantor might otherwise have against Agent and Lenders by virtue of Agent’s or any Lender’s invocation of or failure to invoke any right, remedy or recourse given to it hereunder or under the Loan Documents. No change in the ownership of Borrower or Guarantor shall affect or change the terms of this Guaranty or in any way change or reduce the liability of Guarantor hereunder.

7.    Guarantor hereby waives diligence in collection, presentment for payment, demand, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of protest and of dishonor, notice of extension of time for payment, notice of acceptance hereof, notice of future advances, notice of default, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to proceed against any collateral and all other notices now or hereafter provided for by law.

8.    In the event that Guarantor shall advance or become obligated to pay any sums hereunder, or in the event that for any reason Borrower and/or any subsequent owner of collateral for the Loan is now or shall hereafter become indebted or obligated to Guarantor, the amount of such sums and of such indebtedness and obligation and interest thereon shall at all times be subordinate as to lien, time of payment and in all other respects to the amounts owing to Lenders under the Loan Documents. Guarantor shall have no right to participate in any way in the Note, in the Credit Agreement, in the other Loan Documents or in the right, title or interest of Agent in any collateral for the Loan, or to receive payments from Borrower upon any such indebtedness or obligation, notwithstanding any payments made by Guarantor hereunder, all rights of reimbursement, indemnification, subrogation and participation being hereby expressly subordinated, unless and until the entire indebtedness owing to Lenders under the Loan Documents has been paid in full and all other obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents have been fully performed, discharged and satisfied. Guarantor agrees that, following any default or event of default under the Loan Documents, and until the indebtedness evidenced and secured by the Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, Guarantor will not accept any payment or satisfaction of any kind of any indebtedness or obligation of Borrower to Guarantor, and Guarantor hereby assigns to Agent on behalf of the Lenders all right, title and interest in such indebtedness and obligations, including the right to file proof of claim and to vote thereon in connection with any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceeding, and including the right to vote on any plan of arrangement or reorganization. Further, Guarantor agrees that following any default or event of default under the Loan Documents, and until the indebtedness evidenced and secured thereby shall have been paid in full, (a) Guarantor shall not accept payment from any other guarantor or surety by way of contribution on account of any payment made hereunder by Guarantor to Agent, (b) Guarantor will not take any action to exercise or enforce any rights to such contribution, and (c), if Guarantor should receive any payment, satisfaction or security for any indebtedness or obligation of Borrower to Guarantor or for any contribution by any other guarantor or surety for payment made hereunder by Guarantor to Agent, the same shall be delivered to Agent on behalf of Lenders in the form received, endorsed or assigned as may be appropriate, for application on account of or as security for the indebtedness evidenced and secured by the Loan Documents, and, until so delivered, shall be held in trust for Agent as security for said indebtedness.

9.    Guarantor hereby warrants and represents unto Agent and Lenders that (a) any and all balance sheets, net worth statements and other financial statements and data which have heretofore been given to Agent with respect to Guarantor more particularly described on Exhibit A hereto fairly and accurately represent the financial condition of Guarantor as of the dates thereof, and, since the dates thereof, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Guarantor; (b) except as may be set out on Exhibit B attached hereto, (i) there are no legal proceedings, material claims or

 

- 4 -


demands pending against, or to the knowledge of Guarantor threatened in writing against, Guarantor or any of Guarantor’s assets, in which an adverse result would have a material adverse effect upon Guarantor, (ii) Guarantor is not in breach or default of any obligation to pay money, and (iii) no event (including specifically Guarantor’s execution and delivery of this Guaranty) has occurred which, with or without the lapse of time or action by a third party, constitutes or could constitute a material breach or material default under any document evidencing or securing any obligation to pay money or under any other contract or agreement to which Guarantor is a party; (c) Guarantor has knowledge of Borrower’s financial condition and affairs and of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk assumed by Guarantor under this Guaranty; (d) Guarantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction or incorporation or organization and is duly qualified and in good standing in every other jurisdiction where it is doing business except where the failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect and has all power, authority, permits, consents, authorizations and licenses necessary to carry on its business and to execute, deliver and perform this Guaranty; and this Guaranty has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Guarantor so as to constitute this Guaranty the valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms; (e) Guarantor shall at all times maintain its existence and shall cause its shares to be listed and admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange; (f) Guarantor meets the requirements of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations thereunder and rulings with respect thereto, for qualification as a real estate investment trust; (g) Guarantor shall not, without the prior written consent of Agent, amend, supplement or modify the terms of its Articles of Incorporation or other charter or enabling documents which would impair Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder; and (h) Guarantor shall maintain its qualification to transact business in its state of organization, in each state in which failure so to qualify would permanently preclude Guarantor from enforcing its rights with respect to any material asset or would expose Guarantor to any material liability. (Guarantor hereby agrees to continue to keep itself informed thereof while this Guaranty is in force and agrees that neither Agent nor Lenders have or will have any obligation to investigate the financial condition or affairs of Borrower for the benefit of Guarantor or to advise Guarantor of any fact respecting, or any change in, the financial condition or affairs of Borrower or any other circumstances which may bear upon Guarantor’s risk hereunder which come to the knowledge of Agent or Lenders, their respective directors, officers, employees or agents at any time, whether or not Agent or Lenders know, believe or have reason to know or to believe that any such fact or change is unknown to Guarantor or might or does materially increase the risk of Guarantor hereunder.) Guarantor shall not transfer any of its assets for the purpose of preventing Agent from satisfying any judgment rendered under this Guaranty therefrom, either before or after the entry of any such judgment. Guarantor shall promptly deliver to Borrower all financial statements of Guarantor which Borrower is required by the Credit Agreement to deliver to Agent on behalf of Lenders in time for Borrower to deliver the same to Agent on or before the date provided for the delivery thereof under the Credit Agreement.

10.    Any notice, demand or request by Agent or its successors or assigns to Guarantor shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to Guarantor at the address set forth for it in the caption hereof, or at such other address as Guarantor may notify Agent in writing, at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such change of address, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at the address set forth in the caption hereof, or at such other address of which Agent shall have so notified Guarantor, at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such change of address. Notice so mailed shall be deemed given and made upon deposit in the United States mail.

11.    This Guaranty, for all purposes, shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, in which state it is to be performed. The unenforceability or invalidity of any provision or provisions of this Guaranty as to any persons or circumstance shall not render that

 

- 5 -


provision nor any other provision or provisions herein contained unenforceable or invalid as to any other persons or circumstance, and all provisions hereof, in all other respects, shall remain valid and enforceable.

12.    Agent and Lenders may divulge all information received by them from Guarantor or any other source, including, but not limited to, information relating to the Loan, to Borrower, to any collateral for the Loan and to Guarantor, to any Lender or prospective lender or participant, and Guarantor shall cooperate with Agent and Lenders in satisfying the requirements of any such other lender for consummating such a purchase or participation.

13.    Notwithstanding any other provision or provisions herein contained, no provision of this Guaranty shall require or permit the collection from Guarantor of interest in excess of the maximum rate or amount, if any, which Guarantor may be required or permitted to pay by any applicable law.

14.    Guarantor hereby agrees that, at the option of Agent, any action to enforce this Guaranty may be brought and venued in the courts of the State of Maryland, and Guarantor hereby consents thereto and submits itself to the jurisdiction of said courts with respect to any such action. Guarantor hereby waives any right which Guarantor may have to a trial by jury in any action relating to this Guaranty.

15.    This instrument shall inure to the benefit of Agent, Lenders and their successors and assigns, and shall bind Guarantor and Guarantor’s heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, legal representatives, successors and assigns. The obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be enforceable in all events against Guarantor, its successors and assigns, as a claim against its estate or otherwise against the representatives of its estate, its heirs at law, the devisees and beneficiaries of its total estate and each of them. The use of any gender herein shall include all other genders.

16.    Notwithstanding anything herein contained, this Guaranty shall become null and void in the event that any person or entity shall pay, in full, the amount of principal, interest and all other sums and payments which may be then owing under the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms thereof and shall comply with and perform all of the other obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents.

17.    Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has duly executed this Guaranty under seal as of the day and year first above written, intending to be legally bound.

 

    GUARANTOR:
WITNESS/ATTEST:    

SAUL CENTERS, INC., a Maryland

corporation

/s/ Scott V. Schneider     By:   /s/ B. Francis Saul II
       

Name: B. Francis Saul II

Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

STATE OF MARYLAND                              )

COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY                    )                                       ss:

I, a Notary Public in and for the aforesaid jurisdiction, do hereby certify that B.Francis Saul II, who is personally well known to me as, or satisfactorily proven to be, the person named as CEO of Saul Centers, Inc. in the foregoing Guaranty, bearing date as of the 19th day of December, 2007, personally appeared before me in the said jurisdiction, and acknowledged the same to be the act and deed of Saul Centers, Inc., party thereto, and delivered the same as such.

GIVEN under my hand and official seal this 19th day of December, 2007.

 

/s/ Linda R. Geimer
Notary Public

 

My Commission Expires:            July 14, 2008

 

- 7 -

Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF SAUL CENTERS, INC.

Saul Holdings Limited Partnership

Saul QRS, Inc.

Avenel VI Inc.

Saul Subsidiary I Limited Partnership

Saul Subsidiary II Limited Partnership

Kentlands Lot 1, LLC

Briggs Chaney Plaza, LLC

Saul Monocacy, LLC

Smallwood Village Center, LLC

Westview Village Center, LLC

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Saul Centers, Inc. and in the related Prospectuses, where applicable, of our reports dated February 26, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Saul Centers, Inc., Saul Centers, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Saul Centers, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

Registration
Statement Number

  

Form

 

Description

333-123982    Form S-3   Common Stock to be Resold by Selling Stockholders
333-115262    Form S-8   2004 Stock Plan
333-60064    Form S-3   Common Stock to be Resold by Selling Stockholders
333-59962    Form S-8   Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors
333-41436    Form S-3   Common Stock to be Resold by Selling Stockholders
333-88127    Form S-3   Common Stock to be Resold by Selling Stockholders
333-77890    Form S-8   Deferred Compensation and Stock Plan for Directors
333-139376    Form S-3D   Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
McLean, Virginia
February 26, 2008

Exhibit 31

CERTIFICATIONS

I, B. Francis Saul II, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Saul Centers, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; and

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the Audit Committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 26, 2008

/s/ B. Francis Saul II

B. Francis Saul II
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATIONS

I, Scott V. Schneider, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Saul Centers, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; and

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the Audit Committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 26, 2008

/s/ Scott V. Schneider

Scott V. Schneider
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The undersigned, B. Francis Saul II, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Saul Centers, Inc. (the “Company”), has executed this certification in connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2007 (the “Report”). The undersigned hereby certifies that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: February 26, 2008    

/s/ B. Francis Saul II

    Name:   B. Francis Saul II
    Title:   Chairman & Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The undersigned, Scott V. Schneider, the Chief Financial Officer of Saul Centers, Inc. (the “Company”), has executed this certification in connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2007 (the “Report”). The undersigned hereby certifies that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: February 26, 2008    

/s/ Scott V. Schneider

    Name:   Scott V. Schneider
    Title:  

Senior Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary & Treasurer